top of page

BOOK REVIEWS

The Whole Elephant Revealed: Insights into the Existence and Operation of Universal Laws and the Golden Ratio

Marja de Vries

By combining cutting-edge science with ancient wisdom, de Vries helps us understand our universe and our place in it, and guides us to a wholesome connected future.

Marja de Vries titled this book after a Sufi story dating to the 12th century that involves a community of blind people assessing an elephant by each touching a part of it and attempting the impossible task of explaining the whole. Science and the various wisdom traditions have attempted to explain the universe by describing the part of it they thought they understood. de Vries brings modern science – from quantum physics, medicine, transpersonal psychology, the sciences of consciousness, new biology and new chemistry – to explain what wisdom traditions have known for millennia: simple principles underlying the nature, the meaning and the workings of the universe – the true nature of reality. Western science has a long history of studying reality by dividing it into smaller and smaller pieces and to meticulously examine these isolated parts, which ignores the mutual relationships between the different parts and the whole. Her synthesis provides a frame of reference for all personal and social transformations, which aim at a more expansive harmony with ourselves and with the greater whole. This gives clarity as to what is required for optimal development of our consciousness at this particular moment in the history of humanity. There is an expansion of consciousness taking place right now, enabling more and more people to tune into their own inner knowing by experiencing for themselves the ageless truths that for a long time were only known to mystics through non-ordinary states of consciousness. Our rational mind, which focuses on knowledge based on ‘outer knowing’ has a complementary other side, namely our intuition or knowledge based on ‘inner knowing’. In Western culture, we have lost sight of our intuition, however, modern science has confirmed a set of universal laws that explains our universe, our consciousness, and our intuition. The Law of Oneness Everything that exists, visible and non-visible, emanates from the same source, connected by a unified field of universal consciousness, and everything manifest in the physical level of reality ultimately returns to that source. Quantum physics calls the unified field of universal consciousness, the Zero Point Field or the Quantum Field, in which everything and everyone is interconnected by this energetic field through a coherent order of quantum entanglement. It shows that consciousness has always existed and that consciousness gives rise to life and matter. Modern science shows that our consciousness enables us to transcend the boundaries of the physical reality, via the quantum field, beyond the body, ego, space, and linear time. These transpersonal experiences, often in altered states of consciousness, bring us into contact with universal consciousness and therefore with entirely new information and creative power that surpasses everything that we learned through usual channels. Because our consciousness is a part of the universal consciousness, we are able to influence the field of universal consciousness with our own consciousness, empowered by intention and focused attention. The Law of Correspondence Everything in the material world also exists at other levels of reality in a continuum beyond space and linear time. Changes in one layer influences all the other layers, and everything else. The same universal laws operate at all levels of reality creating correspondence between these different levels of manifestation to allow for harmony, oneness and wholeness in the universe. The different levels of reality differentiate themselves from each other by density of energy. Matter has the lowest energy density, but the highest mass density and is therefore easy for us to experience with our five senses. The other levels of reality have, compared to the physical world, a lower mass density and a higher energy density (ie - higher vibrational frequency) and the fact that we cannot observe these levels with our five senses has everything to do with the lower mass density. There are other ways of perception that enable us to become aware of the other, more subtle levels of reality that are not separated from each other in space and time. On the physical level we experience everything as separated from the rest by logic, the ego, our beliefs and limitations, our ignorance, our lack of awareness, and the physical self. There is a place where our physical and spiritual aspects can exist in an optimal balance with each other – a state of optimal inner balance where we can simultaneously live in the reality of the physical and energetic world and perceive, with a simple shift of our attention, the reality of the non-physical world. Western Science supports the Law of Correspondence in several ways. This includes the concept of holograms – where every part of the hologram is an exact reflection of the whole – and by extension the concept of the holographic universe. The fractal principle central to the Chaos Theory explains that self-similar patterns (fractals) exist at different scales throughout the physical and non-physical universe. Brain activity has been shown to be perceived at different levels of reality dependent upon state of consciousness, such as non-ordinary states of consciousness, meditation, and near-death experiences. We begin to understand more and more that we can no longer see ourselves as isolated, separated entities. Instead, our worldview changes and we realize that we are part of a perfectly tuned whole, wherein every part is connected with the other parts and influences them. The concept of the holographic universe shows us to what extent we co-create our own reality. If we start to realize this truth, we also begin to realize that we can consciously transform the world. The Law of Vibration Everything that exists is movement and vibration, because everything is energy and energy is never at rest. These vibrations manifest in many forms and these forms exist due to these patterns of vibration. When these movements stop, the manifestations return to Oneness, the original state of rest. Energy follows the Path of Least Resistance, this way a maximum result is obtained with a minimal amount of effort. Everything that exists has a unique and often complex pattern of energy that vibrates at specific frequencies (ie – specific energy densities) which is harmonically tuned into each other by the Principle of Harmonic Resonance (ie – where similar or nearly similar patterns or structures tend to resonate with each other). Higher vibrations have the power to transform lower vibrations, while lower vibrations can never transform higher vibrations. As a result of this one-way law in the universe a natural tendency in the direction of the higher vibration exists. That is why the evolutionary process always moves in the direction of the higher vibration. There is a constant flow of subtle life energy through everything from oneness to the physical level of reality, which sustains and connects everything that exists. This means that our thoughts and emotions – as the layers known as the mental body and emotional body – are completely entangled with our physical body. Through all these layers of energy, life energy (prana, ch’i) flows from the Source through our most subtle bodies into our physical body, and is considered as a creative power which is inherently intelligent. The more our different bodies are in balance with each other, the easier and more abundantly this life energy can flow through us. This means that the more our different bodies are in harmony with each other, the easier we can sustain ourselves and feel connected to all parts of ourselves and everything else. In other words, the more we are in harmony, the healthier we will be and the more expansive our awareness will be. About seventy-five years ago, quantum physicists discovered that the universe and everything in it is essentially composed of energy. The holographic universe is described as a whole of resonating and vibrating holographic interference patterns, and modern technology has made it possible to measure the electromagnetic aspect of the unique patterns of vibration of many phenomena in the universe. New science suggests that mass = energy = consciousness. Energetically, everything in the universe is made up of standing waves, because only standing waves have harmonic vibrational frequencies that are able to maintain themselves without creating destructive interference patterns. Furthermore, there is an electromagnetic field around everything. The electromagnetic field around the human body is due to the movement of charged particles and electric currents within the body that is in dynamic motion and has a unique resting pattern. The more expanded our consciousness and awareness, and the more elevated our thoughts and emotions, the higher the vibrational frequency of our electromagnetic field, and the slower our brain wave activity will be. Research conducted in the field of psychoneuroimmunology has confirmed without a doubt that our thoughts and feelings have a dynamic effect on health and well-being. Researchers from the HeartMath Institute have shown that our emotions play an important role because the frequency pattern of the heart changes significantly as we experience different emotions. Their measurements showed that when we experience emotional reactions such as anger, frustration and fear, the pattern in the heart’s rhythms become incoherent, meaning irregular. As a result, the signals emitted by the heart via the electromagnetic field around the heart become chaotic, causing certain activities in the brain to become blocked. When we experience supporting positive emotions, like love, care, appreciation and compassion, our heart shows an even, organized, coherent pattern, and all of our vibrating systems begin to resonate with the coherent frequency patterns of our heart. This is characterized by increased efficiency and harmony in the activity and interactions of the body’s systems. Psychologically, this mode is linked with a notable reduction in internal mental dialogue, reduced perceptions of stress, increased emotional balance, and enhanced mental clarity, intuitive discernment, and cognitive performance. It is important to use the universal laws consciously to create a life in accordance with our deepest wishes and in harmony with the greater whole. The Law of Attraction describes how our thoughts and feelings actually co-create the attitude and reaction of the people in our lives because we consciously or unconsciously send out certain vibrational frequencies to the world around us. The Mirror Principle tells us that we can consider our perceptions of all that happens around us as a mirror reflecting what we ourselves consciously or unconsciously emit. The Swiss psychiatrist Carl G. Jung introduced the concept of ‘projection’ for the psychological process in which the world becomes a screen on which we project our shadow. Our shadow is the aspect of our personality of which we are not yet consciously aware, so those aspects in ourselves, which we cannot or will not face yet. The role of our experiences during childhood shapes our unconscious beliefs on which we base our expectations. As a child we develop an unconscious programming through our interaction with our parents and/or primary caregivers, which shapes our expectations of relationships and our worldview. With ‘safe attachment’ – when a child experiences affirmation and comfort in difficult situations – the child develops expectations based on the belief that it is worthy of this support. With ‘unsafe attachment’ relationships – when a child experiences that their request for support in difficult situations is denied – the child develops expectations based on the belief that it is not worthy of help and support. These beliefs in turn start to work subconsciously as coloured filters based on which we not only perceive all new experiences and relationships, but also elicit the type of reactions which correspond with our expectations. The Law of Attention describes, according to the Principle of Least Resistance, that energy follows our attention, causing extra energy to be added to those thoughts that have our attention. The strength with which we send out those thoughts, coupled with our feelings, determines the amount of attention we attach to these particular thoughts. A similar effect occurs when we imagine our thoughts vividly, because with our imagination we can focus our attention. Biofeedback equipment has made clear that we can influence our body with our mind, and research in the field of psychoneuroimmunology has shown that our unconscious beliefs have demonstrable physiological effects on our body. For example, we are able to consciously influence our own heart rate, blood pressure and brain wave activity. Research over the past few decades on energy fields by Russian physicists sheds more light on the nonverbal communication through our energy fields, as our own energy field interacts with other energy fields and exchange information in this way. The Law of Polarity Everything exists in relative duality and is characterized by a pair of opposites. All opposites can be reconciled with each other at a higher level, because all opposites are relative. By seeing opposites as relative we can perceive their relationship by going to the corresponding level above and find that they are identical in nature. In exploring the subatomic world, the pioneers of quantum physics discovered that subatomic units, like photons and electrons, seemed to have a dual character, as they act as a wave or a particle. They also discovered that as particles they were, at the same time, destructible and indestructible. Only when we adopt the dynamic relativistic point of view will the paradox resolve itself. Then we can see the particles as dynamic patterns or processes whereby a part of the energies involved will appear to us as mass. Relativity and quantum theory have shown that the observer or the observing apparatus cannot be seen as separate from what is observed. When scientists study the physical properties of atoms, like mass and weight, then the atoms behave as physical matter. When the same atoms are described in terms of voltage and wavelength, they show the properties of energy. Objects in manifested forms do not have properties in an absolute sense. Instead, the properties of objects can’t be seen separately from the surroundings with which they are in interaction. When we observe something, we can’t extricate ourselves from these surroundings and when we are a part of these surroundings we are interacting with that which we observe. That is why an experimenter, as part of the research they perform, influences the results by their actual presence, because we cannot observe the world without participating in it. The physicist and Nobel Prize winner Werner Heisenberg came to the following conclusion: The common division of the world into subject and object, inner world and outer world, body and soul, is no longer adequate and leads us into difficulties. Only by transcending this dualism does it become possible to arrive at a more comprehensive understanding of the world around us. Physiologist Valerie Hunt says that “One could view mysticism at one pole and science at the other, the two most important poles for understanding the universe.” The Law of Rhythm Everything is always changing and the changes have a cyclical movement. All life flows and has its tides, rhythms, movements of up and down, inhaling and exhaling, rise and fall, coming and going, ebb and flow, growth and decline, and life and death. This cyclical process of constant change is the base pattern of all life and it never stops. The constant changes result in a perfect dynamic harmony. Inherent in all life forms is the capacity to detect change and to respond to change in amazingly ingenious and highly adequate ways; however, if the rhythm itself is disrupted, then the harmony and therefore life itself is disrupted. While everything changes, the universal laws are unalterable. All parts within the universe manifest, disappear, and are created a new, again and again, moment by moment, in the undulating pulse of time, which cause it to revolve eternally without beginning and end. New science shows that the evolutionary process is a nonlinear, spiral development process in which periodic chaotic moments are necessary for the emergence of a radical change and a new cycle which shows a certain development compared to the previous cycle. The new comes out of the old. The end of becoming is the beginning of destruction. The end of destruction is the beginning of becoming and nothing stays the same. Science knows many cycles of different lengths, all characterized by a period of relative decline followed by a turn around and a period of renewal. The cycle of ebb and flow of the sea is a cycle of approximately 12 hours and the cycle of day and night of 24 hours. The cycle of the full moon to new moon to a full moon again takes 28 days, just like the menstrual cycle of a woman. Today’s science also has knowledge of a cycle of about 26,000 years which is known as the astronomic precession or precession of the equinoxes. This is a cycle caused by a slight wobble of the rotation axis of the Earth. Based on the Chaos Theory, complex dynamic systems are described as a dynamic whole which is made up of many different rhythms and cycles with a great variety in duration, which are all in harmony with each other. Periods of stability alternate with occasional chaotic periods which seem to function as a necessary condition for the emergence of a new order. Even though such a process shows that within dynamic systems, developments do not happen gradually but instead changes occur in the form of sudden leaps, the whole appears to remain stable. This way it is possible for simple systems in nature to develop into dynamic systems with a large complexity. Physiologists have studied the cyclical processes in the form of continuous replacement of cells within an organism. The cells of our body are replaced many times over during our lives. According to analyses using a radioisotope, performed by the Oak Ridge Laboratories, about 98 percent of all atoms which make up a human organism are replaced within one year. Furthermore, the findings of quantum physicists reveal that time is not linear nor flowing in an irreversible direction from past to future. We have observed that when people enter higher states of consciousness, they lose the sense of time because their consciousness perceives the level of reality beyond space and time. The Law of Cause and Effect Every cause has an effect and every effect has a cause. So, every action causes a reaction, and every reaction is caused by an action. All visible effects have non-visible causes. What we know as the manifested physical world comes into existence as a result of the non-visible dynamics of more subtle energetic interactions. Consciousness, thoughts, feelings, intention, attention, inspiration, intuition, knowing, and all forms of energy, create in the non-visible world and cause the visible world of effect. Chance doesn’t exist because all effects have a cause. Both what we experience as luck and what we consider as bad luck – so both pleasant experiences as well as challenges – come to us because we have consciously or unconsciously attracted them. They come to us as reactions to our own actions and they come to us as possibilities to learn, so we can learn to make use of our free will in an ever more conscious manner. There is usually not just one cause to recognize, because every situation can be an extremely complex entanglement of many different causes which lead to an effect. We are responsible ourselves for the effects which we observe in our lives. We experience the phenomenon of synchronicity when our needs are being met at the exact right moment. We happen to be creating this reality in the form of our thoughts, words, feelings, and actions through the operation of the Law of Attraction and the Law of Cause and Effect. The more aware we become of that small inner voice of our intuition and of our own inner consciousness, the more we will notice these meaningful coincidences in our lives. By focusing on our desire and by sending out our intention into the quantum field we ourselves are the cause of creating. Ever since Western science regarded the world as not consisting out of matter but out of energy and fields, it has also become increasingly apparent that causes indeed are to be found at the non-physical level of reality. And since the world is considered to exist out of processes, the new understandings of the Chaos Theory have revealed the hidden causality existing in dynamic nonlinear systems. Instead of ‘chance’ as part of this hidden causality, extensive feedback systems, as well as so-called ‘strange attractors’ appear to play a role. The idea that biological evolution is mainly a result of random mutation – meaning coincidental changes taking place in the genetic material – appears to be obsolete. The new understanding of the operation of biological evolutionary processes is that new forms can manifest themselves rapidly as a reaction to perceived changes in the environment. This is a well-accepted fact in science because when we look for the existence of independence in the universe, what we find instead is interdependence and interconnectedness. In the meantime, an entirely new field of biology has emerged, called epigenetics, which studies how environmental stimuli can induce adaptive mutations, so that an organism, based on its perception of the environment, changes the expression of its own genes. Science has shown that for humans, an environmental effect, even emotional trauma, can influence the genes of later generations. The new understanding that environmental influences, like stress and what or how much we eat, can turn genes on or off means a paradigm shift in scientific thinking about genes. These new epigenetic findings are completely in line with the new understandings of complex dynamic systems and from the perspective of Chaos Theory, as the dynamics of evolution can be considered as ‘chaos with feedback’. In the new biology, both organisms and ecosystems are seen as organically coherent systems, in which units, like cells, organs and organisms, physically and energetically, are entangled with their environment. In an organically, coherent, dynamic system, all levels from the microscopic and molecular all the way up to the macroscopic, are engaged simultaneously, because due to a multitude of feedback circuits a form of constant communication is possible and so everything influences everything else. Strange attractors appear to have a certain degree of order and exert influence on dynamic systems, both by maintaining a certain relatively stable balance and by relatively fast leaps in development, as for example, effective adaptive mutations. New research in near-death-experiences show that people who died, who have no heartbeat, no blood circulation and no brain activity, and are resuscitated, experience full consciousness, have memories, emotions, and cognitive function, often reporting out-of-body experiences. Instead of everything stopping at death, they experience that they become their consciousness and that they continue to exist as this consciousness. Research on memories of past lives by children shows that reincarnation is the best explanation. Systematic research within the field of transpersonal psychology has not only shed light on non-ordinary states of consciousness, but also about birth and death. These kinds of transpersonal experiences appear to transcend race and culture and come forth from universal consciousness. The Law of Dynamic Balance Everything in the universe is composed only out of two active, dynamic principles. These two active principles exist as countless seemingly different pairs of opposite but complementary forces with the same basic pattern of expansion and contraction. These two principles are often referred to as the feminine and masculine principle, as yin and yang. The two complementary forces together create a state of dynamic balance inherent in all life and through the cooperation of this pair of dynamic forces all energies in the entire universe tend to create such a state of dynamic balance. Both active principles need to be present in order to create and to manifest. The most important principle of sacred geometry is the Law of Harmonic Division, which states that within the multiplicity and diversity in the universe a unity in ratios exists. This unity in ratios is based on the unique proportion of the Golden Ratio, also known as the Golden Mean or the Golden Section. The Golden Ratio creates harmony, based on the unique capacity to unite the different parts of the whole in such a way that every part keeps its own identity and yet fits harmoniously into the pattern of the greater whole. The universal principles of sacred geometry tell us that the form of this natural movement of energy is the Golden Mean Spiral, which is the path along which creation takes place. The Golden Mean Spiral creates a form which can increase in size indefinitely without altering its shape. This way, across size scale, from very small to very large, the same form arises again and again. That is why this form preserves its relationship to itself and is found ubiquitously in nature. The creative process is characterized by development in a certain direction, which is only possible when there is some imbalance in the dynamic balance between the two opposing forces. Should that imbalance not be there, then the creation process would repeat itself indefinitely. The imbalance is caused by an asymmetry in the two active principles that allows for evolution. During the past three to five thousand years within our Western culture, the dynamic balance between the masculine and feminine principle has been dominated by the outwardly directed masculine aspect. The list of seemingly opposite but complementary forces which have gotten out of balance in our Western culture is endless revealing the current masculine domination. In our Western culture, we learn to direct our focus outwardly, which makes us familiar with the use of our rational-logical mind, the language of words, absolute measurements and numbers, linear organization, analysis, the world of matter and our body, and seeing things as separate from each other. In contrast to this, many of us are far less familiar with the seemingly opposing aspects of this, the feminine aspect, like the language of images, the recognizing of nonlinear spatial patterns, and interconnections and relationships between parts and the whole. We have lost touch with our feelings, our intuition, our creativity, our imagination, and our dreams. We are also far less aware of our contact with the world of energy and the contact with our heart, our soul and our inner guidance. We have lost contact with the synthesizing intelligence of the heart. Because of this, the mechanism which maintains the dynamic balance between the masculine and feminine principles has been disrupted so profoundly for many of us. As a reaction to changes in the environment, open systems can, due to the disintegrating force of entropy, break down old patterns which no longer function properly. These systems can also, due to syntropy, reorganize again through which it has the potential to move towards a new order and to create new forms. The balance between the forces of entropy and syntropy provides open systems a large flexibility to adjust to changes in the environment and in doing so develop and evolve towards ever increasing complexity and coherence. Living systems are pre-eminently open dissipative systems which have an exchange of energy and information with their environment, and the presence of syntropy has been clearly demonstrated in a multitude of systems varying from groups of electrons to complex biological systems. For example, we come across the basic pattern of expansion and contraction in the form of the balance between entropy and syntropy as the tissue disintegrating force (catabolism) and the tissue building force (anabolism) in the metabolism of the body. Due to self-organization, living systems are able to continually renew themselves so they can maintain themselves in a constantly changing environment, while their organizing structure remains the same. The concept of self-organization as a dynamic principle underlies all living systems. This self-organization can be found at every organizational level, in cells and organisms, and ecosystems, in social and cultural structures, and in the universe as a whole. The entire universe, from atoms to galaxies, is a self-creating living system since all universal objects create and maintain themselves from the quantum field. The balance of systems which have a constant exchange of energy with their environment is a dynamic balance, which is characterized by a certain inner imbalance. With the help of this inner imbalance, energy and matter exchange with the environment, the system maintains its inner non-equilibrium, which in turn maintains the exchange process, which creates evolution in a certain direction. The Chaos Theory revealed the capacity of complex nonlinear systems to simultaneously give rise to both turbulence and coherence, while a dynamic balance exists between these forces. Stability being the property to remain the same and flexibility the property to co-evolve. On one hand, these systems have a certain stability thanks to their feedback systems, and, in cases of small disturbances in the environment, have the tendency to return to its inherent stability. Because of this, an open dynamic system can still remain the same in cases of small disturbances. However, should a dynamic system only have this property of stability, in cases of larger disturbances, the system would be too rigid, preventing the system from effectively adapting to changing circumstances. Due to the opposing but complementary property of flexibility, open dynamic systems also have the ability to develop and evolve towards a higher level of organization and in this way to adjust themselves to a radical new situation. These new insights and understandings about the influence of dynamic systems on the balance between stability and flexibility also shed new light on the evolution process. For when we look back on history, we see that every disaster on our planet – whether it be a planet-wide extinction, an ice age, or a locally destroyed ecosystem – has nearly always been followed by the sudden appears of a new species. Nature is conservative when things go well, but radically creative when they don’t. Our brains operate at two levels of reality, the classical level and the quantum level, where the classical level operates locally and the quantum level operates non-locally. The classical way to process information is the process with which we are all familiar. It is slow, linear, and capable of handling only a limited amount of information. It solves problems by using abstract concepts. The quantum way of processing information is extremely rapid and capable of handling exponentially more information than classical processing, but it usually operates outside of our conscious awareness. The quantum way of processing information becomes evident when classical processing is not dominant. We can work towards finding a balance between local and non-local information processing by first practicing decreasing the dominance of the classical way of processing, for example by relaxation exercises and meditation. Our heart generates an electromagnetic field in the form of a torus which surrounds our physical body. The axis of this energetic heart torus extends through the length of the body. Electromagnetic energy waves arc out in spiraling forms from our heart all around us and subsequently curve back to the heart. This is the most powerful and extensive rhythmic electromagnetic field the body generates. The torus-shaped energy field of the heart is directly involved with our intuitive perception. Both the heart and the brain receive and respond to information about a future event before the event actually happens. The heart receives this ‘intuitive’ information before the brain. Other recent findings also shed new light on this intelligence of the heart as well as the relationship between our heart and brain. There is a nervous system in our heart which functions as an advanced information processing center, which is able to feel, learn, remember and make functional decisions independent of the brain. Research from the Institute of Heart Math has shown that our heart, besides being an information processing center, is also a coordination center. Our heart coordinates our biological, emotional, mental and spiritual aspects and balances them with each other. Our heart also forms the connection between both seemingly opposite but complementary intelligence of the brain and intelligence of the heart, so that they, through the integrating function of the heart, can form a whole. For the last few thousand years, in Western culture, the use of the intelligence of the brain has been dominant and the value of intuition and of the intelligence of the heart has been underestimated. The result of this is not only that our society is now drastically out of balance, but also, that for many of us in the Western culture, a breakdown in mind-heart dialogue has occurred. The loss of contact with our heart means that we have lost contact with that aspect of ourselves which has a coordinating and integrating function and it also means that we have lost contact with our essence. Several psychologists explain that when we lose awareness of our essence, who we are and what we came here for, and forget how to access it again, we literally feel an emptiness or deficiency in ourselves. This causes a deep and apparent insatiable desire for ‘something’. Once we solely identify with our personality, we won’t easily recognize our essence and its qualities, and we begin to believe that this empty personality vacant of our authentic self is everything we are. We forget who we are and why we here. In this state without true self-expression, soul-expression, our soul starves and as a result we burn with a hunger for anything that will make us feel alive again. Therefore, the opportunity exists that we will dive into excesses and unhealthy expressions, for example, sex, bad love, alcohol, drugs, anger, junk food, or control and oppression of others. Awareness of this gives us an opportunity to learn and reconnect with our true self. When we succeed in restoring our relationship with our inner heart, we once again have an internal observer, our intuition, our inner knowing, a source of inspiration, creativity, authenticity, respect, dignity, and integrity. The imbalance we perceive in the world around us is possibly a consequence of our consciousness or unconsciousness acting against the universal laws, in the past and today. Insight into the operations of these universal laws helps us to understand what is needed in order to restore the balance and harmony in ourselves, as well as worldwide. Therefore, we can use these insights as a frame of reference for all personal and social innovations, which aim to be more in harmony with ourselves and the greater whole. These insights provide us with clarity in what is needed for an optimal development of our consciousness during this very special moment in the history of humanity. Our inner and outer life must reach a higher synthesis and resonance – a place where body, mind, and soul are integrated; where education, medicine, business, and politics reflect the new science of consciousness, which has the power to manifest our highest intentions. In order to manifest in this way, we must let transcend our fear, release our trauma, and connect with our intuition. In my experience, manifestation using my intuition and connecting to the quantum field has brought chaos as part of a transformational process to a higher level of order and understanding: a higher level of consciousness and awareness. These universal laws have provided me with insight into my process by way of offering a framework for my experiences. By staying focused and maintaining a positive vibration, holding my vision in my mind’s eye, following my heart, and letting go of how and when the universe responds, the chaos eventually cleared way for clarity and comfort. The process required patience, perseverance and optimism, and set the stage for freedom amidst adversity.

The Quantum Revelation: Awakening to the Dreamlike Nature of Reality

Paul Levy

Based on the latest research in quantum physics, Levy explains the nature of the universe and offers us a transformational approach to connecting with ourselves, each other, and all that is.

Classical physics has been to our advantage, however, it has disconnected consciousness from being part of reality, and views the universe as being a conglomerate of separate parts, which is holding us back from our natural evolution. This is one of the main causes of today’s growing economic, ecological, political, social, and moral problems, which obstructs the full flowering of our creative potential and the evolution of our collective consciousness. Quantum physics uses reason and the intellect, combined with carefully gathered empirical data from experiments, to investigate the underlying essence of our universe. This new physics is introducing us to a radically new way of seeing, conceptualizing, and understanding that profoundly impacts human thinking, feeling, sensing, knowing, and being. Quantum physics is the most successful scientific theory – as far as its capacity to make accurate theoretical predications that precisely match with experimental data – of all time. The revelation of quantum physics reveals that the universe is interconnected (quantum entangled) by an underlying indivisible, field of universal consciousness (the unified field, the quantum field). It shows the universe is multidimensional, non-local as well as local, non-linear, and is comprised of consciousness manifest as matter in the form of condensed light expressed in the eternal now moment. There is no external position from which to observe or contemplate our universe from the outside. We are of the universe. There is no inside or outside. That is what is meant by oneness, a oneness with the whole universe, visible and non-visible. Everywhere we look, within and without, we only find our own self-nature assuming a vast diversity of differing forms, functions, and aspects. Quantum physics has allowed for the creation of advanced technology, but the real impact is with creating our own reality. People who have been indoctrinated into the dictates of the conventional scientific creed or religious dogma can find it difficult or even impossible to imagine that the world can be anything other than the way they have been taught, however, oftentimes a shift in a single idea can precipitate a transition into a new epoch. The new physics is calling us to free our minds from our unconscious, built-in prejudices, assumptions, and restricted views about our world as well as ourselves. The still-dominant attitude of scientific materialism has erroneously excluded the subjectively experienced mind from the domain of the natural world to the point that scientific knowledge has come to be equated with objective knowledge. And yet, quantum physics has proven that there is no objective anything. Quantum physics leads us not only beyond physics into the realm of metaphysics, but also into philosophy, cosmology, psychology, theology, and more. The universe has built into itself the potentiality for self-awareness. Out of its wholeness, the universe perceivably separates itself into subject and object to objectify itself to itself in order to be seen as an object and therefore known. In understanding the universe, the solution to the quantum physicists’ dilemma is hidden in paradoxes that could not be solved by logical reasoning but have to be experienced directly through an expansion of awareness. Every advance, every conceptual achievement of humanity has always been connected to an expansion of self-awareness. This expansion of self-awareness is necessarily an expansion of the universe’s self-awareness of itself. Both mystics and scientists have the same aim – to become aware of the unity of knowledge, of humanity and the universe, and to transcend our egos. Quantum physicists, in their encounter with the strange world of the quantum, are being led to the same conclusion as the mystically inclined. The genuine mystical path is closely akin to the path of science in that mystics accept only that which is revealed through direct, immediate experience. Quantum physics is helping us return to the original meaning of what it is to be an empiricist, which has to do with our direct experience – be it inner experiences (dreams, visions, imaginations, intuitions, etc) or outer, sensory-based experiences. People who are consciousness averse also seem to not have a living relationship with their own unconscious. They oftentimes are overly identified with their rational mind and controlled by their ego at the expense of their heartfelt, intuitive experience of the now moment; whereas people who have an intimate relationship with their unconscious seem more easily able to recognize that their consciousness – or lack thereof – might be a significant factor in how their experience of the world manifests. In a quantum universe such as ours, everything ultimately exists in a state of open-ended potential. We subjectively experience the illusion that there is only one fixed and solid classical universe that exists, and everyone else, at least on the surface, appears to be living within the same world that we do. The quantum plenum is something (a something akin to nothing) that we are always in touch with, contained within, and of which we are expressions. Similar to a hologram, where very part contains an image of the whole even when divided, in each part of the quantum system the whole is encoded. Due to the holistic, indivisible, and holographic nature of the quantum universe, by focusing on a seemingly partial aspect of reality, such as the smallest fragment of the microworld, we gain, in a practically magical way, access to the whole. Quantum physics and the idea of psychiatrist Carl G. Jung’s Unus Mundus suggests that there is no one absolute way that things are, for things do not actually exist separate from our own minds, but rather from a primordial oneness from which everything is derived. Consciousness brings all creation into being. Consciousness creates the physical universe, and the physical world can only be experienced through the mind. Through his idea of synchronicity, Jung was attempting to re-envision the complementary realm of psyche and matter as one undivided reality. When carefully contemplated, it becomes obvious that the appearance of a solid, external world only arises within our awareness. The quantum field comprises of immaterial information waves of probability, or in other words, waves of pure possibility. Subatomic quantum entities have no existence or meaning in isolation, but only in relationship with everything else. Subatomic quantum objects, like atoms, don’t exist as things but rather as events, as happenings, as dynamic, ever-changing, interactive psychophysical processes. Quantum entities exist in a multiplicity of simultaneous potential states (called a superposition), hovering in the quantum realm between existence and nonexistence prior to being observed. The act of observation is the very act that turns the potentiality of the quantum realm into the manifestation of the seemingly physical world in the eternal present moment. Classical physics tells us that matter is solid in three-dimensional space, changes over linear time, and is composed of more than 99.9999999 percent empty space. In quantum physics, however, matter doesn’t exist, everything is created from light condensed from consciousness. The double-slit experiment was the first experiment to show how light manifested – as a wave or a particle – depending on how it was observed. Quantum entities, such as photons, are simultaneously waves and particles. Waves spread out and oscillate as disturbances in the underlying quantum field, whereas particles are localized, concentrated objects with a certain mass when observed. Quantum entities, such as atoms, which are made up of photons, exist in wave form in unmanifest potential in the quantum field until observed, then come into existence as a particle manifesting in the eternal now moment. This is known as collapsing the wave function. The particles then merge back into the unified filed and return as a new manifestation in the very next moment based on observation. We ourselves, with our brains and nervous system, have a similar constitution. We perceive matter as solid simply because the vibrations of condensed manifested light occur so rapidly. The illusion of three-dimensional matter is fabricated within our minds in such a way that a physical world appears solid and outside of us, when in fact it is a neurologically generated standing wave holographic pattern that is witnessed by our consciousness in such a way as to trick us into seeing it as a solid, external world of physical objects. The reality which exists now cannot be the reality which existed a moment ago – despite our memories. Our sense of continuity between moments is only a function of our memory. The whole universe is created anew from the underlying field every single moment. There is no space or time. Quantum processes are not causally connected from one moment to the next; their connection is acausal, atemporal, non-linear, and synchronistic. What appears to be the same quantum entity traveling through space and time is actually a new and unique entity at each and every moment. There are no objects that over the course of time are identical with a previous version of themselves. In a magical display, the particle appears to move across space-time as it creates the illusion of continuity. The Uncertainty Principle states that we can never know – experimentally or in principle – a quantum entity’s position and momentum (considered to be the two measurable variables that are the cornerstones of classical physics) at the same time. If we choose to measure one thing, we prevent the measurement of something else. Given that quantum entities don’t have any real attributes until they are measured, and given that these different attributes can’t be measured at the same time, it can be said that certain attributes can’t exist at the same time. Quantum physics has shown that not only is the full description of these quantum entities unknown, but, because they do not exist prior to being measured, they are ultimately unknowable. Not only is there a limit to our knowledge of these quantum entities when we are looking at them, we have no idea at all what they are doing when we are not looking at them. Universal consciousness underlies the universe, in which the universe gives birth to our consciousness, and our consciousness gives meaning to the universe. We live in a self-observing universe where we are the instruments through which the universe becomes aware of its creative nature. We become a channel for the universe to re-create itself in a novel and evolutionary way. Seen as a self-excited and self-actualizing circuit, the physical universe bootstraps itself into existence, universal laws and all. As a self-excited circuit, the universe gives rise to observers who, in completing the circuit, give meaningful reality to the universe. The Observer Effect, the central pillar of quantum physics, reveals that the act of observation is a creative act that we are all – knowingly or unknowingly – participating in every moment of our lives. The observer, the observed, and the act of observation compose a single, unified, dynamic whole. We are all active participants in the universe who inform, give shape to, and in some mysterious sense create the very universe we are interacting with and are a product of, which opens doors to unimagined frontiers of human freedom that could transform our world. The universe is never divided in space and time, for all division is only apparent division and everything is simply an expression of oneness. Each and every non-separate part of the universe is synchronized, orchestrated, and coordinated with the states and movements of every other part in such a way that there is no time in information transmitting itself across space. Space, and the distance it implies, does not pose any obstacle to the correlation of quantum states for the simple reason that the universe is actually one singular, indivisible system. In the quantum realm there is no space-time: the linear, sequential ordering of events over time and across space does not exist. There is no past or future. The idea of past or future is never experienced separate from the present moment. There is only the moment of observation manifest in the eternal now. Each moment is a unique, creative, and a self-contained whole moment in and of itself. The present moment is influenced by the potential of the past and future collapsing into the infinite now. There are no other lived moments except in our imagination, which is the very place that the notion of time is conceived. Time is a mental construct created by us to quantify and measure with clocks to navigate our physical world. Based on classical conditioning, we are concurrently creating the illusion that we exist as a separate self within a time and space of our own making. To quote physicist Albert Einstein, “Time and space are modes by which we think and not conditions in which we live.” There is truly nothing like our universe that we know of; having no frame of reference outside of itself, there is nothing to compare it with. The quantum entities that make up the quantum realm, coming in and out of existence in the present moment, are involved in a continual, never-ending exchange of information. Transcending the conventional, three-dimensional rules of space and time, non-local interaction is characterized by instant information exchange, where one part of the universe, in no time whatsoever (outside of time in the quantum field), appears to interact, affect, and communicate with another part of the universe in an immediate, unmitigated, and unmediated way. This is called non-locality; termed “spooky action at a distance” by Einstein. Non-locality is an expression of the indivisible wholeness of the universe. It represents an observable and measurable indication of the deeply singular and unitary nature of the universe despite its apparent physical diversity. An expression of this wholeness is that each part of the universe is related to and in non-local resonance with every other part. The recognition that our universe is non-local has more potential to transform our conceptions of the way things are, including who we are, than any previous discovery in the history of science. Being that quantum physics is the most accurate means of describing how atoms turn into molecules, and since molecular relationships are the basis of all chemistry, and chemistry is the basis of all biology, quantum entanglement and non-locality could well contain within it the secret to life itself. The viewpoint of quantum physics is an expression of the universe as a whole system, as if the universe is one indivisible unit, a singularity. Our entire universe/multiverse may itself be arising within (and as an expression of) a cosmic singularity. The discovery that we live within a non-local universe may be the first empirical indication or revelation of a profound new vision of the universe in which our entire universe is, or is arising within, one vast indivisible and inseparable cosmic singularity. This possibility opens up the limits to our conceptions of both the micro- and macro-worlds, which is to say that the upper and lower limits of our universe are potentially infinite in both directions. Defying a unique description, quantum reality demands several diverse, mutually exclusive, contradictory, and paradoxical perspectives, which, when seen together, form a more complete picture of the underlying states of things. Physicist Neils Bohr’s idea of the Complementarity Principle was that the incompatible and seemingly contradictory opposites of, for example, waves and particles, were not just contradictory but also complementary and necessary descriptions of the same underlying reality. Two descriptions of a thing are complementary only if each by itself is incapable of providing a complete description on its own, while both together provide a more complete description. Bohr saw complementarity as an expression of embracing the opposites that are built into nature. Waves and particles are two aspects of the same thing, which makes no sense as long as we are entrenched in the dualistic viewpoint of classical reality. Each description is only partially correct and has a limited range of application. The wave/particle duality offers us a new model for seeing ourselves both as distinct, autonomous, and sovereign individuals, and at the same time as members of a greater body, the collective social web of interrelationships, in which we are all contained and through which we forge further identity as well as a wider capacity for creative relationship. In the quantum world, all conscious and physical phenomena are complementary aspects of the same transcendental reality. Matter and consciousness are usually conceived of as being polar opposites; however, consciousness needs matter to reveal itself, and matter needs consciousness to exist. Being fundamental, consciousness cannot be reduced to other features of the universe such as energy or matter. The brain is just matter. The brain does not produce consciousness, it is an instrument that tunes into and transmits it. Quantum theory provides insight into how conscious entities, such as ourselves, can alter the course of the physically described aspects of reality through the decisions we make. On an individual level, our awareness interacts with and affects the subatomic realm of our bodies, which then feeds back into and influences our awareness. Jung felt that the central psychospiritual task of our unique moment in history is to realize the unity of consciousness and matter, which is what synchronistic events are revealing to us. These strange, inexplicable coincidences that Jung called synchronicities often consist of a highly unlikely but auspicious and attention-grabbing coincidence between inner and outer events. These synchronistic miracles don’t contradict the natural sciences, but rather are quite compatible and consistent with the probabilistic and observer-dependent nature of quantum physics. In synchronistic phenomena, consciousness and matter reciprocally inform and reflect each other. On a conventional level, psyche and matter can be thought of as inner and outer reality. The factor that connects the inner and outer realities is meaning, which is to be found within our minds. The only acceptable view appears to be one that recognizes both sides of reality – the quantitative and the qualitative, the physical and the conscious – as compatible with each other and can embrace them simultaneously in the process of individuation: becoming whole. This wholeness is the result of dedicated and sincere efforts towards personal self-transformation through inner work made over a lengthy period of time. Jung says only from our wholeness can we create a model of the whole. We are only able to see someone in their wholeness if we ourselves are in touch with our wholeness. In a positive feedback loop, seeing the other person’s wholeness further connects us with our own. We can more deeply realize our own light as it is seen reflected through others. Similarly, like looking into a mirror, we can see our shadow projected onto others. This offers us an opportunity to learn and transform the darkest parts of ourselves on our path to wholeness. In rendering transparent the illusion of the universe existing objectively, quantum physics can potentially help us to see through the once-convincing mirage of the separate self with which we have been unconsciously identified. The separate self can be considered to be the primordial trauma, the perceived separation from wholeness, the veiling of our true nature. Our species is suffering from a form of collective trauma. The signature of trauma is that through the traumatic event happens in time as an actual historical event, we then internalize it. This is to say that we unconsciously reenact the trauma in both our inner and outer lives. Compulsively repeating the trauma, which is our attempt to heal from it, re-creates the very trauma from which we are trying to heal in an infinitely self-generating feedback loop, both temporally and atemporally (outside of time, in the realm of the unconscious). This infinite regress only stops when we realize the role we are playing in creating our experience of being traumatized. Realizing that we are colluding in our own trauma through our unconscious reactions snaps us out of being a victim while simultaneously introduces us to our intrinsic creative power to shape our experience. Einstein said, “Body and soul are not two different things, but only two ways of perceiving the same thing.” The root meaning of the word psychology is the study of the psyche and the soul. We can conceive of the soul as a vital, animating core of luminosity, sentience, and aliveness, the very thing that links us to the divine, to each other, and to the part of us that is most ourselves. Finding our soul has to do with becoming conscious of our true identity and discovering our purpose for living. The soul can never have knowledge of objective reality – for it, and we, are not objects. The soul can only know what it is and what it is here in manifested form for. Jung realized that the psyche was the all-important essence of humanity, the most powerful instrument that we possess, as well as being the greatest danger that threatens us. The psyche is at the root of humanity’s creative genius as well as the myriad world crises that we are currently facing. In excluding ourselves from the universe, our materialist, reductionist science is first destroying the world in theory before proceeding to destroy it in practice by dividing humanity through racism and war. The overwhelming majority of the physics field has been co-opted by the corporate powers that be to become an instrument for their agenda. For the corporate body politic, the bottom line of generating profits is what’s important, after all. Since it is interested in manipulating and gaining control over the seemingly outer world, its focus has to do with issues related to the acquisition of raw power. There is an unconscious incentive-driven blindness intrinsic to remaining part of the global corporate institutional power structure. This is to say that individual scientists who are embedded in and part of this structure, be it in corporations or academia, have been unconsciously conditioned to avoid inquiring in directions that could threaten the power structure they depend on for their salaries, reputations, and funding for their research. This is a universal phenomenon at work within the human psyche through which power and control are reinforced and maintained at the expense of truth, operating across many different domains throughout the world. Einstein remarked, “It is harder to crack a prejudice than an atom.” Connecting with the quantum field and realizing our quantum nature bestows such an immense power that this knowledge could only be entrusted to those with high moral character. Yet many of the new technologies developed out of the quantum revelation are used by some people against others to fulfill their dreams of power and domination. Imagine the immense energy accessed by atomic physics not being used to create new weapons of mass destruction with the purpose to kill as many human beings as possible, but instead channeled in a constructive, positive manner for the unlimited benefit of all beings. If we aren’t able to successfully mine the revelatory treasure that is quantum physics, this would be a tragic reflection of our inability to overcome our own self-destructive inner forces of psychopathology. It would be the worst nightmare of the powers that be to have the quantum revelation get out and be more widely accessible by the human population at large. When it comes to the world’s body politic, it is crucial for us to realize the extent of the massive spell that is being woven all around us through the propaganda (such as the mainstream media) of the prevailing order. We are continually being conditioned, programmed, brainwashed, and hypnotized beyond belief to buy into, to both consume and be consumed by, an impoverished version of who we are. To the extent that we don’t connect with our true essence and express our true creative selves we become dominated. We are negating the truth of our existential situation, which leads to a state of delusion. Quantum physics, when contemplated deeply enough, can completely unravel our illusory sense of self in a way that, to the ego, can feel like a sort of death experience. We have literally forgotten who we are, and, in doing so, have disconnected from our vast creative powers for consciously shaping and co-creating reality. At any moment, to the extent we are aware of our true nature, we can help each other to remember. The revelations of quantum physics can be used to destroy life or to enhance it beyond measure. As we see through the illusion that we exist separate from the universe, we naturally step into a more holistic and ecological mode of thinking in which we perceive ourselves as part of a greater ecosystem. The energetic expression of realizing – not just intellectually, but in our hearts – that we do not exist separate from each other, but are interconnected and interdependent at the deepest, most fundamental level of our being, is compassion. Quantum physics is a flag bearer of an epochal paradigm shift currently taking place within human consciousness, deep within the collective unconscious, concerning the nature of reality itself. The revelations of quantum physics are offering us the keys to our intrinsic freedom. The biggest obstacle in bringing the liberating quantum gnosis into our world today is not the powers that be suppressing this knowledge, but rather the programmed, limited, and fear-based state of most people’s minds. One of the greatest sovereign powers that we all wield as human beings, although often unknowingly or without awareness, is the power of choosing where to place our attention. The very power of creation lies invisibly enfolded within our field of attention. Quantum physics reveals to us that turning the gaze of our attention toward anything is a powerful creative act that alters, energizes, and potentiates whatever our gaze falls on. Focusing our attention is an act of creation in and of itself. Our beam of attention intersects and interacts with the multidimensional probability waves that hover in a state of unrealized potentiality that comprise matter in its unobserved state. Once imbued with our attention, whatever we are looking at instantly materializes into a particular and perceivable appearance. The symbolic procedures of quantum physics awaken our attention, which in turn stimulates the development of our consciousness. It can be profoundly powerful and self-transformative when, in introspective practice such as meditation, we put our attention not only on the contents of our own mind, but on the underlying awareness that is experiencing these contents. Showing the power of the quantum Observer Effect turned inward, by shifting our attention beam shimmering with the power of quantum creativity upon ourselves, we literally can re-create and transform ourselves in the process. The emergence of quantum physics has the potential to help us awaken to our quantum nature. How quantum physics actually manifests and the effect it has upon us depends on if we recognize what it is revealing to us. We can create and step into new images of ourselves through our creative imagination. These images immediately get imprinted into the quantum field, establishing a new template that increases the probability of this new identity pattern becoming more natural and familiar to us, which increases the likelihood that we will more embody and live out this new identity in our lives. When we visualize, imagining ourselves as we truly are, we are tuning into and helping to manifest the part of ourselves that is already healed, whole, and awake. Anyone who, to whatever degree, consciously accesses the creative source within themselves can’t help but to influence others by their very presence. When someone realizes their quantum nature, it is like a caterpillar turning into a butterfly. Just like an oak tree is hidden within the acorn, the image of the soon-to-be butterfly is encoded as a realizable potential within the caterpillar. This is why it can be so helpful and inspiring to be around people who have some degree of realizing their quantum nature, as the realization they are embodying activates our own. When opportunities arise that have intrinsically liberating qualities, be it in the world or within our minds, negative forces in the quantum field simultaneously emerge that hinder and obstruct our connection to our true selves and our intuition. Light and darkness reciprocally co-arise. This dynamic needs to be factored into the equation of our universe. When a hidden treasure is brought into our world, we should be sure to create the circumstances to protect the precious treasure from being obscured by the negative, opposing forces. One prerequisite for this is to successfully deal with the obstructing forces within ourselves that could potentially hinder the realization of our gifts. This requires transcending our fears and releasing our traumas, so that the negative energies have nothing to attach to in their attempt to bring us down. Individuals and groups can begin to consciously tap into the creative energy that makes up the quantum realm, the energy of creation itself, in a way that changes everything. Quantum physics is linking the subjective and objective domains into a higher, more coherent synthesis. In consciously accessing the non-visible dimension of the quantum realm, we begin to actively interface with the creative powers of the universe, giving us the capabilities to effect real change in the universe. As if tailor-made for the multiple crises we find ourselves in, quantum physics is what we require to enhance not only our continual survival, but also our blossoming into our higher potential as well. Lifting the veil that has occluded our vision, quantum physics is revealing how utterly alive, changeable, and sensitive to our touch the universe really is. It is offering us a way out of our dilemma by revealing to us a new direction for our scientific, psychospiritual, and social evolution. No one remains the same upon encountering the quantum realm – it changes us forevermore. All of our senses, emotions, thoughts, and somatic and perceptual systems operate through quantum processes. This is to say that physics’ quantum reflections can help us to transcend ourselves. Our thoughts, attention, and intentions have the power to influence and transform our world. Quantum physics is one of the all-time greatest discoveries of the human mind. Becoming lucid to our interdependence with all other beings, with all life, with the whole universe, we would naturally feel a desire to be of service to others, to the unified field, and to the whole. Paradoxically, to serve others – because we are not separate – is to be in true service to ourselves. This involves nothing other than fully stepping into and being ourselves. It is only in connecting with what is most truly ourselves that the real healing is to be found. The energetic vibration of our shared and growing realization strengthens and reinforces itself through non-local morphic resonance, making it more available for everyone to tap into. In an evolutionary quantum leap of consciousness, we can dream ourselves awake. As quantum physics unequivocally points out, that enough of us could wake up and change our collective waking dream. Realizing that this is not only a possibility, but an evolutionary necessity, simultaneously dispels our inertia and inspires our creative spirit. In seeing what is truly possible, we are on the way to creating it. The darkness in our world is potentially helping us to wake up. Everything depends on whether we recognize what is being revealed. In my experience, connecting to the quantum realm (the unified field, universal consciousness, infinite intelligence) requires ego transformation (sometimes called ego death). The ego exists to keep us safe from danger and suggests that we exist as a separate self from the universe and others. As we develop in a fear-based society the ego becomes the dominant fear-based operating system. Connecting with one’s true self demands ego transformation, however, the ego never truly dies but deflates to a point where it is no longer in control. As the ego lets go of control, it flares up and fights for its life. Persevering through the fears that ensue is essential. Letting them go is required. This allows for intuition to become the dominant operating system. In this way, we can transcend fear, bypass our rational mind and ego, understand oneness, attain mental stillness, and be guided by our intuition from infinite intelligence.

Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon

Dr. Joe Dispenza

Drawing upon the best in modern science, Dr. Dispenza shows how to connect to the quantum field with simple techniques like breathwork and meditation, as well as applying our intention and attention for transformational healing, as individuals and as a collective.

Drawing from evidence-based science, such as epigenetics, molecular biology, neurocardiology, neuroplasticity, psychoneuroimmunology, neuroendocrinology, and quantum physics, Dr. Dispenza opens the door to a bold new paradigm of transformation by showing us how to connect to the quantum field through meditation. His team of researchers have gone through extensive strides to scientifically measure, record, and analyze transformations in people’s biology and their lives to prove to the world that common people can do the uncommon by bridging the gap between science and mysticism. Everything in the three-dimensional physical world is consciousness manifested as energy – particles of light and sound waves vibrating at specific frequencies. It is impossible to separate energy and consciousness as they make up a dynamic whole. There is an invisible, indivisible field of consciousness – that exists beyond this three-dimensional physical reality of space and time – called the quantum field (the fifth dimension, infinite intelligence, the unified field, universal consciousness). Modern science shows us that, in the quantum field, time and space do not exist, and all possibilities exist in the form of waves. It’s beyond anything we can perceive with our senses. The only way we can connect to the quantum field is with our awareness, where we can access greater levels of frequency and information. To do so, we must leave behind our attachments to the three-dimensional world – all our stress, fears, trauma, body, space, and time – and connect to the present moment. In doing so, we are turning inward and tuning into a consciousness that is always present with us. As we move toward it and trust in the unknown – without returning our awareness to the physical world of the senses – we experience more oneness and wholeness within. The more we become aware of the quantum field, the more we’re moving away from the perceived separation of the physical universe and closer to oneness, one consciousness, order, and love. Becoming aware of the existence of the quantum field is the first step to experiencing it. When we are in the realm of unity consciousness, if we find ourselves thinking about something in the physical world, we are thrown back to three-dimensional reality, back into time, space, and separation. You can decide to observe a future in the quantum field that you want to manifest, however, if you’re doing it with a victim mindset, or feeling limited or unhappy, your energy is not going to be consistent with your intended creation and you won’t be able to call that new future to you. Any lower vibrational energy that you are feeling cannot carry the intention of your future dream. It will only carry a level of consciousness equal to those limited emotions. In order to create a new reality, you have to move to a greater level of consciousness than the consciousness that created the reality you are trying to create from. You can change your energy to match the frequency of any potential in the quantum field that already exists there. When a vibrational match occurs between your energy and the energy of that potential you select in the quantum field, you will draw that experience to you, as long as it is aligned with your soul’s purpose. The quantum field governs all the laws of the universe, including how consciousness (wave) collapses into matter (particle) when observed. When studying atoms, physicists found that matter is 99.999999% empty space, however, quantum physics shows that the space is not empty but rather filled with the quantum field underlying all physical manifestations. Subatomic particles do not exist prior to being observed. They exist as a wave in the quantum field and when observed they collapse into a particle in the present moment as matter. This is called collapsing the wave function or a quantum event. After observation, the subatomic particle disappears back into wave form in the quantum realm of infinite possibility. Just as we, as a subjective consciousness, are observing the subatomic particle as matter, there’s a universal consciousness that is constantly observing all that is in our three-dimensional manifestation creating the physical universe. When the mystery of the self is unveiled, we can wake up to the understanding that we are not linear beings having a linear life but instead multidimensional beings living multidimensional lives. The smallest subatomic particle that makes up all matter is light (a photon of light). We are conscious beings with a body made of gravitationally organized vibrating light packed with information that is continuously sending and receiving various frequencies, all carrying different signals, through our energy field and our consciousness. In order to create from the quantum field, we need to use our clear intention and elevated emotions, such as love, gratitude, inspiration, joy, excitement, awe, or wonder. We have to tap into the feeling we anticipate we will have when we manifest our intent, and then feel the emotion ahead of the experience. The elevated emotions, which carry a higher vibrational frequency, is the magnetic charge we are sending out into the quantum field. When we combine the electric charge (our intention) with the magnetic charge (our emotion), we create an electromagnetic signature that is equal to our state of being. All potentials exist in the quantum field as electromagnetic frequencies that you must align to with your electromagnetic signature – your awareness and energy. In order to sustain life and health, our cells communicate with each other by exchanging vital information transmitted on different frequencies of energy. When a cell does not emit enough organized and coherent electromagnetic energy, that cell becomes unhealthy; it’s not able to share information with other cells very well, and without that exchange, it doesn’t have what it needs. So, the mechanistic version of the inner workings of the cell that we learned in high school biology is dated. The electromagnetic energy that the cell emits and receives is the life force that governs those molecules. In effect, we are quite literally beings of light, each radiating a vital life force and expressing an energy field around our bodies – the totality of each cell expressing and contributing to a vital field of energy that carries a message. The visible light energy spectrum – where we perceive the various array of colours present in this world we live in – makes up less than 1 percent of all the frequencies of light that we can measure. That means that the majority of frequencies are beyond our perception, and therefore most of our known reality in this universe cannot be experienced by our natural senses. There is a lot of information available to us besides what we can see with our physical eyes, such as radio waves, infrared, x-rays, gamma rays, and the quantum field (consciousness). There are four states of consciousness that will help provide us with a framework: wakefulness, when we are aware and conscious; sleep, where we are unconscious and the body is restoring and repairing; dreaming, an altered state of consciousness when the body is catatonic but our minds are engaged in inner visual imagery and symbolism; and transcendental moments of consciousness, beyond our understanding of our physical reality, which change us and our world view forever. There is a flow of energy moving through the body, just as with a magnet, there is a measurable electromagnetic field surrounding the body. There is a tube of energy called the pranic tube that runs along the spinal column. Yogis have known about this energetic tube for thousands of years. The more energy that moves through the physical spinal cord, the more energy that is created in the pranic tube, and the greater the expression of life. The body has energy centers and each energy center is an individual center of information that carries a corresponding level of consciousness and emits its own electromagnetic field that contributes to the body’s overall energy field. Each energy center is associated with individual glands, hormones, biochemistry, and plexus of neurons. Think of each of these individual clusters of neurological networks as mini-brains. Each energy center is activated on the subconscious level by the autonomic nervous system and consciousness. All the energy centers in the body besides the heart are under control of the autonomic nervous system. We can influence these energy centers to function in a more balanced and integrated way. But to do that we must first slow down our brain waves to enter the subconscious operating systems of the autonomic nervous system. Elevated emotion is energy, and the longer you can hold your attention with open focus on each energy center with a state of elevated emotion, the more you will build a coherent energy field with a high frequency around your body. As each center draws new energy from the quantum field with your intention and attention, the body moves back towards balance and homeostasis. Dr. Dispenza’s team has routinely measured the increase in energy fields during meditation using a gas discharge visualization device. When we’re living in survival mode and we’re drawing from the invisible field of energy around the body, we diminish our body’s electromagnetic field. When energy is stuck in the first three energy centers because we are caught in a thinking and feeling loop, then there’s less current running through the body and there is less of an electromagnetic field. There is a way to get this energy that’s stored in the first three centers moving again, so the current will resume flowing and the body will expand the electromagnetic field. When you repeatedly tune into higher frequencies of energy and consciousness, your body experiences syntropy (enhanced order) instead of entropy (disorder, breakdown, chaos). Once you can quiet down your analytical, thinking mind and more readily tune in to this more orderly information from the quantum field, your body automatically responds by processing this new stream of consciousness and energy, thereby becoming more efficient, coherent, and healthy. Each of these energy centers become more orderly and more coherent, and over time, you can begin to affect real physical change epigenetically. His team has recorded numerous physical healings in this way. If you’re going to disconnect from the outer world in meditation, you have to learn how to change your brain waves. From slowest to highest, the brain wave patterns are delta, theta, alpha, beta, and gamma. Most of the time that you are awake and conscious, you are in the beta range of brain-wave frequencies. Low-range beta is a relaxed wake state, mid-range beta is slightly more aroused, while high-range beta is high arousal in a stress state. You display the slower alpha brain waves when you are relaxed, calm, creative, and intuitive. Theta brains waves are even slower and take over when your mind is still awake but your body is relaxing, such as before falling asleep or during deep meditation. Delta brain waves are the slowest and usually come during deep restorative sleep, or during meditation with profound mystical experiences of oneness. Gamma brain waves indicate superconsciousness, such as during advanced meditation; often recorded in mystics. When we slow down our brain waves from beta to alpha to theta to delta in meditation, it gives us an opportunity to let go of the outer world and focus on the inner world in the present moment. Your mind will wander back to the experiences and stimuli you are addicted to, but as you become aware of that program, you can keep settling your body and mind into the present moment, and sooner or later your body and mind will surrender. Once the analytical mind (beta waves) is out of the way, you can move from alpha to theta to delta brain waves – the state in which restorative functions in the body take place. Dr. Dispenza and his team often see their students reporting profound or mystical experiences in deep delta and gamma while their brains are more coherent and synchronized, and their hearts are in a very coherent state during meditation. The heart produces the strongest electromagnetic field in the body – five thousand time greater in strength than the field produced by the brain. The heart’s electromagnetic field can be measured up to 8 to 10 feet away using a sensitive detector called a magnetometer. When you activate the heart by calling up elevated emotions, you are not only broadcasting that energy to every cell, you are also radiating that energy out into space. This is where the heart moves beyond biology and into physics. When you lead with your heart center you tend to be more loving, caring, kind, inspired, selfless, compassionate, giving, grateful, trusting, patient, and intuitive. If you create more coherence in your heart and brain – and you repeatedly practice cultivating these states every day – then sooner or later you get better at opening your heart and making your brain work more proficiently. You would be more focused on a vision of a new future without being distracted by fear and limiting beliefs, and you could more easily feel the elevated emotions of that new future. As you create more coherence in your heart and brain, you create more coherence in your energy field, and this creates a clearer electromagnetic signature. As you continuously work on overcoming your fear, stress, trauma, body, and environment – slowing down your brain waves, connecting to the quantum field, and transcending this three-dimensional reality – it becomes increasingly easier and more familiar to activate your heart center and create. It’s a commonly accepted premise that when we are connected to the heart’s inner knowing, we can tap into its wisdom as a source of love and higher guidance. Only about 5 percent of our mind is conscious (thoughts and awareness) and the remaining 95 percent is our subconscious mind (unconscious programming below our awareness). As your thinking brain – the neocortex – slows down, you are able to get beyond the analytical mind (also called the critical mind), which separates the conscious mind from the subconscious mind. Now you are able to move into the seat of your body’s operating system – the autonomic nervous system – and your brain can work in a more holistic fashion. When your heart becomes coherent, your autonomic nervous system responds by increasing your brain’s energy, creativity, and intuition, which has a positive effect on virtually every organ in the body. Now the heart and the brain are working together, causing you to feel more whole, connected, and content – not only within your own body, but also with everybody and everything. From this creative state of wholeness and oneness, magic begins to happen in your life because you’re no longer creating from duality or separation – you’re no longer waiting for something outside of you to provide relief from the internal feelings of lack, emptiness, or separation. Instead, you are becoming more familiar with creating new experiences of yourself. If you keep activating your heart center properly enough times during the creative process each day, in time you will feel more like your future has already happened. The benefits of heart coherence are numerous, including lowering blood pressure, and improving the nervous system, hormonal balance, brain function, and enhanced intuition. When the heart is beating incoherently, we feel out of balance, fearful, on edge, anxious, and forced. Because the body is operating in survival mode, we function more from an animalistic, primitive perspective than from the higher heart-centered emotions of our greater humanity and divinity. Heart incoherence is brought on by stress, fear, and trauma, which is the body and mind’s response to disruptions in ourselves and in our environment. The parasympathetic nervous system (rest and digest) functions best when we feel safe and the sympathetic nervous system (fight or flight) is activated mostly when we feel unsafe. The stress, fear, and trauma we experience when we feel unsafe is not necessarily about the event itself but the result of unmanaged emotional reactions to the event. If we keep thinking, acting, and feeling the same way without changing anything about ourselves, the majority of who we are becomes a memorized set of automatic thoughts, reflexive emotional reactions, unconscious habits and behaviours, subconscious beliefs and perceptions, and routine familiar attitudes. Through scientific inquiry, the heart slowly ceased to be recognized as our connection to feelings, emotions, and our higher selves. It has only been through the new science of the last few decades that we’ve began to reconcile, understand, and recognize the true significance of the heart both as a source that generates a powerful electromagnetic field and as our connection to our intuition in the quantum field. We know that the heart, beyond its obvious role in sustaining life, is not simply a muscular pump that moves blood throughout our body, but an organ capable of influencing feelings and emotions. The heart is a sensory organ that guides our decision-making ability, as well as our understanding of ourselves and our place in the world. The heart is a symbol that transcend time, place, and culture. The intrinsic cardiac nervous system, with as many as 40,000 neurons, is the heart’s nervous system that functions independently of the brain. The discovery of this led to a new field of science called neurocardiology. The heart and brain are connected by efferent (descending) and afferent (ascending) neural pathways; however, 90 percent of the connecting nerve fibres ascend from the heart to the brain. These direct, afferent neural pathways continuously send signals and information that interacts with and modifies activity in the brain’s higher cognitive and emotional centers. These signals from the heart to the brain connect through the vagus nerve. The more heart centered you are, the less likely you will react to stressors in life. The less energy you have in your heart center, the more likely you will be living in survival mode. Research also shows that energetic interactions between the heart and the brain exist through electromagnetic fields. When we focus our attention on our heart and emotions, the heart’s beating acts as an amplifier, which increases the synchronization between our heart and brain, and creates coherence not only in the physical organs, but also in the electromagnetic field surrounding the body. Heart rate variability (HRV) is a physiological phenomenon that measures environmental and psychological challenges as reflected by the variation of the heart’s beat-to-beat intervals. Among its uses, HRV can measure the flexibility of our heart and nervous system (which reflects our health and fitness), as well as how well we are balancing our mental and emotional lives. By studying the heart’s rhythms as measured by HRV, scientists can detect patterns that deepen our understanding of how humans process emotions and the effects of feelings and emotions on our well-being. In this way, continued HRV research offers us a unique window into the communication between the heart, brain, and emotions. During the 1990s, researchers at HeartMath Institute (HMI) discovered that when people focused on their hearts and evoked elevated emotions such as appreciation, joy, gratitude, and compassion, those feelings could be observed as coherent patterns in the heart’s rhythms. The opposite was true of stressful feelings, which caused the heart rhythms to be incoherent. This discovery linked emotional states to HRV patterns. In addition to HMI’s research findings, Dr. Dispenza’s data strongly suggests that sustained heart-centered emotions promote healthier gene expression epigenetically. From a scientific perspective, living in stress is living in survival mode. When we perceive a stressful circumstance that threatens us in some way, our primitive nervous system, called the sympathetic nervous system, increases and the body mobilizes an enormous amount of energy in response to the stressor. The pupils dilate so we can see better; the heart rate and respiratory rate increase so we can run, fight, or hide; more glucose is released into the bloodstream to make more energy available to our cells; and our blood flow is shunted to the extremities and away from our internal organs so we can move quickly if needed. The immune system initially dials up and then dials down as adrenaline and cortisol flood the muscles, providing a rush of energy to either escape or fend off the threat. Circulation moves out of our rational forebrain and is relayed to our hindbrain, so we have less capacity to think creatively and instead rely more on our instinct to instantly react. Without a doubt, it’s a challenge to maintain our mental and emotional equilibrium in today’s face-paced, stress-filled, productivity-focused, hurry-up-and-finish culture, and the loss of this equilibrium can have serious ramifications for our health. All of us are built for dealing with short-term bursts of stress. When the event is over, the body normally returns to balance within hours, increasing in energy levels and restoring its vital resources. But when the stress doesn’t end within hours, the body never returns to balance. In truth, no organism in nature can endure living in emergency mode for extended periods of time. Because of our large brains, human beings are capable of thinking about their problems, reliving past traumas, or even forecasting future worst-case scenarios and thus turning on the cascade of stress chemicals by thought alone. We can knock our brains and bodies out of normal physiology just by thinking about an all-too-familiar past or trying to control an unpredictable future. If not resolved, eventually physical manifestations appear. Chronic physical problems eventually manifest emotional challenges, like anxiety and depression. Science tells us that such chronic stress pushes the genetic buttons that create disease epigenetically. Emotions are the chemical consequences (or feedback) of our experiences. As our senses record incoming information from our environment, clusters of neurons organize into networks. When they are recorded into a pattern, the brain creates an emotion that is then sent throughout the body. When we experience a significant change inside of us, the brain pays attention to whomever or whatever is causing the change outside of us, and takes a snapshot of the outer experience. That’s called a memory. The memory of an event can become branded neurologically in the brain as neurons fire together and wire together, and that scene becomes recorded in our brain’s gray matter. The combination of various people or objects at that particular time and place from that profound experience is etched in our neural architecture as a holographic image. That’s how we create a long-term memory. The experience becomes imprinted in the neural circuitry, and the emotion is stored in the body. When you align everything material in your external world with the memories of your past experiences, you recognize them as familiar. This is called pattern recognition and it’s the process whereby most people perceive reality through a lens of the past. When we experience a traumatic event, we tend to think neurologically within the circuitry of that experience and we tend to feel chemically within the boundaries of the emotions from that event, so our entire state of being – how we think and how we feel – becomes biologically stuck in the past. With constant triggers, we are constantly thinking, acting, and feeling our past trauma. Since how we think, act, and feel is our personality, our personality can be completely created by the past. It’s also possible that genes were activated or deactivated by a traumatic experience that might keep your body from healing or even create a disease or dysfunction. When you wake up in the morning and start thinking about your problems, which are connected to memories of the past or stresses about the future, it creates familiar feelings such as unhappiness, sadness, pain, grief, anxiety, frustration, unworthiness, or guilt. If those familiar emotions influence the choices you make, then the behaviours you exhibit and the experiences you create for yourself are going to be predictable – and your life is going to stay the same. Basically, it means your body and mind is on autopilot, running a series of unconscious programs, and over time, and your past becomes your future. So, if we are re-creating the past day after day, thinking the same thoughts and feeling the same emotions, we are broadcasting the same electromagnetic field over and over again – sending out the same energy with the same message. The only way we can change our lives is to change our energy – to change the electromagnetic field we are constantly broadcasting. In other words, to change our state of being, we have to change how we think and feel, so we can change our vibration. In order to change our body into a new genetic expression, the inner emotion we create has to be greater than the emotion from that past experience. Now we are changing the inner environment of the body, which is the outer environment of the cell, and the genes for health can be up-regulated while the genes for disease can be down-regulated. The more profound the emotion, the more we are going to signal those genes to change the structure and function of our body, such as by activating the genes for neurogenesis. By going within and changing our unconscious beliefs, overcoming doubt, fear, and trauma, changing habits, and releasing reflexive emotional states – which have become hardwired in our brain and emotionally conditioned in our body – we can now be more committed to believing in a new future than believing in a familiar painful past. During meditations we can teach our body and mind what our future can be like ahead of the actual experience. Our body and mind do not know the difference between the real event and the one we imagine and emotionally embrace. We can break the habit of being our old self and invest in a whole new self instead. A powerful way to affect the autonomic nervous system is to change our internal state on a regular basis, such as through consistent meditation. Slowly but surely, we can reprogram our body and mind back into balance. When you maintain and sustain elevated emotional states in meditation, independent of the conditions of your external environment, you can gain access to the kind of high-level intuition. Your higher self intuition fosters a better understanding of yourself and others, helps prevent stressful patterns in your life, increases mental clarity, and promotes better decision-making. When that happens, we then want to express our truth – what we’ve learned, or the love or wholeness we feel. After this, dormant areas of the brain open so that the veil of illusion is lifted and we perceive a broader spectrum of reality than we ever saw before. We then begin to feel enlightened, and the body and mind moves into harmony and balance. Once we feel the enlightened energy, we begin to truly feel worthy where we can receive the fruits of our efforts – visions, dreams, insights, manifestations, and knowingness that come not from anywhere in our minds and bodies as memories, but from intuition in the quantum field. Once you have a mystical experience and get your first glance behind the veil, you can never go back to business as usual, and with every subsequent mystical experience you have, you move closer to source, wholeness, oneness, and the indivisible quantum field. Nearly every person is capable of engaging, experiencing, and accessing the mystical in the quantum field. With regards to a mystical experience, Dr. Dispenza said “It seems more real to me than anything I have ever known in my life, and I lost track of space and time.” When you start having these very profound, unknown mystical experiences, you have one of two choices: You can contract in fear because it’s the unknown, or you can surrender and trust – because it’s the unknown. The more you surrender and trust, the deeper and more profound your experiences become, and because the experience is so profound, you’re not going to want to rouse yourself back to wakefulness, thereby changing your brain waves back to beta. Instead, this is the time to surrender, relax, and go even deeper into this transcendental state of consciousness. Imagine who you could become if you stopped living by the hallmarks of the lower three energy centers, including survival, fear, trauma, pain, separation, anger, and competition, and instead lived from the heart and operated out of love, oneness, and connection to all things, both visible and non-visible. By having enough interdimensional experiences from the quantum field, mystics no longer saw equal to the genes they were born with. They no longer processed things the way the brain they’d been given at birth had been wired – the way the human brain had been imprinted for thousands of years, fear-based and confused. Instead, because of their interaction with the quantum field, mystics created the awareness, the neural circuitry, and the mind to perceive a different reality – one that’s always been there: oneness, love, clarity, and mysticism. With enough practice we can replace old mental scripts of feeling unworthy, fearful, traumatized, or insecure with more elevated states of being and fall deeply in love with our lives. Which in turn, ripples out to our families and communities, continuously expanding our vibrational influence of love, harmony and coherence throughout the world. We can use the breath in meditation to liberate trapped emotions and that energy becomes available for higher purposes. We have more energy to heal ourselves, create a different life, manifest more wealth, or have a mystical experience. Those negative emotions that are stored in the body as energy can be transmuted into a different type of energy carrying a different message through the elevated emotions of inspiration, freedom, unconditional love, and gratitude. We can use our breath as an instrument of consciousness to ascend our energy – transmuting negative emotions into creative emotions. The central nervous system is one of the body’s most important systems because it controls and coordinates all the other systems in the body. You can think of the nervous system as the electrical wiring that runs the machine of your body. Inside the closed system of the central nervous system is cerebrospinal fluid that’s filtered from the blood in the brain. The cerebrospinal fluid bathes the brain and the spinal cord, and is responsible for giving the central nervous system buoyancy. It acts as a cushion to protect the brain and spinal cord from trauma, and it flows in various paths that transports nutrients and chemicals to different parts of the central nervous system. By its very nature, this fluid acts as a conduit to enhance electrical charges in the nervous system. You have a bone at the base of your spine called your sacrum. On top of that sits the spinal column, which extends all the way up to your skull. Inside that closed system is the central nervous system, which is made up of the brain and the spinal cord, which is an extension of the brain. The skull and the spinal column protect this most delicate nervous system. As you inhale, your sacrum slightly flexes back and the sutures of your skull expand. As you exhale, your sacrum slightly flexes forward and the sutures close. It is this natural action of breathing that slowly propagates a wave that moves cerebrospinal fluid up and down the spinal cord and throughout the brain. If you contracted the intrinsic muscles of your perineum (your pelvic floor), then your lower abdomen, then your upper abdomen, and squeezed, while breathing in from your sacrum to the top of your head, you would accelerate the movement of cerebrospinal fluid up your spine. That’s significant because cerebrospinal fluid is made up of proteins and salts in solution that dissolve and become electrically charged. If you take a charged molecule and accelerate it – as you would if you pulled those charged molecules up your spinal cord by intense breathing – you create an inductance field. An inductance field is an invisible field of electromagnetic energy that moves in a spiral motion in the direction the charged molecules are moving. The more you accelerate the charged molecules, the bigger and more powerful the inductance field. As the inductance field is created by the acceleration of the cerebrospinal fluid up the spine, it draws stored energy from the first three centers to the brain, which stimulates gamma brain wave patterns causing a heightened state of awareness, coherence, attention, and energy related to more creative, transcendental, and mystical experiences. Once there is a faster current flowing from the base of the spine all the way to the brain, the body’s electromagnetic field is expanded in the shape of a torus. When the energy reaches the thalamus of the brain, it is also relayed to the pineal gland, which releases chemical derivates of melatonin with profound effects. A new form of bio-mineralization has been studied in the human pineal gland and consists of small crystals that are less than 20 microns in length. These crystals are responsible for an electromechanical, biological transduction mechanism in the pineal gland due to their structure and piezoelectric properties. The piezoelectric effect occurs when you apply pressure to certain materials and that mechanical stress is changed into an electric charge. The pineal gland contains calcite crystals made of calcium, carbon, and oxygen, and because of their structure, they express this effect under pressure from cerebrospinal fluid. As we inhale through the nose and contract our intrinsic muscles, follow our breath from the perineum all the way up our spine to the top of our head with our awareness, and then hold our breath and squeeze those muscles more, we’re increasing intrathecal pressure in the brain with cerebrospinal fluid that surrounds the pineal gland. Surrounding the pineal gland with pressurized cerebrospinal fluid compresses the stacked crystals inside the gland, which translates into an electrical charge by the piezoelectric effect, expanding the pineal glands electromagnetic field. When the crystals generating the electromagnetic field reach their limit, they contract and the electromagnetic field reverses direction and moves inward toward the pineal gland, compressing the crystals again, producing yet another electromagnetic field and creating a pulsating effect of the field. Repeated breathwork and muscles contractions continues to activate the piezoelectric effect of the pineal gland. On the surface of the pineal gland are tiny hairs called cilia. The action of the accelerated cerebrospinal fluid over the pineal gland tickles the cilia, which overstimulates the pineal gland. Because the pineal gland is shaped like a phallus, the stimulation produced by the acceleration of fluid moving past it, combined with the electrical stimulation created by an increase in intrathecal pressure in a closed system, causes the pineal gland to secrete some very profound, upgraded metabolites of melatonin into the brain. The inductance field created during this breathwork draws the energy from those lower centers and delivers it directly to the brain stem in a spiralling motion. As the energy travels up through each vertebra, it passes the nerves that run from the spinal cord to different parts of the body, and some of that energy is then transferred to the peripheral nerves that affect the tissues and organs of the body. The current that runs along these nerve channels activates the body’s electrical meridian system, resulting in all the other systems of the body getting more energy. Once the energy reaches the brain stem, it must pass through the reticular formation. It’s the job of the reticular formation to constantly edit information going from the brain to the body, as well as from the body to the brain. The reticular formation is part of a system called the reticular activating system (RAS), which is responsible for levels of wakefulness. Once this energy reaches the brain stem, the thalamic gate opens and energy moves through the reticular formation to the thalamus, where it relays information to the neocortex. Now the reticular formation is open and you experience greater levels of awareness and the brain goes into gamma brain wave patterns. There are two individual thalami in the midbrain, which feed each hemisphere in the neocortex. The pineal gland sits right in between them facing the back of the brain. When the energy reaches each thalamic junction, these thalami send a signal directly to the pineal gland to secrete its powerful metabolites into the brain. It’s this translation of energy into chemistry in the pineal gland that primes you for those transcendental, mystical moments. As higher frequencies of energy and higher states of consciousness interact with the pineal gland, one of the first things to happen is that these frequencies transmute melatonin into its derivatives. One class of these chemicals is called benzodiazepines, which relaxes the analytical mind by suppressing the neural activity in the amygdala and inhibits chemicals that cause you to feel fear, anger, agitation, aggression, sadness, or emotional pain. Now your body feels calm and relaxed, but your mind is awakened. Another chemical created from melatonin is part of a class of very powerful antioxidants called pinolines, which are anti-cancer, anti-aging, anti-heart disease, anti-stroke, anti-neurodegenerative, anti-inflammatory, and anti-microbial. It’s a powerful upgrade from melatonin’s healing properties. Another derivative of melatonin that we produce amplifies energy in the brain from within the brain. This is the same chemical found in electric eels that has phosphorescent and bioluminescent properties. This chemical enhances the imagery that the mind internally perceives so that everything looks as though it’s made of vivid, surreal, luminescent light. Dimethyltryptamine (DMT) is yet another derivative of melatonin and is a powerful hallucinogenic substance. DMT creates transformational spiritual visions and profound insights into the mystery of the self. Many of Dr. Dispenza’s students during the pineal gland meditation, when they connect to the quantum field and stimulate the pineal gland, report amazing encounters beyond their known physical world, their experience becomes filled with energy and light, and they received information beyond their memory base and the predictable knowns of their daily lives. This new dimension is difficult to articulate with language. The novel experiences that result occur as a complete unknown, and if you surrender to it, it’s always worth it. These pineal gland metabolite chemicals that your body produces in this breathwork meditation fit into the same receptor sites as serotonin and melatonin (which are also produced by the pineal gland). These upgraded chemical signals, however, allow for enhanced communication with the quantum field. In this way, we receive profound visuals and intuitive knowledge of how to better know ourself and our place in the universe. When we have these mystical experiences, because our nervous system is so coherent, it’s able to tune in to these super coherent messages. This may include sacred geometrical patterns, which appear as alive, have depth, and comprise mathematical and very coherent fractal patterns, and holographic symbolic imagery, never ending and infinitely complex. Stimulation of the pineal gland causes release of oxytocin and vasopressin from the pituitary gland. Oxytocin is known to produce elevated emotions that cause your heart to swell with love and joy – which is why it’s been referred to as the chemical of emotional connection or the bonding hormone. When oxytocin levels are elevated above normal, most people experience intense feelings of love, forgiveness, compassion, joy, wholeness, and empathy. These states are the beginning of unconditional love. As oxytocin levels go up, this shuts down the survival centers in the brain’s amygdala, meaning it cools off the circuits for fear, sadness, pain, anxiety, aggression, and anger. Then the only thing we feel is a love for life. At Dr. Dispenza’s advanced workshops, every participant receives a software program called Mind Movies to make a movie about their future self and their desired life. Depending on what the student wants to create in their life, the movie they make about their future exposes them to images and specific written suggestions and information designed to assist them in creating it. You can think of a Mind Movie as a 21st century vision board (a tool used to clarify, focus on, and maintain specific life goals), except it’s dynamic instead of static. They then watch a kaleidoscope video to access their subconscious mind, followed by their inspirational Mind Movie. The kaleidoscope uses ancient geometric patterns that reflect repeating fractal patterns, like those found in nature, which activate lower brain centers and bypasses the associative centers related to memory primarily located in the left hemisphere. They must get into a meditative state and slow their brain waves to increase suggestibility. The goals of this approach include: helping students get clear on the intention they want to create in their future; programming their conscious mind, as well as their unconscious mind, into that new future; changing their brain and body to biologically feel like the future has already happened; and repeatedly associating those images with music to create new neural networks in the brain. So many young people today are overwhelmed because of the frenetic pace, pressure, and demands of social media and modern society. Founders of Mind Movies are using the technology in schools to help teens envision a brighter future, as well as in corporate settings for team building, and in health care settings for healing. As you repeatedly visit your future in your heart and mind, all the thoughts, choices, actions, experiences, and emotions you experience between your present reality and your future reality become course corrections that deliver you to your target. Whether the result of tragedy, genocide, or a world war, survival emotions such as blame, hate, rage, competition, and retribution have resulted in an endless, unnecessary trail of pain, suffering, oppression, and death. The results of this have caused humans to live in opposition and conflict rather than peace and harmony. This is a time in history where we can break that cycle. This is a pivotal moment in the story of humanity where ancient wisdom and modern science are intersecting to provide us with the technology and scientific understanding to learn not only how to more efficiently and effectively manage our emotions, but also what that means for our health, relationships, energy levels, and personal and collective evolution. This allows us to alter the way we act with one another, replacing stressful situations with positive experiences that give us energy, fill our spirit, and leave us with a sense of wholeness, connection, and unity with all that is. The brain may think, but when you turn your heart into an instrument of perception, it knows. If more people increase their vibration it increases the vibration of people around them. It is difficult to be negative around positive people because they do not feed into the negative mindset, but rather offer a positive perspective. We are living in a time of extremes, and these extremes are both a reflection of an old consciousness that can no longer survive and a future consciousness in which planet Earth, and all of us on Earth, are transforming. This old consciousness is driven by survival emotions like hatred, violence, prejudice, anger, fear, suffering, competition, and pain – emotions that serve to seduce us into believing that we are separate from one another. The illusion of separation taxes and divides individuals, families, communities, societies, countries, and nature. Because everything is moving toward extreme polarities, undeniably many of the current systems – whether political, economic, religious, cultural, educational, medical, or environmental – are being pulled apart as antiquated paradigms collapse. We can see this most prominently in journalism, particularly mainstream media, where no one knows what to believe anymore. Some of these reflect people’s choices, while others reflect increasing levels of personal awareness. One thing is apparent, however, in this age of information, everything that is not in alignment with the evolution of this new consciousness is coming to the surface. Depending on your outlook, this could be either an exciting time of awakening or an anxiety-inducing moment in history. Regardless, the old must fall away or break down so that something more functional can emerge in its place. As the old constructs collapse, chaos ensues, allowing for emergence of a higher order. This is how people, species, consciousness, and even the planet itself evolve. Dr. Dispenza is part of Project Coherence, in which thousands of people come together at the exact same time on the exact same day to increase the frequency of this planet and of everyone who lives here. More than 23 peer-reviewed articles and more than 50 peace-gathering projects show that such events can lower incidents of violence, war, crime, and traffic accidents, and, at the same time, increase economic growth. When a group of people come together with the specific intention or collective consciousness to change something or to produce an outcome, if they create it with the energy and emotions of peace, unity, or oneness – without physically doing anything – that unified community can produce changes 70 percent of the time. His team has measured the energy in the room during their workshops and watched how it changes with a community of 550 – 1500 people raising their energy frequency together, and creating heart and brain coherence. Imagine a large body of people all elevating their energy and then placing their intention on that energy that lives be enriched, bodies be healed, dreams come true, futures be realized, and the mystical become common in our lives. Because we are constantly deepening and broadening our understanding of the interconnectedness of all living systems, and because each of us is a contributor to the Earth’s electromagnetic field, we can collectively create and guide a new peaceful and prosperous future upon this planet. It all begins by making a habit of practicing leading with our hearts, raising our vibration, and tuning into higher information and frequencies of love and wholeness. It requires the evolution of a new collective consciousness, because it is through the acknowledgement and application of the interconnectedness of human consciousness that we can change the course of history. We must make a stand for principles, values, and moral imperatives like freedom, justice, truth, and equality. When we achieve this through the power of the collective, we will unite behind the energy of oneness rather than be controlled by the illusion of separation. In my experience, your heart knows who you are and what you are here for. We must get out of the way with our fears, our rational mind, and our ego in order for us to be fully expressed by our true self, the core of who we are. It is important to note that there are other ways to connect to the quantum field (infinite intelligence, universal consciousness) and that there are both positive and negative energies that exist there. If you connect with fear, you will attract negative information that will ultimately guide you to the lessons you need to learn to get back on your path. If you connect with love, you will attract positive information that will guide you on your path. The most important thing any human can do is find your heart, connect to the quantum field, discover your soul’s purpose, let go of your fear and trauma, follow your intuition, and live to your full potential. In this way, nearly everyone can become a mystic. Trust the process, enjoy the journey.

Conscious Living: How to Create a Life of Your Own Design

Dr. Gay Hendricks

Using decades of experience as a clinical psychologist and professor, Dr. Hendricks offers us a powerful approach to overcoming fear, connecting with our true selves, and applying the principles of quantum manifestation.

Conscious Living is about how to make a shift to a new kind of consciousness and to embrace conscious living and loving. It goes into a new dimension: the transformation of your inner self. Dr. Hendricks, PhD, is a psychologist, writer, and teacher. In his clinical practice, he left behind a therapy model and began to embrace a learning model, one that emphasized conscious living instead of remediation. In the therapy model, patients focus on the past, hoping that by shifting their perceptions the past will lose its grip on them and free up more creative energy in the present moment. The downside of therapy is that people often remain not only focused on the past but enthralled by it. Dependency on the therapist also becomes a problem. In the learning model, patients envision themselves in the future and design conscious goals for their lives. These goals, if they are committed to them, begin to allow them to take intuitive action as part of their manifestation process. Along the way, old patterns emerge similar to those addressed in the therapy model. The context is different, though; now they are engaged in a forward-looking journey of conscious living rather than a past-focused process of remediation. As a professor, Dr. Hendricks began to teach the learning model in addition to the therapy model, and his students loved it, so did their patients. When we are scared, sad, or traumatized, we try to distance ourselves from the experience rather than feel it fully, resonate with it, love it, and let it go. We live in a trance of denial in which we put our personality masks and agendas ahead of connection with ourselves or union with others. These masks and agendas of our personas – adopted in childhood for survival and recognition – are preventing us from connecting with our true selves. Our true self is something we can feel in our heart and experience as intuition in our mind. Dr. Hendricks guides further into exploring how we can love ourselves unconditionally, live in integrity, distinguish our true self from our personas, overcome fear and trauma, develop emotional intelligence, and express our full creative potential. This book offers precise technology for producing inner peace and harmonious, loving relationships. Conscious living offers you a somatic process – one you can feel in your body – for moving through the most important challenges of life. Conscious living focuses on the present, not the past or the future. It shows you how to open the flow of organic good feeling inside yourself and the flow of genuine love with others. Conscious living is the art of full commitment to truth and knowledge, balanced by full willingness to stand in wonder at the irreconcilable or unfathomable. It shows you how to move through pain – whether it’s pain of body, mind, or soul – to experience more freedom. It shows you how you unknowingly create unnecessary pain for yourself and reveals the preventative measures to avoid creating pain in the future. Conscious living shows you how to redesign your life when you feel stuck. It shows you how to channel your energies into what will truly fulfills you. It teaches you how to embrace relationships that inspire your full capacity for intimacy and creativity. It shows you how to live lightly on the earth and how to engage in social action that yields positive results. It shows you how to bring forth your true potential and ultimately the great potential in all of us. At its simplest, conscious living is the art of feeling your feelings, speaking authentically, knowing your life’s purpose, and carrying out effective actions that contribute to your well-being and the well-being of others. In practicing conscious living, you take charge of your life by resonating in harmony with the way the universe works. Your experience of life is occurring in this present moment within a unified field of consciousness (called the quantum field in quantum physics, or universal consciousness). We are all made of the same stuff as everything else in the universe: energy and consciousness. The shortest path to self-actualization is to turn inward, not outward toward other people’s experiences and ideations of how the universe works. When we go deeply enough into who we are and who others are, we find our organic connection with oneness. We must seek our true selves and discover our soul’s purpose for this life. If you put the highest priority on your inner life, your outer life will thrive because it is rooted in a sustainable and self-nourishing base. There is a great deal of power in finding the space of pure consciousness within ourselves. Once you feel it you can never have any more doubts about the divine nature of the universe and your connection to it. Focus first on who you are, what you are here for, then let your intuitive actions flow from this place of deep self-knowledge. Purpose is a powerful inquiry. If we ask sincerely, from a place of wonder instead of justification, we can work miracles with the tiniest of shifts. Upon inquiry about your purpose in a particular moment, you may find that you are acting out of an unconscious belief, intention, or program. Because of your painful conditioned history, your unconscious purpose may be to make the other person wrong, to cause hurt, to get sympathy, or to avoid intimacy because you don’t feel you deserve it. Instead, you can choose to take a deep breath, go within, and shift to a conscious purpose of your own intuitive choosing. When we communicate something of emotional significance, we speak with one of two intentions: the intention to be right or the intention to be in harmony. The intention to be right comes burdened with justification and defensiveness. The intention to be in harmony releases defensiveness and carries with it no need to justify, and opens us up to connection. We are shaped more by choice in the present moment than by our genes or past history. Everything begins with a choice to face something or to avoid facing it. If you are not happy and creative, look first at what you are not facing in your life. At the bottom of our problems is always something we are afraid to face. There may be a feeling that you are not facing. Something that you are not allowing yourself to feel consciously. Look at anyplace that you are not facing the truth. Truths are usually straightforward and obvious. When we don’t communicate the truth clearly, we don’t feel good. Your inner self will keep reminding you, in the form of unbidden thoughts or unsettled body feelings, until you communicate what needs to be said. Another place to look is agreements that you are not keeping. There may be an agreement that you have broken and haven’t cleared up. Perhaps you told someone you would do something and you didn’t follow through, or you told someone that you wouldn’t do something and you did it anyway. These moments of slipped integrity register in our inner selves, and we are charged for them by unsettled feelings and thoughts, if not profound life experiences to learn from, until we handle the broken agreement. If you experience a challenge, you can view it as a plot against you, or see it as an opportunity to embrace curiosity and learn. If you look back over your life, you will find that you keep getting certain lessons repeated over and over again until you learn them. Everybody gets the same challenging lessons, usually every day, and we define our lives by whether we resist learning them or embrace the challenge with passion, curiosity, and willingness. Facing is seeing reality as it is; accepting is harmonizing with it. Once something has been faced, it must be welcomed into the wholeness of ourselves and accepted. By doing so, you become flooded with awareness that enriches your life in unimaginable ways. Life is fullest when we are most true to ourselves and bring forth our creative desires and gifts to serve others. If you express what needs to be expressed within you, you will be happy and fulfilled. If you don’t, you won’t. Peace of mind comes only with full participation in life. This means being open to the full range of ourselves. In every single life situation, we are faced with the choice to take full responsibility for an issue or blame someone else. Each time we avoid responsibility, we claim victimhood. It takes an evolutionary shift in consciousness to move beyond the fascination with story lines based on victimhood, such as those we are shown on mainstream media. At the moment of being right at the expense of someone else, we can forget about all our other problems. It takes courage to move beyond defensiveness to a heartfelt inquiry into conscious living. A conversation about genuine, healthy responsibility requires being more fascinated with the unfolding of creative possibilities in yourself and others than you are with the perpetuating of your victim mindset. As people master personal responsibility, they eventually take responsibility for the world itself. They see that they create the world through their actions and their interpretations of the world, and both their actions and their interpretations can be changed consciously. It is not the events of life that are bothersome or hurtful, it is the way we think and feel about them. Human beings can change the outer circumstances of their lives by changing their mindset and behaviours. You can make a shift from thinking you know who is to blame to wondering about how things came to be the way they are. There is genuine likelihood of transformation in this, because you shift from the zone of the known, where there is no possibility, to the zone of the unknown, where there is infinite possibility. You must wake up to the possibly that your unwillingness to commit to something is based on a deep fear of getting too close to something. It is only through commitment that choice becomes real. Beneath every life drama is a choice waiting to be made, and commitment will bring the choice into living reality. We are either committed 100 percent or not committed at all. We all think of ourselves as being shaped by the past, and many of us think we are limited by it. The past only has power over us if we give it power in the present moment. Each moment we are all offered the opportunity to recreate the past or to create a new future. No matter what has happened in the past – no matter where you’ve been or what you’ve done – you are creating your life this moment through your choices. If you think you are your past, you give your power of choice to things outside of your control. The past has already happened and no longer exists, and you cannot do anything about it. Our personalities are revealed by how we handle moments of choice. We may think destiny is a big thing, but it is really created in tiny moments of choice. Destiny is when we take intuitive action to follow our path defined by our soul’s purpose. Fate is when we make choices off our path and find our way through life the hard way. When we are off our path, we can choose to listen to our intuition that is always guiding us back on our path and follow our guidance. Human beings often choose to withhold the truth about three things – facts, feelings, and fantasies. The act of withholding the truth in these areas destroys our happiness and shapes our fate toward misfortune. By contrast, these same things hold the key to our liberation. The most common fact that comes up in therapy sessions is: you have done something you feel guilty about and you haven’t told the significant person about it. The most common feelings that come up: you are mad about something or sad or scared or joyful, and you haven’t given yourself the time to place your pure attention on it to allow it to resolve. In other words, you haven’t fully experienced it and let it go. We are a living stream of feelings, day in and day out, and a cardinal issue is whether we speak about them openly or repress them. If you hide your emotions from yourself, you are numb and riddled with symptoms. If you hide your emotions from others, no one knows you. Speak about your emotions openly, and your life is lived in waves of authenticity and intimacy. The most common fantasies that come up: you haven’t fully acknowledged to yourself your sexual attraction to someone, and you haven’t told the other person about it. Or you have a fantasy that someone doesn’t like you, you don’t talk to that person about it, and soon you find yourself thinking negatively about them. If you notice carefully, you will discover which facts, feelings, and fantasies are the ones that need to be experienced fully and communicated. Repressing them will only keep them repeating themselves in unhealthy ways. The only way out is through speaking the truth. It is important to feel all your feelings deeply and feel your way through them to the vast soul space in which all feelings are embraced and released. By facing all your feelings and resonating with them deeply, they lose their grip on you so that you can act from a clear space informed by your feelings but not run by them. It is important to choose thoughts that don’t reinforce your negative feelings. When you let your feelings be free to come and go – when you stop resisting them or clinging to them – you rest in a clear and unwavering perspective from which to take actions that benefits yourself and others. This invites us to resonate with life and to feel our way through to the larger space of our whole selves. If we become sensitive enough, we can hear the silent space at the heart and soul of our instrument, the very source from which all sound emerges. Your feelings and your socials masks come and go, behind and beyond them is your true self, ready and waiting for you to tune in to it. When you were a child, you learned a personality to get your needs met. To survive and prosper in a family, you adopted the social masks that worked in that particular time and place. If you grew up in a relatively healthy environment, you learned relatively healthy masks. If you grew up in a not so healthy environment, you learned unhealthy masks. As an adult, it becomes necessary to remove all your masks in the search to answer the key question: who am I at my very core? We spend half our life building up a set of masks that allow us to be successful in the world, only to find that genuine success later in life comes only through dismantling our carefully contrived personas. The real sweetness in life is attained only through communication with our true self – our intuition. Most of our masks grew out of the imprints we collected from people in our past. Our imprints affect how we handle every interaction of our lives: whether we tell the truth, whether we act responsibly, and whether we allow ourselves to feel our feelings. We must begin a process of finding any place we are operating from a masked and limited view of ourselves. To create a sound self-esteem, you need to take a careful investigation into any negative forces at play in your life, including around your conception and birth – for example, birth trauma, forceps delivery, illness, being an unwanted child, and having negative parents. Many of our self-esteem problems don’t actually have to do with us personally. You need to look at these negative forces carefully so that you can separate out your self-esteem from the energy that was directed at you from your earliest moments and that may continue to this day. These negative attitudes get embodied – we carry them around inside of our bodies – and we sometimes allow those negative attitudes by others to contaminate our good feelings about ourselves. All of us need to know who we truly are. If we are out of touch with our feelings, our needs, or our soul’s purpose for our life, we are not happy. Discovering who you truly are is the only way to find and keep a permanent sense of self-esteem. The truth of who you are and what you came here for lies in the awareness behind all that is manifest. It can be discovered by connecting to your intuition in the quantum field. Only a deep and thorough knowledge of ourselves will give us the unshakable sense of self that can stand up to the rigors of life in the 21st century. Self-esteem rests on a remarkable paradox: we can give to others effectively only when we love ourselves deeply, and we can only love ourselves deeply when we contribute fully to others. Self-esteem is paramount, for if we are out of harmony with ourselves, we will contribute to disharmony everywhere. Genuine self-esteem makes a welcome space for both positive and negative feelings so that you will be able to feel good about yourself even when things are not going well. When you wake up in the morning, you get up to face the same problems human beings have awakened to for the past few thousand years: self-esteem, the art of discovering who you really are and expressing it to the world; how to attract a partner with whom you could resonate and grow with over time; how to navigate the problems of living and loving together over time; and how to create a life, career, lifestyle of your own intuitive design rather than relying on the roles and maps of the past. To find genuine self-esteem, we need to know how to create peace in our mind, our body, and our heart. To release our full potential and develop self-esteem, we need to face and release our fears and trauma. Each time you go through a big transition in your life, you break through into the unknown. Part of you wants to break through into the unknown, into a higher and finer version of yourself. But part of you wants to stay in the comfort zone, the zone of the known. There is a central fear that everyone must handle to live in good self-esteem: thinking we are fundamentally flawed in some way. This causes us to feel an emptiness deep inside, a sense of despair, and a conviction that life will never turn out right. Many of us suffer from this fear, and it keeps us locked in the zone of the known. There are several things we can do to release fear. When you are feeling fear, first you must acknowledge that it’s there by placing your nonjudgemental attention on it. Fear really is just a vibration down in the middle of your body causing a slightly queasy sensation and an energetic imprint in your body’s energy field. When you are feeling fear, keep your mind clear of negative thoughts, and breathe slowly and deeply into the sensation in your body and allow the sensation to disappear. Move your body around to facilitate the movement of fear. Communicate openly about your fear to yourself and/or others. Finally, take a moment to love your fear unconditionally, thank it for the lessons it has offered you, and consciously let it go. The same process, referred to as somatic experiencing, also works with releasing trauma stored in the body. It has immense potential to release trapped emotions and improve healing, resilience, and commons issues related to self-esteem, grief, anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder. Many of our fears are attached to past traumas. Another effective technique for releasing trauma, not mentioned in the book, is holotropic breathwork, which moves us towards self-actualization and wholeness. A common fear that limits self-esteem is the fear of outdoing others and leaving them behind. Like all of our fears, this fear is deeply rooted in our minds, bodies and energy field. Many people – particularly gifted people – hold themselves back from reaching their full potential because to do so would be to outshine someone. We fear the loss and loneliness of abandoning people, even though we feel a deep calling to pursue our own destinies. Another fear that limits self-esteem is one that causes us to avoid rising to our full potential because it would mean being disloyal to our family or our tribe. Often there is one person in our background to whom we feel we must remain loyal, even though that person may have caused us enormous suffering. This fear differs slightly from outdoing. The latter involves going beyond another person’s achievement, while loyalty involves clinging to a bond formed earlier in life. This fear requires that we not rock the boat by being more successful or thinking more highly of ourselves than the person to whom we are loyal. Another fear that limits self-esteem is being a burden to someone in the past or today, and this sense of burdensomeness pervades our everyday life. As we go through life we feel that we do not deserve to take up space. We feel as though we interfered with someone’s dreams and are convinced it was our fault. Life conspires with us to bring all of our fears up to the surface for us to face. If we acknowledge them and welcome them into the wholeness of ourselves with loving kindness and compassion, symptoms will disappear with the intention and action of letting them go. One symptom of poor self-esteem is that you doubt that you can fulfill your dreams and visions. A common dark and unexplored place in ourselves is when and where we cease to love ourselves. If we don’t love ourselves, we will always be chasing it from others. If our feelings toward ourselves are tainted with guilt and criticism, our love toward others will be as well. Love is the antidote to fear. Fear pulls us into contraction, while love allows us to expand again. When we don’t know how to love ourselves, we live in a state of contraction all the time. Genuine love for ourselves celebrates ourselves in seamless union with the whole of everything. In order to love yourself unconditionally, you need to be operating with integrity. Integrity always comes down to four specific actions: welcoming all of your feelings, not hiding or denying anything you’re feeling; telling the truth; keeping the agreements you’ve made (or consciously changing them with the other person or yourself); and taking 100 percent of the responsibility for any problem, activity, or life event in which you are involved. When we do not feel good about ourselves, we need to train ourselves to look first for integrity breaches. When the integrity issue is handled, the creative energy and love can flow again. Integrity means being in equal partnership with other people and the universe itself. If we are out of integrity, we are pretending to be masters of the universe instead of in harmony with it. Almost all problems in life can be overcome by being honest with ourselves and others. We can move from being selfish to being conscious of empowering self and others, as well as the wellbeing of our community. We can make a shift to love: from fear to love, from logic to love, from ego to love, from hatred to love. All we have to do is catch ourselves in the act of doing something foolish or painful, and love ourselves anyway. All we have to do is catch someone else doing something we don’t like, and love them anyway. Boundaries may need to be set; that’s part of love, too. This is why the journey to conscious living is so rich: the possibility exists in every interaction – whether with another person or with ourselves – to navigate from a place of fear or from love. If you cannot change it or you don’t want to expend the energy to change it, you have to let it be. You need all your energy to change the things you can and want to change. We really don’t have control over other people. The moment we acknowledge we are powerless over other people, we are free to do two things: we can let go of attempting to control them completely, freeing them to learn their own lessons, or we can consciously choose to gently influence them. If we choose to influence others, we need to have a goal and a plan along with the commitment to carry it through to completion, as well as their permission to guide them in this way. Most people don’t do it that way, though. They stay in the unconscious zone, wishing the other person would change but not really making a conscious effort to accomplish it. The wheels spin, and nothing changes. Emotional intelligence is more important than cognitive literacy. Many schools have begun including material on emotion and communication in their curriculums, although much more needs to be done. The following are the most important lessons of emotional intelligence. We must start noticing our body sensations, and use them just as we use our other senses. Your body sensations are expressions of your inner world that offer vital information for navigating your life. Your body sensations are an inner feedback system that speaks its own language and must be carefully tuned into if you wish to understand it. Body sensations are also the gateway to your feelings. Indeed, feelings are simply sensations that occur reliably enough to have names attached to them. Before we can name our feelings, we have to attend to the fields of information swirling inside us all day long. You can learn to name the common feelings and locate them in your body. Making a body map of your feelings can be very helpful. For example, you may feel fear in the middle of your body right behind your navel, or you may feel stress or sadness as a pressure in your chest. It’s important to say something authentic about your feelings to others, which allows you to feel intimate with the person you are talking to. You should express your feelings to the people who triggered them, but be willing to learn that it goes far beyond that person. Human beings are much more sensitive then we give ourselves credit for. We often feel hurt and we often do things that hurt others. If you speak up when you feel hurt, often you will find that hurt was based on a misunderstanding, not on anyone’s conscious attempt to hurt you. You’re seldom upset for the reason you think you are. Many things that trigger us during the course of the day are replays of old dramas, often beginning in our families. By speaking the truth of our feelings, we let people know us better, and resolve any misunderstandings or dissolve old patterns. We also keep from building up unexpressed feelings that may get dumped later or buried deeper. We must get skilled at spotting the signs of feelings in other people, feel their shifts in energy, and pay attention to them when they occur. You should say something about these signs to people you want to be closer to, and invite them to notice your feelings and shifts in energy. We cause ourselves a great deal of difficulty by overlooking and overriding other people’s feelings or telling them how they should feel. With commitment and practice, you can learn to read the signs and transform your relationships holistically. One of the reasons polite society makes so many people sick is that we have been brainwashed to overlook the obvious signs of feelings in ourselves and others, and to pretend they are not there. We can make a heartfelt commitment to seeing and feeling what’s real. Some people are more committed to feeling good than to feeling what is real. Their feelings start to emerge, and they drown them out with intellectual maneuvers, drugs, alcohol, food, sex, or other distractions. People who try to feel good rather than feel what is real often end up feeling bad most of the time. If you commit yourself to feeling what’s real, loving your negative feelings and letting them go, and embracing your positive feelings, you can step out of this trap. There are plenty of times in life when feeling good in the long term requires that you sacrifice comfort in the short term. By attending to reality in a loving and systematic way, we will eventually earn our good feelings, and they will be ours to keep. Keeping our agreements is more important than feeling comfortable. Many people try to preserve comfort by not telling the truth, but this is selfish and destructive. Working on your chosen life goals is more important than feeling comfortable. We must learn to listen without interrupting people. You can choose to pause briefly after others finish speaking before you rush in with your point of view. People especially like it when you give them an informal summary of what they’ve said. Imagine a world in which people actually listened to one another rather than just waiting for other people to stop talking so they can give their opinion, or worse, interrupt them. When you create a conscious, loving relationship, put some consideration into emotional depth. You must consider your Absolute Yeses and Absolute Nos in a partner. Your Absolute Yeses are not just things you want, they are also things you cherish and wish to celebrate. Your first Absolute Yes should be the most important thing you require in a relationship, from both yourself and your partner. Your Absolute Nos are the things you absolutely will not tolerate. In order to attract genuine conscious love, we have to love ourselves deeply and tenderly, and yet at the same time be demanding on ourselves in our commitment to a new kind of relationship. We have to let ourselves and the universe know that we are ready for a truly satisfying relationship. We’re always getting to what we are committed to getting. When we don’t love and accept some part of ourselves, we run around trying to get someone else to love us in hopes that if they give us enough love that our unlovable part will go away. It never does. Only loving ourselves unconditionally will do it. Although most of us have spent a lifetime running from that unlovable part of us, when we finally confront it, we discover it’s a fear. Fear from ego and trauma causes us to push away the very aspects of ourselves that need love most. This is our shadow. The dark aspect of ourself that we ignore or deny. If you don’t love and accept yourself, your fear-based ego and trauma remain in control, and you will walk a fateful path to lessons that will illuminate your shadow and allow you to choose your intuitive path. The lessons get harder and harder the more aware you of your shadow and choose to ignore it. People who don’t love themselves attract people who don’t love themselves. When you love yourself unconditionally, for everything you are and aren’t, you attract people who love themselves, and your relationships become partnerships on the path of love – a real playground of limitless possibility. Relationships are difficult for all of us some of the time, and for some of us all of the time. The relationship journey is even more perilous because most of us don’t get any useful education on the subject. This most significant aspect of our lives is left to default, when the barest attention to design would yield enormous benefits in happiness and wellbeing of ourselves, our families, and our communities. Although we may think of ourselves as individual parts, we are always in relationship to the wholeness of ourselves, others, and the universe. In relationships with others, we must embrace the wholeness not only in them but of ourselves. From conception onward, our lives are about relationship. Relationship is who we are and what we do. The whole universe is actually the sum total of our relationships with one another and everything else. If we become conscious of who we are and what we do in relationship, we have a chance to be happy and to contribute to others’ happiness. From the very beginning the two driving pulsations of our lives are union and individuation, a paradox which continues during our development and throughout of life. Even though we are connected to all that is through the quantum field, we have a singular awareness and life experience that is ours to navigate. Life is not a success for us unless we can resonate in union with others and the universe, and live in full expression of our true selves. If you are expressing your creative potential, you get to feel good about yourself. If you are not, you don’t. There are dreams that live in our hearts and souls. They are our soul’s purpose. We are called to discover them, manifest them, nurture them, and bring them to fulfillment. There are barriers to accomplishing this task, in ourselves, in our families, in society, and in the quantum field. In many ways, crossing all the barriers to your full creative expression is what life is all about. If the general public understood this, they would be inspired to look within themselves, their hearts and souls, for the source of their creativity and healing, not outside of themselves toward the authorities and those who seek to control them. Creativity also plays a key role in relationships and is the foundation that connects communities in a sustainable way. When we begin to express our creative potential, we may be faced with the choice of too many options, it is important to carefully select those creative endeavours that have the deepest heart connection for us and that will make the biggest impact. Discovering your true self and expressing your creative potential opens a space in which you can feel in harmony with yourself at the deepest level. When we are out of harmony with our true self and our soul’s purpose, genuine self-esteem is not possible. When we are in alignment with our soul’s purpose – feeling and releasing our fear and trauma, expressing the creativity that is within us, and in resonant harmony with our feelings and others – the journey becomes much smoother and enjoyable. If you are completely authentic with yourself, you’ll stay in a naturally good mood as you walk around in the world. If you tell the authentic truth to other people, you’ll have clear relationships with them. If you don’t, things can get out of control very quickly. If you lead with appreciation – actually start conversations off with appreciations throughout the day – you’ll create a field of positive energy around you wherever you go. The majority of the time, our thoughts are merely reflections of the mood we happen to be in. We must consciously embrace positive thinking, encourage elevated emotions, and increase our vibration. Manifestation is the art of choosing how you want your life to be and turning those choices into reality. You can manifest experiences in your life that are not aligned with your soul’s purpose, but you must do it the hard way and will always be guided back to your path by lessons and intuition. We attract by default those life experiences that are appropriate to our unconscious programming or our egoic desires. What you manifest will ultimately be successful and satisfying to the extent it is in harmony with your soul’s purpose. Unless you carry positive images and thoughts of your goals in your mind, you are likely to be swayed by negative ones. You can begin to experience the power of positive thinking and feeling what you want, rather than fearing what you don’t want, and moving consciously toward your goals. This is the principle on which visualizations and affirmations work. If done skillfully, it produces positive results. As you gradually reorient yourself in a more positive direction, you will inevitably hit barriers in the world and in the depths of yourself. The first thing that usually comes up is a stronger version of the limiting belief that you are trying to replace. That is your ego trying to keep you safe in the known. This offers the opportunity to reveal unconscious programming that needs to be addressed. When your positive thoughts are combined with elevated emotions, you can change your expectations and transform them at the vibrational level. You can then see the world differently because you have changed your consciousness and energetic signature at its very source. First, you must love and appreciate things the way they are. The very act of loving them transforms them, and you begin to move in a direction that will bring you more of what you want and need in your life. Ultimately, with enough loving acceptance into the hurt places in yourself and others, you will begin to experience life as a flowing journey. You gradually learn to feel your way into being in the right place at the right time. You let go of pushing with your will and open yourself up to being supported effortlessly by the universe. You relax into your organic union with all creation, and by acknowledging your connection with infinite creation and infinite abundance, you allow yourself to be in the right place at the right time for your optimal enfoldment to take place. The central stepping-stone is letting go of the expectation of things working in a certain way, and at a certain time, and opening up to possibility. Eventually, the universe itself supports you in your full expression. For quantum manifestation to work, you must take complete responsibility yourself, while letting go of control of the creative outcome. If you want to develop a co-creative partnership with the universe, you must work for it, and allow it to work for you. It will take the path of least resistance and get there when it gets there. We can sabotage our manifestation by getting too attached to the outcome. As attachment increases, play ceases and freedom decreases. Then we will find a way to mess up the game so we can try again. To overcome this, you must question the universe with focused desire and wonder, not with any fear, limiting beliefs, or expectation attached. When you ask the universe in this way, normal mental processes will cease, opening a space for something new to occur. We are always manifesting according to our intentions and attention, whether conscious or unconscious. The problem is that until we choose consciously, our intentions are often unconscious and very limited. Part of the art of manifestation is learning how to see what our unconscious intentions are and how they are limiting us, and choosing new intentions consciously that align with our soul’s purpose and goals. Attention to goals and related intuitive actions, and taking actions to completion are crucial elements of the manifestation process. Honesty with ourselves and others creates a positive energy field around us that attracts harmonious manifestations and support from others. Dishonesty creates a negative energy field around us that eventually sabotages our manifestations and interferes with our ability to enjoy life. Our manifestations will bear fruit and bring satisfaction to the extent that they represent us at our full creative expression. Only manifestations that come from a sincere place of love ultimately feels satisfying. Visions created and launched out of fear prove unsatisfactory and often disastrous for those involved. Love is the ultimate healer, and it comes into play in manifestation in the following way. Often the act of envisioning a goal brings to the surface issues that only love can embrace. The first thing that may occur is that fears get stirred up. You may be limiting yourself because you have not been willing to challenge the fear of living in an expanded version of yourself. To initiate the path of conscious manifestation, you must lead with your heart and feel gratitude for the event having already happened. To open your heart, you must regard all life’s experiences as learning opportunities, curious adventures, and as a challenge to love the parts of yourself and others that needs acceptance most. In my experience, we must all align with our soul’s purpose and be fully expressed by our true self. To do so, you must get in tune with your intuition. If you ask your intuition a question with fear in your mind, you will attract a negative response, either from your ego or negative psychic interferences in the quantum field that will misguide you. You likely have no idea that many of the negative thoughts in your mind are not even yours. If you ask your intuition a question with love in your heart, transcending ego and fear, you will attract your higher self intuitive guidance. If you want a clear response, it is important to overcome fear and trauma before trying to communicate with your intuition. Before you connect with your intuition, be sure to cultivate elevated emotions and gratitude to increase your vibration. You can experience your intuition as sensations in your body, as thoughts in your head, as body movements, or vocalizations. It is essential to be able to decipher where these communications are coming from, otherwise you may end up confused and misguided. The more you trust your intuition, the more information you will receive. The less you trust your intuition, the more your fears will be your guide until you learn the lessons they are trying to show you. You have to let go of your fears and trauma. It is possible to transcend fear and be fully guided by intuition. You must learn to accept all that is, and can be. When the fearful thoughts come up, let them go. Do not follow them with your mind. Accept all that is in your heart. In this way, we transcend fear. Fear is not our true nature. Beyond our fear, our true self is fearless. This is our path to freedom.

Breath: The New Science of a Lost Art

James Nestor

As an investigative journalist, Nestor highlights modern research and ancient wisdom in the realm of breathing and healing.

The decline of human breathing has been well documented in recent decades, not by medicine, but by anthropology. Twelve thousand years ago, humans in Southwest Asia and the Fertile Crescent in the Eastern Mediterranean stopped gathering wild roots and vegetables and hunting game, as they had for hundreds of thousands of years. They started growing their own food. Ancient humans and modern tribal populations developed full jaws and airways, perfect teeth, rarely got sick, and chronic health problems appeared nonexistent. The secret was nasal breathing, body movement, and food from nature. Farming introduced processed food options. While eating raw food from nature required intense chewing for hours a day that stimulated proper jaw development, processed foods became soft and required less chewing which contributed to underdeveloped jaws. As civilization progressed, farming practices expanded and food processing became common place. About 300 years ago, food became more and more refined. Advances in milling removed the germ and bran from rice, leaving only the starchy white seed. Roller mills (and later steam mills) ripped the germ and bran from wheat, leaving only a soft, white flour. Meats, fruits, and vegetables were canned and bottled. All these methods extended the shelf life of foods and made them more accessible to the public, but also made food soft and mushy. Sugar, which was once a prized commodity of the wealthy, became increasingly common and cheap, and widely adopted. This new, processed diet lacked fiber and the full spectrum of minerals, vitamins, amino acids, and other nutrients, and was highly inflammatory. As a result, people’s faces and mouths grew smaller and smaller, compromising their airways. Furthermore, the inflammatory nature of food congested their nasal airways resulting in chronic mouth breathing, and introduced a host of chronic diseases. Ancient skulls have huge sinus cavities, full strong jaws, and straight teeth. Almost all humans born before 300 years ago shared these traits because they chewed a lot and food was less inflammatory. As humans evolved and had access to consistent food, brains grew larger, which meant faces grew smaller as the brain expanded forward, and sinuses, mouths and airways shrank. Overtime, the more we cooked, and the more soft, inflammatory food we consumed, the larger our brains grew and the smaller our airways became. Small mouths meant not enough space for the teeth, so teeth became crowded and crooked. Mouth breathing and the introduction of sugar increased the incidence of cavities, periodontal disease, and bad breath. Not just the poor suffered, the upper class was also affected. “The better the school, the worse the teeth” a Victorian dentist observed noting sugar as the culprit. Breathing problems skyrocketed. In colder climates, our noses would grow narrower and longer to more efficiently heat up air before it entered our lungs. In sunny and warm environments, we adapted wider and flatter noses, which were more efficient at inhaling hot and humid air. Along the way, the larynx descended in the throat to accommodate vocal communication. The larynx works as a valve to shuttle food into the stomach, and protect us from inhaling it and other objects. As humans developed speech, the larynx sank further, opening up space in the back of the throat and allowing a wider range of vocalizations and volumes. Smaller lips were easier to manipulate for speech, and ours evolved to be thinner and less bulbous. More nimble and flexible tongues made it easier to control the nuance of sounds, so the tongue slipped farther down the throat. Proper breathing starts at birth. Studies show that mothers in modern tribes around the world follow the same practices: carefully closing their baby’s lips with their fingers after feeding and while sleeping. Native Americans explain that breath inhaled through the mouth saps the body of strength, deforms the face, and causes stress and disease. On the other hand, breath inhaled through the nose keeps the body strong, makes the face beautiful, and prevents disease. This is ancient knowledge that somehow got lost along the way in Western society. Of the 5,400 different species of mammals on the planet, humans are now the only ones to routinely have misaligned jaws, overbites, underbites, and crooked teeth (called malocclusion). With mouth breathing, the tongue rests low in the mouth. When this happens during facial development, the tongue is not pressed against the palate to stimulate proper jaw growth. The result is narrow dental arches. The upper jaw is the base of the nose, so if the upper jaw is narrow, so is the inside of the nose. Without proper stimulation during growth, the palate forms a high arch, often in a V-shape, which decreases the space inside the nose for nasal breathing and limits tongue space. The limited space inside the nose is further compromised by inflammation, such as from processed food, allergens, pollutants, and stress, which constricts an already narrow airway. The narrower the airway, the more resistance to airflow. This can result in increased mouth breathing and therefore more low tongue posture, which not only compromises jaw development but overall body posture. In the 1930’s, dentist Dr. Westin Price felt that vitamin deficiencies played a role in deficient facial development, crooked teeth, and airway issues. He set out to prove his theory and find a cure. Dr. Price compared the teeth, airways, and general health of populations around the world. He examined indigenous communities whose members were still eating traditional foods, and compared them to other members in the same community, sometimes the same family, who had adopted a modern industrialized diet. He compiled more than 15,000 print photographs, 4,000 slides, thousands of dental records, saliva and food samples, films, and a library of detailed notes. He found that societies that replaced their traditional diet with modern, processed foods suffered up to ten times more cavities, severely crooked teeth, obstructed airways, and poorer overall health. While the traditional diets varied, they all contained high amounts of vitamins and minerals: from one and half to 50 times that of modern diets. He postulated that vitamin and mineral deficiencies contributed to poor dental and airway development. He was only partially right. Airways develop based on tongue posture, nasal breathing, food, and chewing. Without adequate chewing, not breathing through our nose, not posturing our tongue on the palate, eating food deprived of appropriate nutrients, and eating food that is inflammatory, our airways cannot develop properly. Aside from mouth breathing, one of the reasons why the tongue does not rest naturally on the palate is tongue-tie. This is a common problem that often goes undiagnosed. The tight fascia under the tongue does not allow full extension to the palate, thus does not allow proper palatal stimulation for jaw development. This tight fascia under the tongue has further consequences for breathing, speech, swallowing, and overall body posture. The tongue must rest properly on the palate in order to create a seal in the mouth to allow for proper nasal breathing, and to allow for the neck to be in proper position. If the tongue is low in the mouth, the neck compensates by posturing forward to create more space at the back of the throat for the airway. If the neck is cantilevered forward, it adds extra weight to the head, which puts pressure on the cervical spine and the muscles of the head, neck, and back. This has consequences for spinal, pelvis, and overall body alignment, and is a common cause of chronic pain. Resolving tongue-tie is a simple process that involves orofacial myofunctional therapy and often a frenectomy (tongue-tie release). James Nestor recognized many of these issues in himself and was on a mission to discover what was going on in modern society. He had anxiety, small jaws, crooked teeth, a history of retractive orthodontics, nasal issues, sleep issues, and dysfunctional breathing. He worked with a number of experts in medicine, dentistry, anthropology, and the science of breathing. He also explored ancient wisdom to understand the difference between Western and Eastern philosophies and practices. James did an experiment with a colleague, Anders Olsson, an expert in breathing and author of the book Conscious Breathing. The experiment consisted of two phases: plugging their nose to force mouth breathing and living their normal lives; then switching to nasal breathing only, while living their normal lives and practicing nasal breathing techniques. Before the experiment, they saw an ear, nose, and throat specialist (ENT) at Stanford University, who scanned their head, endoscoped their noses, and did a series of tests: bacterial sample, blood gases, inflammatory markers, hormone levels, smell, rhinometry, pulmonary function, and others. For 10 days, they plugged their noses with silicone covered with surgical tape to prevent nasal breathing. They tracked their vitals and sleep throughout, as well as electrocardiogram, nitric oxide, carbon dioxide, and more. By forcing themselves to breathe through their mouth, they watched their blood pressure spike, heart rate variability decrease, heart rate increase, body temperature decrease, mental clarity decrease, overall well-being decrease, need to urinate at night increase, dry mouth increase, snoring increase, and sleep apnea events increase; all suggesting that their bodies were in a state of distress. Every day these physiological biomarkers seemed to be getting worse. After 10 days, they saw the ENT again and repeated the tests. Then they spent the next 10 days focusing on nasal breathing. They taped their mouth shut at night and watched as their snoring and sleep apnea disappeared, insomnia resolve, and the need to pee at night resolve. Their vital signs normalized. James had a bacterial infection in his nose beforehand that cleared up quickly without treatment due to nasal breathing at night. James learned from the ENT that he had a deviated septum and boney obstructions called concha bullosa that constricted his nasal airway causing nasal airway resistance and thus contributing to mouth breathing. When the nasal cavity gets congested, airflow decreases and bacteria flourish. These bacteria replicate and can lead to infections, colds and more nasal congestion, which leads to more mouth breathing. After the experiment, working with Olsson, he explored techniques to expand the lungs, develop the diaphragm, flood the body with oxygen, hack the autonomic nervous system, stimulate the immune response, and reset chemoreceptors in the brain. By slowing breathing to one third of the normal rate, Olsson demonstrated that he could raise his carbon dioxide levels by 25 percent while keeping his oxygen levels the same, and decreasing his blood pressure and heart rate. Ninety percent of children have acquired some degree of deformity in their mouths and noses. 45 percent of adults snore occasionally, and a quarter snore constantly. A quarter have obstructive sleep apnea with an estimated 80 percent of moderate to severe cases undiagnosed. The majority of the population suffers from some form of breathing difficulty or resistance, and are largely unaware. Contrary to what most of us might think, no amount of snoring is normal, and no amount of sleep apnea comes without serious health risks. The effects of unmanaged breathing disorders include bed-wetting, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), diabetes, cancer, insomnia, mental health and mood disorders, hypertension, hypotension, learning disabilities, headaches, erectile dysfunction, acid reflux, heart disease, neurological disorders, autoimmune disorders, and many more. Mouth breathing is considered acceptable in our Western society, despite the nose being the ancillary organ for breathing. Forty percent of today’s population suffers from chronic nasal obstruction and around half are habitual mouth breathers, with females and children suffering the most. The causes are many: dry air, pollution, stress, inflammation, allergies, processed foods, pharmaceuticals, tongue-tie, and others. Common breathing issues can involve nasal congestion, nasal and sinus infections and polyps, runny nose, sinusitis, snoring, sleep apnea, allergies, and asthma. Symptoms of breathing issues include fatigue, daytime sleepiness, insomnia, mouth breathing, dry mouth, difficulty concentrating, chapped lips, sore throat, anxiety, depression, unmanaged stress, irritability, mood issues, decreased libido, dark circles under the eyes, jaw joint issues, forward head posture, headaches, bruxism (teeth clenching or grinding), small jaws, gasping or choking during sleep, snoring, frequent waking at night, tossing and turning, waking up to pee, asthma, and allergies. Mouth breathing in unfiltered, unmoistened, and unheated air dries out the mouth, throat, and lungs, and is prone to infection. The nose is crucial because it cleans, heats, and moistens air for easier absorption. Inside the nose are curly bones called turbinates (nasal concha). The lower turbinates at the opening of the nostrils are covered in erectile tissue, itself covered in mucus membrane that moistens and warms the air to your body temperature while filtering out particles and pollutants. All these invaders could cause infection and irritation if they got into the lungs, depending on the person’s immune system. The mucus is the body’s “first line of defense”. It collects inhaled debris in the nose, then, with the wave-like action of hair-like cilia, moves the debris down the throat and into the stomach, where it’s sterilized by stomach acid, delivered to the intestines, and removed. Working together, the different areas of the turbinates will heat, clean, slow, and pressurize air so that the lungs can extract more oxygen with each breath. This is why nasal breathing is far more healthy and efficient than mouth breathing. Furthermore, the paranasal sinuses release a gas called nitric oxide, which is a vasodilator and has anti-microbial activity. As a vasodilator, the nitric oxide mixes with air inhaled through the nose and increases the diameter of the blood vessels in the lungs for optimal oxygen and carbon dioxide exchange. The anti-microbial activity of nitric oxide allows for air inhaled through the nose to be purified from microorganisms. Nitric oxide has been shown to have benefits that include immune function, weight management, circulation, mood, and sexual function. When we breathe through our mouth, we do not mix our inhaled air with nitric oxide, and thus miss out on these benefits. Nasal breathing alone can boost nitric oxide sixfold, which is one of the reasons we can absorb 18 percent more oxygen than by just breathing through the mouth. Our noses have erectile tissue lining each nostril. As the erectile tissue in one nostril engorges with blood and closes, the other opens. This is called the nasal cycle and occurs about every 30 minutes to 4 hours, often shifting due to sexual urges and stress. This happens because the nose is more intimately connected to the genitals than any other organ; when one gets aroused, the other responds. The mere thought of sex for some people causes such severe bouts of nasal erections that they’ll have trouble breathing and will start to sneeze spontaneously. The right nostril is intimately connected to the sympathetic nervous system (fight or flight), while the left nostril is intimately connected to the parasympathetic nervous system (rest and digest). Both of these nervous systems are part of the autonomic nervous system, and balance in this system is influenced by the nasal cycle. Our bodies are essentially a collection of tubes. There are wide tubes, like the throat and sinuses, and very thin tubes like capillaries. The tubes that make up the tissues of the lungs are very small and we have more than 1,500 miles of them. Each breath you take must first travel down the throat, past a crossroads called the tracheal carina, which splits into the right and left lungs. As the breath keeps going, it gets pushed into smaller tubes, called the bronchioles, until it ends at 500 million little bulbs called alveoli. Each alveolus is surrounded by tiny capillaries filled with blood and therefore red blood cells. Under pressure oxygen molecules slip across the membranes of the alveoli into the blood attaching to the hemoglobin on red blood cells to be delivered to cells elsewhere in the body. At the same time, carbon dioxide releases from hemoglobin and moves into the alveoli for release through the exhaled breath. Inside each of our 25 trillion red blood cells are 270 million hemoglobin, each with room for 4 oxygen molecules. That’s around a billion molecules of oxygen within each red blood cell. Regular and consistent blood flow is essential to delivering fresh oxygenated blood to cells and removing waste. What influences much of the speed and strength of this circulation is the thoracic pump, the name for the pressure that builds up inside the chest when we breathe. As we inhale, negative pressure draws blood into the heart; as we exhale, blood shoots back out into the body and lungs, where it recirculates. Part of what powers the thoracic pump is the diaphragm, the muscle that sits beneath the lungs in the shape of an umbrella. The diaphragm lifts during exhalations, which shrinks the lungs, then it drops back down to expand the lungs during inhalations. This up-and-down movement of the diaphragm occurs within us some 50,000 times a day, around 25,000 breaths per day. A typical adult engages as little as 10 percent of the range of the diaphragm when breathing, which overburdens the heart, elevates blood pressure, and causes circulatory issues. Extending the breaths to 50 – 70 percent of the diaphragm’s capacity will ease cardiovascular stress and allow the body to work more efficiently. The diaphragm beats to its own rhythm and affects the rate and strength of the heartbeat. Over time, shallow breathing will limit the range of our diaphragms and lung capacity, and can lead to common postural compensations and anxiety. Fixing this type of breathing and posture is relatively easy. The point is to get the diaphragm accustomed to wider ranges so that diaphragmatic breathing becomes unconscious. It involves breathing coordination, when the respiratory and circulatory systems enter a state of equilibrium – when the amount of air that enters us equals the amount that leaves, and our bodies are able to perform all their essential functions with the least exertion. Just a few minutes of daily stretching and nasal breathing with our diaphragm properly engaged can expand lung capacity. The smaller and less efficient lungs become, the quicker we get sick and die. Our ability to breathe full breaths is, according to researchers, literally a measure of living capacity. The key to breathing, lung expansion, and the long life that comes with it is the transformative power of exhalation. With proper exhalation, singers can sing more clearly, robustly, and with added nuance, and people with breathing complications can transform their lives. Emphysema is a gradual deterioration of lung tissue marked by chronic bronchitis and coughing. The lungs become so damaged that people with the disease can no longer absorb oxygen effectively. They’re forced to take short breaths very fast, often breathing in far more air than they need, but still feel out of breath. Emphysema has no known cure. Patients suffer not because they can’t get fresh air into their lungs, but because they can’t get enough stale air out. Their diaphragms are broken down and functioning only at a fraction of the capacity of a healthy patient. Training emphysemics to expand their lungs with diaphragmatic breathing exercises allows them to access parts of their lungs that are still functional and improve their quality of life. These same diaphragmatic breathing exercises have proved useful in improving asthma, bronchitis, pneumonia, and the general health of everyone. There is a gap in our science of breathing and its role in our bodies. Olsson discovered that we’ve done a good job of examining what causes breathing problems but have done little to explore how they first develop and how we might prevent them. Doctors have been complaining about this for years. The field of respiratory physiology is expanding in all directions, yet so preoccupied have most physiologists been with lung volumes, ventilation, circulation, gas exchange, the mechanics of breathing, the metabolic cost of breathing, and the control of breathing, that few have paid much attention to the muscles that actually do the breathing or proven breathwork techniques. According to dated science, aging was supposed to go like this: starting around 30, we should expect to lose a little more memory, mobility, and muscle with every passing year. We would also lose the ability to breathe properly. Bones in the chest would become thinner and change shape, causing rib cages to collapse inward. Muscle fibres surrounding the lungs would weaken and prevent air from entering and exiting. All these things reduce lung capacity. The lungs themselves would lose about 12 precent of capacity from the age 30 to 50, and would continue declining even faster as we get older, with women faring worse than men. If we make it to 80, we’d take in 30 percent less air than we did in our 20’s. We’d be forced to breathe faster and harder. This breathing habit leads to chronic problems like hypertension, immune disorders, and anxiety. What the Tibetans have long known and what Western science is now discovering is that aging doesn’t have to be a one-way path of decline. The internal organs are malleable, and we can change them at nearly any time. Freedivers know this better than anyone. James learned it from freedivers years ago, when he met several people who had increased their lung capacity by an astounding 30 – 40 percent. They’d taught themselves how to breathe in ways that dramatically changed the internal organs of their bodies. Fortunately, diving down hundreds of feet is not required. Any regular practice that stretches the lungs and keeps them flexible can retain or even increase lung capacity. Moderate exercise like walking or cycling has also been shown to boost lung capacity by up to 15 percent. Modern science has shown that orthopedic breathing, breathing predominately into one lung at a time, can even correct scoliosis. The best way to prevent many chronic health problems, improve athletic performance, and extend longevity is to focus on how we breathe, specifically to balance oxygen and carbon dioxide levels in the body. To do this, we need to learn how to inhale and exhale slowly through our nose and engage our diaphragm properly. We have 100 times more carbon dioxide in our bodies than oxygen, and most of us need even more than that. Humans can increase carbon dioxide in our bodies and sharpen our minds, burn fat, and heal disease. Carbon dioxide is a metabolic waste product. Long-term effects of chronically breathing too heavy, quickly, and deeply, can be detrimental because it depletes our body of carbon dioxide. Carbon dioxide in every exhale has weight, and we exhale more weight than we inhale. We, in part, lose weight through exhaled breath. For every ten pounds of fat lost in our bodies, eight and half pounds of it comes out through the lungs as mostly carbon dioxide mixed with water vapour. The rest is sweated or urinated out. As such, the lungs are a weight-regulating system in the body. Certain muscles used during exercise receive more oxygen than lesser-used muscles because they are producing more carbon dioxide as waste, which attracts more oxygen. It is supply on demand, at a molecular level. Carbon dioxide also has a profound dilating effect on blood vessels, opening these pathways so they can carry more oxygen-rich blood to demanding cells. Breathing less allows more energy to be produced more efficiently, while heavy and panicked breathing purges carbon dioxide. Just a few minutes of heavy breathing above metabolic needs can cause reduced blood flow to muscles, tissues, and organs. We can feel light-headed, cramped up, get headaches, or even black out. If these tissues are denied adequate blood flow for long enough, they can break down. For a healthy body, overbreathing or inhaling pure oxygen has no benefit, no positive effect on oxygen delivery to our tissues and organs, and could actually create a state of oxygen deficiency leading to relative suffocation. In other words, the pure oxygen an athlete might breathe between plays, or a jet-lagged traveler might pay for at an oxygen bar in an airport are of no benefit. Inhaling the gas might increase blood oxygen one or two percent, but that oxygen never makes it to the cells, it is simply breathed back out. Olsson spent months recording how carbon dioxide levels changed inside his body with new breathing techniques, how it affected his blood pressure, and his energy and stress levels. The body makes energy from food through aerobic respiration and anaerobic respiration. Anaerobic energy is generated only with glucose (a simple sugar), and it’s quicker and easier for our bodies to access. It’s a kind of backup system and turbo boost when the body doesn’t have enough oxygen. But anaerobic energy is inefficient and can be toxic, creating an excess of lactic acid. The nausea, muscle cramps, muscle weakness, and sweating you experience after you’ve pushed it too hard at the gym is the feeling of anaerobic overload. This process explains why the first few minutes of an intense workout are often so miserable. Our lungs and respiratory system haven’t caught up to supply the oxygen our bodies need, and so the body has to use anaerobic respiration. This also explains why, after we’re warmed up, exercise feels easier. The body has switched from anaerobic to aerobic respiration. When we run our cells aerobically with oxygen, we gain some 16 times more energy efficiency over anaerobic respiration. The key for exercise is to stay in the energy-efficient aerobic zone for the vast majority of the time and all times during rest. Olsson’s research showed that mouth breathing during intense exercise puts the body in a state of stress that can make us more quickly fatigued and decrease athletic performance. With mouth breathing during exercise, breathing rate increases; with nasal breathing during exercise, breathing rate decreases, which reduces exertion and increases endurance. Slow paced nasal breathing relaxes the body and calms the mind, even during exercise. What’s considered medically normal today is 12 – 20 breaths per minute with an average intake of about half a liter per breath. However, we are a culture of overbreathers. The fix is easy: breathe less. We’ve become conditioned to breathe too much, just as we’ve been conditioned to eat too much. With some effort and training, however, breathing less can become an unconscious habit. Indian yogis train themselves to decrease the amount of air they take in at rest, not increase it. Tibetan Buddhists prescribe instructions to reduce and calm breathing for aspiring monks. Chinese doctors two thousand years ago advised 13,500 breaths per day, which is about 9.5 breaths per minute. In Japan, legend has it that samurai would test a soldier’s readiness by placing a feather beneath his nostrils while he inhaled and exhaled. If the feather moved, the soldier would be dismissed. Ancient mantras, regardless of origin, when spoken are often done in around 6 breaths per minute. In some studies, whenever subjects followed this slow breathing pattern, blood flow to the brain increased and the systems in the body entered a state of coherence as the functions of heart, circulation, and nervous system coordinate to peak efficiency. The moment the subjects returned to spontaneous breathing or normal talking, their hearts would beat a little more erratically, and the integration of these systems would slowly fall apart. A few more slow and relaxed breaths, and it would return to coherence again. To be clear, breathing less is not the same as breathing slowly. Average adult lungs can hold about 4 – 6 liters of air. Which means that, even if we practice slow breathing at 6 breaths per minute, we could still be easily taking in twice the air we need. The key to optimum breathing, and all the health, endurance, and longevity benefits that come with it, is to practice fewer inhales and exhales through the nose in a smaller volume while engaging the diaphragm. Resonant Breathing (Coherent Breathing), a technique that involves taking slow breaths, about 6 per minute, has been shown to offer similar benefits as meditation for people who didn’t want to meditate. Ordinarily, we should breathe as closely in line with our needs as we can. But occasionally willing the body to breathe way less has some potent benefits just as fasting does, and sometimes it can even lead to euphoria. Dr. Konstantin Pavlovich Buteyko went to the most prestigious medical school in the Soviet Union where, during his residency, he noticed that patients in the worst health all seemed to breathe far too much, while healthier patients breathed far less. The more they breathed, the worse off they were, especially those with hypertension. Dr. Buteyko himself suffered from severe high blood pressure, along with the debilitating headaches, and the stomach and heart pain that often accompanies that condition. He’d been on prescription drugs to no effect. Doctors gave him a year to live at age 29. He knew he was a heavy breather and a mouth breather, so he tried an experiment: he started breathing less, to relax his chest and stomach, and sip air through his nose. A few minutes later, the throbbing pain in his head, stomach, and heart disappeared. Dr. Buteyko returned to the heavy mouth breathing he’d been doing minutes earlier and within five breaths, the pain returned. He wondered if overbreathing was the cause of many diseases not just a symptom. He developed techniques with the common purpose of training patients to always breathe as closely in line with their metabolic needs, which almost always meant taking in less air. Within a few sessions of hypoventilation training, patients reported tingling and heat in their hands and toes, their heart rates slowed, and the hypertension and migraines that had debilitated them began to disappear. Those he trained who were already in good health felt even better and athletes performed better. By the end of his career, and the end of his life in 2003 at the age of 80, Dr. Buteyko became a mystic. He barely slept and claimed that his techniques could not only heal illnesses but also promote intuition and other forms of extrasensory perception. James visited with several Buteyko teachers and they all told the same story of how they’d been plagued by some chronic respiratory illness that no drug, surgery or therapy could fix, and how they’d all cured themselves with nothing more than breathing less. The techniques they used varied, but all circled around the same premise: to extend the length of time between inhalations and exhalations. The less one breathes, the more respiratory efficiency experienced, and the further a body can go. Nearly 8 percent of Americans suffer from asthma, a fourfold increase since 1980. Asthma is the leading cause of emergency room visits, hospitalizations, and missed school days for children. It is considered a controllable, but incurable disease. Asthma is an immune system sensitivity that provokes constriction and spasms in the airways. Asthma attacks can be caused by pollutants, dust, viral infections, cold air, overbreathing, and physical exertion. Exercise-induced asthma affects around 15 percent of the population and up to 40 percent of athletes. At rest or during exercise, asthmatics tend to breathe more than the general population. The worldwide annual market for asthma therapies is $20 billion and drugs often work so well that they can feel like a virtual cure. But drugs, in particular oral steroids, can have horrendous side effects after several years, including deteriorating lung function, worsened asthma symptoms, blindness, and increased risk of death. Millions of asthma sufferers already know this, and are experiencing these problems for themselves. Many of them have trained themselves to breathe less and have reported dramatic improvement. The optimum amount of air we should take in at rest per minute is 5.5 liters, optimum breathing rate is 5.5 breaths per minute, which is 5.5 second inhales and 5.5 second exhales. This is the perfect breath. Asthmatics, emphysemics, Olympians, and almost anyone, can benefit from breathing this way, even for just a few minutes a day. To inhale and exhale this way feeds our bodies just the right amount of air, at just the right time, for us to perform at peak capacity. To take the perfect breath, we must breathe through our nose and engage our diaphragm properly. Research shows that mouth taping helps children overcome ADHD, improves snoring and obstructive sleep apnea, and improves nasal congestion. When the nose is denied regular use it becomes inflamed and congested. Keeping the nose constantly in use, trains the tissues inside the nose and throat to flex and stay open. Many people heal themselves by simply breathing through their nose, all day and all night. Sprays, rinses, and allergy medications can sometimes help temporarily clear up minor congestion, but more serious chronic nasal and sinus issues may require surgery. Nostrils that are too small or that collapse too easily during inhalation, called a nasal valve collapse, can inhibit the free flow of air and contribute to breathing issues. This condition can be tested by the simple Cottle’s maneuver, and relieved with a minor surgery or managed by nasal dilators, such as Breathe Right Strips or Mute. About three quarter of modern humans have a deviated septum, which means the bone and cartilage that separate the right and left airways of the nose are off center. Along with that 50 percent have chronically inflamed or overgrown turbinates, which creates resistance for nasal breathing. Both problems can lead to chronic breathing issues and increased risk of nasal and sinus infections. Surgery is highly effective in straightening or reducing these structures, but needs to be done carefully and conservatively by an ear, nose, and throat specialist (ENT). The nose is a wonderous, ornate organ whose structures work as a tightly controlled system. Surgery can create more space for nasal breathing, which relieves congestion, headaches, anxiety, and mouth breathing. However, if surgeons aggressively drill out too much bone, especially the turbinates, the nose can no longer effectively filter, humidify, clean, or even sense inhaled air. Each breath comes in too quickly because they lose their natural resistance that slows down the inhaled air. This condition is called empty nose syndrome. These patients experience sleepless nights, panic attacks, anxiety, loss of appetite, and chronic depression. The more they breathe, the more out of breath they feel. For those who have severe jaw deficiencies that contribute to breathing issues, oral and maxillofacial surgery may be an effective option for advancing the jaws and relieving symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea. Many patients have nasal obstructions and deficient jaws, so surgical options can be permanent solutions for their breathing conditions. Inflamed or infected tonsils and adenoids can be both the cause and symptom of breathing issues in children and occasionally adults. 50 percent of kids with ADHD were shown to no longer have symptoms after having their enlarged tonsils and/or adenoids removed that were obstructing their airway. Children with bedwetting, as well as nocturnal bruxism (teeth grinding), have also experienced relief from having their tonsils and/or adenoids removed. However, they may develop breathing problems later in life if their jaws were already too small at the time of surgery because the damage had already been done before diagnosis and treatment. 90 percent of the obstruction of the oropharyngeal airway occurs around the tongue, soft palate, and soft tissues in the throat and back of the mouth. The smaller the mouth, the more the tongue, soft palate and related soft tissues can collapse and obstruct the airway. After talking with airway dentists, James discovered that the deeper the uvula appears to hang in the throat, the higher the risk of obstructive sleep apnea. The uvula may not be visible at all, indicating very high risk. If the tongue overlaps the lower molars or has scalloping (indentations) on the sides, the jaws are too small for the tongue, and the tongue is more likely to fall back in the throat during sleep, causing obstructive sleep apnea, as well as adversely impacting swallowing and speech. Thicker necks crowd oropharyngeal airways. Men with neck circumferences of more than 17 inches, and women with necks larger than 16 inches, have a significantly increased risk of obstructive sleep apnea. The more weight you gain, the higher your risk of suffering from snoring, upper airway resistance syndrome, and obstructive sleep apnea. Weightlifters can also struggle with obstructive sleep apnea and chronic breathing problems; but instead of fat, they have muscles crowding the oropharyngeal airway. While the majority of the population suffers from a breathing disorder, their primary care doctors routinely misdiagnose them and prescribe them anti-anxiety, anti-depressant, and/or sleeping medications, however, the drugs don’t work because they are ignoring the root cause of the problem: breathing. Some obstructive sleep apnea cases may be diagnosed and patients may choose to try continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), which is a machine that forces air past the obstructed and collapsing airways into the lungs. CPAP can be a lifesaver for those suffering from moderate to severe obstructive sleep apnea, and the devices have helped millions of people finally get a good night’s sleep. However, many people suffering with a breathing disorder that seek help do not have medically diagnosed sleep apnea based on their sleep study. They do, however, still have numerous symptoms, which may indicate the often undiagnosed condition of upper airway resistance syndrome. An oral sleep appliance that postures the lower jaw forward to open the oropharyngeal airway can be effective in treating snoring, upper airway resistance syndrome, and obstructive sleep apnea. Preventative medicine is the best medicine. The most important thing we can do to manage the pandemic of breathing issues is to screen our children and address the root causes: tongue-tie, inflammatory foods, nasal obstructions, pollutants, and obesity. Early orthodontic devices weren’t intended to straighten teeth, but to widen the mouth and open airways. However, by the 1940s, to correct crowded teeth in an already too small mouth, it became standard practice for dentists to extract teeth then use that extra space to pull back the remaining teeth with headgear, braces, and other orthodontic devices, creating an even smaller mouth and more crowded airway. By the 1950s, tooth extractions – two, four, six at a time – and retractive orthodontics were routine. A few months, or years, after their mouths were compressed with retractive orthodontics, some patients would complain about breathing difficulties like snoring, sleep apnea, and asthma, as well as jaw joint pain and clicking, that they’d never had before. Some began to look different, their faces growing longer, flatter, and less defined, expressing concern about aesthetic issues. A British orofacial surgeon, Dr. John Mew, who James interviewed, began measuring the faces and mouths of young patients who’d received teeth extractions and retractive orthodontics, and compared them with patients who’d received jaw expansion treatment. The ones who had received retractive orthodontics, as they grew up, their bodies and heads grew, but their mouth were forced to stay the same size, especially if they were wearing their retainer. This mismatch created a problem at the center of the face: eyes would droop, lower faces would collapse, and chins would recess. Furthermore, their jaw joints were pushed back and up in the sockets creating temporomandibular joint (TMJ) disorders. The more teeth these patients had extracted, and the longer they wore braces and other retractive orthodontic devices, the more obstruction they developed in their airways and the more TMJ issues they developed. He found that the devices invented to fix crooked teeth caused by too-small mouths were making mouths smaller, breathing worse, and creating new problems. Several other dentists had come to the same conclusion, publishing scientific papers on the subject. They advocated for a change, but nobody did anything, nobody cared. Conventional orthodontists were happy making lots of money doing business as usual. Dr. Mews was sued repeatedly to stop practicing expansion orthodontics and eventually lost his dental license. But something curious has happened in the last few years: hundreds of leading orthodontists and dentists have come out in support of Dr. Mew’s position, saying that, yes, traditional orthodontics are making breathing worse in half their patients. Fifty years ago, Dr. Mews said “In ten years, nobody will be using traditional orthodontics. We’ll look back at what we’ve done and be horrified.” Dr. John Mews’ son, orthodontist Dr. Mike Mews, recommends a series of tongue-thrusting exercises, called “mewing” that applies pressure to roof of the mouth to help expand the palate and open the airways. After a few months, people using the “mewing” technique have experienced expanded palates, jaws more defined, reduced sleep apnea symptoms, and easier breathing. Dr. Theodore Belfor, a dentist in New York City, understood that we can grow bone at nearly any age using functional orthodontic appliances that stimulate stem cells epigenetically. These stem cells are activated by chewing as well as signals from these orthodontic appliances, which increases bone density and growth, causing us to look younger and breathe better. He treated James with the Homeoblock, a functional orthodontic expansion device, he invented in the 1990s. The purpose was to expand his mouth and make breathing easier by opening the nasal and oropharyngeal airways. The device also stimulates chewing by using a bite block placed on one side that addresses cranial strains, reduces TMJ symptoms, and improves facial aesthetics. Dr. Belfor, now deceased, had decades worth of patient records showing extraordinary results in bone growth and healing using that appliance, but was universally ignored until recently. The reason being is that dentists were, and still are, taught that we can not grow bone past age 30. This is in stark contrast to decades worth of scientific evidence. With Dr. Belfor’s appliance, which only requires nighttime wear, James was able to grow bone in his cheeks, right eye socket, nose, and upper jaw. His jaw became better aligned and balanced. His airways widened and became more toned, and he was able to breathe easier. Inflammation in his sinuses completely resolved. Dr. Belfor demonstrated the bone growth to James by superimposing before and after CT scans of his head. Dr. Belfor would say “Nature seeks homeostasis and balance”. This is the objective of Homeoblock and other functional orthodontic devices aimed at improving airway, alignment, and aesthetics. The problems and solutions start at infancy. The chewing and sucking stress required for breastfeeding exercises the tongue, the masster muscle, and other facial muscles, and stimulates stem cell growth, stronger bones, and more pronounced airways. Until a few hundred years ago, mothers breastfeed their babies up to two to four years of age, and sometimes to adolescence. The more time babies spend sucking and later chewing, the more developed their faces and airways become, and the better they breathe later in life. Research has shown lower incidences of crooked teeth, snoring and sleep apnea in people who were breastfed longer over those who were bottle-fed. Research published more than a century ago advised that “an early soft diet prevents the development of the muscle fibres of the tongue resulting in a weaker tongue which cannot drive the primary dentition out into a spaced relationship with fully developed arches which will lead to more crowding of permanent teeth.” This research exposed that the human jaw is gradually becoming smaller, which is a fact that is now becoming universally recognized, but somehow this early research was ignored for a hundred years. Now we have reached pandemic proportions of malocclusion where getting orthodontics is seen a rite of passage for children and adolescents in affluent societies. This is a consequence of ignoring the evidence on jaw development, orthodontics, and breathing, and choosing profit over patients for many professions. Tummo, the Tibetan word for “inner fire”, is a breathing technique, which was adopted and revised by Wim Hof for Westerners, that can help regulate the autonomic nervous system through brief conscious hyperventilations followed by breath holds. Breathing is an autonomic function that we can consciously control. These breathing techniques can keep a body warm in freezing temperatures, improve immune function, and heal diseases – all proven by numerous controlled scientific experiments over several decades. Many people using these techniques have got off medications that they have been on for years, which were prescribed by doctors who aimed to just cover up symptoms, and who ignored the root causes and ignored the evidence for effective holistic approaches. The Wim Hof technique allows for control of heart rate, temperature, and immune response by stimulating the sympathetic nervous system. This practice of heavy breathing along with regular cold exposure releases the stress hormones adrenaline, cortisol, and norepinephrine. The burst of adrenaline temporarily increases some immune responses programmed to heal wounds, and fight off pathogens and infection, however, if continued for longer periods of time, suppresses the immune system. The spike in cortisol temporarily helps downgrade short-term inflammatory immune responses, however, in the long-term suppresses the immune system and increases chronic inflammation. A squirt of norepinephrine redirects blood flow from the skin, stomach, and reproductive organs to muscles, the brain, and other organs essential in stressful situations, and has an anti-inflammatory effect. This breathing technique also floods the brain and body with endogenous opioids, dopamine, and serotonin, with numerous feel good effects. Dr. Stephen Porges, a scientist and professor of psychiatry, has studied the human nervous system and its response to stress for 30 years from which he created the Polyvagal Theory. This theory proposes that the vagus nerve plays a key role in regulating social interaction, emotional regulation, and fear responses through its influence on the autonomic nervous system. The vagus nerve connects to all the major internal organs, turning them off and on in response to stress, as part of the autonomic nervous system. Our tendency to faint is controlled by the vagus nerve, specifically how sensitive we are to perceived danger. Some people are so anxious and oversensitive that their vagus nerve will cause them to faint at the smallest things, like seeing a spider, hearing bad news, or seeing blood, because their stress response system becomes overwhelmed. Consciously breathe slowly opens up communication along the vagus nerve and relaxes us into the parasympathetic state. Breathing really fast and heavy on purpose, flips the vagus nerve response the other way, moving us into a stressed state through the sympathetic nervous system. Consciously breathing heavy for a short period of time teaches us to consciously access the autonomic nervous system and control it: to turn on heavy stress specifically so that we can turn it off and spend the rest of our day relaxing and restoring our body and mind. This was previously thought to be biologically impossible as the autonomic nervous system was thought to be automatic, as in beyond our control. In parts of medicine, this is still believed to be true by those who refuse to acknowledge the new science and accept ancient wisdom. Holotropic Breathwork, an evidence-based, guided breathing technique created by psychiatrist Dr. Stanislav Grof, aims to induce non-ordinary states of consciousness through hyperventilation, music, and bodywork, followed by integration exercises, with the objective of releasing trauma by accessing unconscious thoughts and emotions, rewiring the mind through neuroplasticity, and moving towards wholeness. Mystical visions, spiritual awakenings, connections to oneness, psychological breakthroughs, overcoming fears, out-of-body experiences, life-death-rebirth experiences, and sustained addiction recovery are common. Why is every doctor not recommending this? During rest, about 750 milliliters of blood flows through the brain every minute. Blood flow in the brain can increase a little during exercise, just as in other parts of the body, but usually stays relatively consistent. That changes when we breathe quickly and heavily. Whenever the body is forced to take in more air than it needs, we’ll exhale too much carbon dioxide, which will narrow the blood vessels and decrease circulation, especially in the brain. With just a few minutes of intense hyperventilation, such as in Holotropic Breathwork, brain blood flow can decrease by 40 percent. The areas most affected by this are the brain’s hippocampus and frontal, occipital, and parieto-occipital cortices, which, together, govern brain functions such as visual processing, body sensory information, memory, the experience of time, and the sense of self. Disturbances in these areas can elicit powerful temporary hallucinations, which include out-of-body experiences and waking dreams. If we keep breathing a little faster and deeper, more blood will drain from the brain, and the visual and auditory hallucinations will become more profound. When we’re breathing too slowly for our oxygen demand and carbon dioxide levels rise, the central chemoreceptors in the brain stem monitor these changes in carbon dioxide and send alarm signals to the brain, telling our lungs to breathe faster and more deeply. When we’re breathing too quickly, these chemoreceptors direct the body to breathe more slowly to increase carbon dioxide levels. This is how our bodies unconsciously determine how fast and often we breathe, not by the amount of oxygen, but by the amount of carbon dioxide. Chemoreceptor flexibility is part of what distinguishes good athletes from great ones. It’s why some elite mountain climbers can summit Everest without supplemental oxygen, and why some freedivers can hold their breath underwater for 10 minutes. All these people have trained their chemoreceptors to withstand extreme fluctuations in carbon dioxide without panic. Our mental health relies on chemoreceptors as well. For the past hundred years psychologists may have been treating chronic fears, and all the anxieties that come with them, in the wrong way. Fears aren’t just mental problems, and they typically can’t be treated by simply getting patients to think differently. Fears and anxiety have a physiological component as well. They can be generated from outside of the amygdala, from within a more ancient part of the reptilian brain – the chemoreceptors in the brain stem. Eighteen percent of Americans suffer from some form of anxiety or panic, with these numbers rising every year. Perhaps the best step in treating them, and hundreds of millions of others around the world, is by first conditioning the central chemoreceptors and the rest of the brain to become more flexible to carbon dioxide. By teaching anxious people the art of holding their breath. As far back as the first century BCE, inhabitants of what is now India described a system of conscious breathholding, which they claimed restored health and ensured long life. The Bhagavad Gita, a Hindu spiritual text written around 2,000 years ago, translated a breathing practice of pranayama to mean “trance induced by stopping all breathing”. A few centuries after that, Chinese scholars wrote several volumes detailing the art of breathholding. Today, breathholding is mostly associated with disease. Denying our bodies a consistent flow of oxygen is bad, or so we’ve been told. Up to 80 percent of office workers suffer from continuous partial attention. In this state of perpetual distraction, breathing becomes shallow and erratic. Sometimes we won’t breathe at all for half a minute or longer, which can contribute to some of the same issues as sleep apnea. The breathholding that occurs in sleep apnea and continuous partial attention is unconscious – it’s something that happens to our bodies, something that’s out of our conscious control. The breathholding practiced by ancients and revivalists is conscious. These are practices we do to ourselves, and when we do them properly, can work wonders. Anxiety and depression are the most common mental illnesses in the United States, and about half of the population will suffer from one or the other in their lifetime. To help cope, 13 percent of people over the age of 12 will use anti-depressants, often selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). These drugs have been helpful for millions, especially those with severe depression. But only less than half the patients who take them get any benefits and they have serious long-term side effects. A wealth of scientific research shows that meditation and breathwork can change the structure and function of critical areas of the brain, help relieve anxiety and depression, and boost focus and compassion. It can work wonders, but few of us will ever reap these rewards, because the vast majority who try meditation and breathwork will give up and move on. Exposure therapy, a technique that exposes patients repeatedly to their fears so that they become more accepting of them, is highly effective but takes a while, usually involving many long sessions over weeks or months. Research shows that those with the worst anxieties consistently suffer from the worst breathing habits. People with anxiety, panic, anorexia, or obsessive-compulsive disorders consistently have low carbon dioxide levels and a much greater fear of holding their breath. To avoid an attack, they breathe far too much and eventually become hypersensitized to carbon dioxide and they panic if they sense a rise in this gas. They are anxious because they’re overbreathing and overbreathing because they’re anxious. Research has shown that patients have been able to reduce their panic and asthma attacks, dizziness, shortness of breath, and feelings of suffocation by slowing their breathing to increase their carbon dioxide. With each breath we inhale prana (life force, energy). Breathing techniques were so fundamental, such that prana, ch’i, and other ancient terms for energy are synonymous with breathing. When we breathe, we expand our life force. The Chinese called their system of conscious breathing qigong (meaning “breathwork”). Pranayama is a yogic practice focused on breath control that expands prana (life force, energy). Everything is energy and consciousness. The physical universe is composed of molecules, which are composed of atoms, which are composed of subatomic particles called protons, neutrons, and electrons, which are essentially just light energy (photons) and “empty space” filled with consciousness (called the quantum field in quantum physics). In every culture and medical tradition before ours, healing was accomplished by moving energy through the body. Ancient yogis spent thousands of years honing pranayama techniques, specifically to control this energy through the conscious breath and distribute it throughout the body. This process takes several months to years to master. Breathing techniques give us the means to expand our lungs and straighten our bodies, boost blood flow, balance our minds and moods, and excite our energy. Breathing techniques allow us to sleep better, run faster, swim deeper, live longer, and evolve further. They offer a mystery and magic of life that unfolds a little more with every new breath we take. The human body has evolved to be able to breathe through two channels for a reason. It increases our chances of survival. Should the nose get obstructed, the mouth becomes a backup ventilation system. The body is not designed for chronically mouth breathing unfiltered air for hours at a time, day or night. There is nothing normal about it. Most of us engage only a small fraction of our total lung capacity and diaphragm with each breath, requiring us to do more and get less. One of the first steps in healthy breathing is to breathe through our nose not our mouth, to extend these breaths to a slower pace, to move the diaphragm up and down a bit more, breathe into our belly not our chest, and to get as much air out of us as possible before taking a new breath. To breathe properly, we need our tongue on the roof of our mouth, our teeth slightly apart with our jaw relaxed, and our lips together. Before we know it, diaphragmatic breathing slow, less, and through the nose with a longer exhale will be big business, like so much else. But be aware that the stripped-down approach is as good as any. It costs nothing, takes little time and effort, and you can do it wherever you are, whenever you need. It’s a technology that our species has been perfecting with only our lips, tongues, noses, and lungs for hundreds of thousands of years. All we need to do is understand the basics and commit ourselves to daily practice until it becomes our new normal. In my experience, breathing and sleeping has been a lifelong struggle. I grew up with an undiagnosed tongue-tie, deviated septum and concha bullosa, soft inflammatory food, chronic sleep issues, and allergies. I had retractive orthodontics in my early 20s by a dentist who did not diagnose the underlying causes of my small jaws and nasal obstruction. My teeth were straightened, but my breathing and sleeping issues became increasingly worse and I developed clicking jaw joints. I somehow made it through dental school without a single dentist mentioning that my jaws were too small, and without the physicians who prescribed me sleeping pills investigating the root cause of my insomnia and repeated awakenings. With much self-inquiry, connecting with an airway dentist at conference who suggested I get a sleep study, and reading the Breath book, I eventually discovered that I had severe obstructive sleep apnea. I immediately contacted Dr. Theodore Belfor for one-on-one training on the Homeoblock to see what I can do about it. After extensive studying in craniofacial pain and sleep breathing disorders, I’ve effectively managed my symptoms that no previous dentist or physician could figure out. I no longer take medications. I consistently use meditation and breathwork to manage stress and anxiety, and improve my sleep and breathing. I recommend Holotropic Breathwork for anyone interested in exploring their true self and releasing trauma, and who are willing to surrender to the process. It is a very powerful tool for transformation and should be recommended by more doctors.

Food Fix: How to Save Our Health, Our Economy, Our Communities, and Our Planet – One Bite at a Time

Dr. Mark Hyman

Offering a powerful and well-researched approach to understanding the corruption in our current food system, Dr. Hyman shows us our shadow and shines light on realistic solutions that we can embrace as individuals, and as a whole.

Dr. Hyman spent the last 40 years studying nutrition, grappling with the changes in dietary recommendations, and treating more than 10,000 patients with food as medicine. As a functional medicine physician, he was trained to focus on the root causes of disease and to think of our body as one interconnected ecosystem. He took a systems approach to understanding health and health care, and how it is connected to all of our other systems that define our health. The ideas in this book are meant to inspire, educate, and motivate individuals, families, businesses, nonprofits, and governments to innovate and think differently about the food system. It is the beginning of reimagining a food system that provides real, whole, nutrient-dense food from nature across the globe in a sustainable way, addressing hunger, obesity, chronic disease, and mental illness. It is the beginning of how we can change our systems as a whole. He imagines a food system that saves trillions of wasted dollars every year that could be redirected to solving our most intractable problems of disease, poverty, violence, lack of quality education, and social injustice. He imagines a food system that restores ecosystems, builds healthy soil, protects our scarce water resources, reduces pollution, increases biodiversity, and reserves climate change. He imagines a food system that builds rather than destroys communities. He imagines a food system that is not extractive and destructive to everything that matters but is restorative and regenerative. He imagines a food system that is redemptive rather than rapacious. We need to think about these issues as one interconnected, intersecting set of challenges that we can and must address if we are to reverse the crises we face today and avert the disasters just over the horizon. Our current food system is toxic and is the defining problem of our time, and, as yet, it has not been clearly recognized as a threat or addressed in a global, coherent, coordinated, strategic way. We need new ideas, strategies, policies, and business innovations to fix these problems and bring diverse groups together to solve them together. Imagine if the groups at odds with each other come together to fight a common problem. It is possible. Solutions exist. They are achievable, and we need the push up from the grassroots efforts and from the top down to shift public opinion, to create a movement that forces legislatures and policymakers to take notice and take action. Massive shifts in laws are possible when we vote with our voices, actions, and ballots. We can also vote with our dollars. Our collective actions and behaviours will move things in the right direction, and our children and their children might enjoy a sustainable future of good food, safe climate, and healthy systems. The work has begun across the globe illuminating a hopeful way forward. These nuggets of innovation and creativity restoring land and communities, and inspiring new policies are the seeds of a new future. It is the great work of our time. And it depends on all of us. Our diet is the number one cause of death, disability, and suffering in the world. Our food has dramatically transformed over the last 100 years, and even more radically over the last 40 years, as we have eaten a diet of increasingly ultraprocessed foods made from a handful of crops (wheat, corn, soy). In his investigation on food and the food system, Dr. Hyman has exposed a story that shocked him and drove him to reveal the broken, corrupt food system that is slowly destroying our species and our planet. Chronic disease from poor diet is now the single largest threat to global health, economic development, and the environment. We have more than enough food to feed all the humans in the world and more (up to 10.5 billion) with our existing food supply. Yet 800 million people go to bed hungry, 2 billion are malnourished, and another 2.2 billion go to bed overweight. The consequences of which include stunting growth and intellectual development in children; compromising mood and behaviour; impairing cognitive abilities; increasing mental illness; increasing infections and chronic diseases; lowering immune systems; raising allergic, autoimmune, and inflammatory conditions; perpetuating cycles of poverty, violence, and social injustice; compromising national security; and making people easier to confuse and control through mainstream media. This is not an accident. This is by design. To solve our most critical problems, as a collective, we must: Provide free education Provide free health care Eradicate poverty End food insecurity and hunger Solve social injustice, income, and health disparities End unemployment Rebuild our infrastructure and transportation system Shift to renewable energy Draw down carbon emissions and reverse climate change Transform our industrial agricultural system, which is destructive to humans, animals, and the environment, into a sustainable, regenerative system that reverses climate change, preserves our freshwater resources, increases biodiversity, protects pollinators, and produces health-promoting whole food. Our most powerful tool to reverse the global pandemics of chronic disease and mental illness, heal the environment, reverse climate change, end poverty and social injustice, reform politics, and revive economies is food. Our industrial agricultural and food system (including food waste) is the single biggest cause of climate change, exceeding all use of fossil fuels. Current farming practices may cause us to run out of soil and fresh water in this century. We are destroying our rivers, lakes, and oceans by the runoff of nitrogen-based fertilizers, which is creating vast swaths of marine dead zones. We waste 40 percent of the food we produce, costing more than $2.6 trillion a year in global impact. The plastic packaging we use is destroying our planet, and contaminating our food and homes. The true costs are not paid for by the food system that generates the costs. The hidden costs of the food system are paid for by all of us indirectly through the loss of our social capital (human happiness, health, productivity, etc.), our natural capital (health of our soil, air, water, climate, oceans, biodiversity, etc.), our economic capital (our ability to address economic disparities and social, environmental, educational, and health care problems), threats to national security (soldiers too overweight to fight), and more. Shifting our thinking from seeing health care, disease, social injustice, poverty, environment, climate, education, economics, and national security as separate problems – in other words, connecting the dots, thinking of the interdependencies and the systems nature of this problem – is critical for solving it. If Big Ag and Big Food had to pay for the harm caused by the food they produce, then your grass-fed steak would be much cheaper than processed food. It takes legislation to hold these corrupt companies accountable, instead they get government subsidization. All hidden harmful costs of food need to be quantified and measured. What gets measured gets managed. True Cost Accounting is a movement that is underway to truly account for these real costs of processed food and the damage they cause. Changes in food policy to account for these costs, and leveraging taxes and incentives can have a profound impact, and improve the overall health of humanity and the planet. We need to analyze all the impacts of our food system, good and bad, and their costs and savings to create a new economic model that reflects the true cost of food and build the business model for a sustainable, regenerative food system. The complexity of the problem prevents people from connecting the dots and taking action. Most government policies promote the growing, production, marketing, sale, and consumption of the worst diet on the planet – billions in subsides for commodity crops turned into processed food and food for factory-farmed animals; billions in food stamp payments that attempt to reduce hunger but are mostly for processed food and soda, while healthy options are not affordable; unregulated food marketing of soda and junk food; confusing food labels; and industry-influenced dietary guidelines. It’s very policies also support agricultural practices that exploit people, pollute the environment, and worsen climate change. Lobbyists’ influence over policymakers has put corporations, not citizens, at the center of every aspect of our food system, from what and how food is grown to what is manufactured, marketed, and sold. When money rules politics, it results in our current uncoordinated and conflicting food policies, which subsidize, protect and facilitate Big Food’s and Big Ag’s domination of our food system to the detriment of our population and environment. Big Food and Big Ag co-opt politicians, public health groups, grassroots advocacy groups, scientists, and schools, and corrupt science and public opinion with vast amounts of dollars and misinformation. The consolidation and monopolization of the food industry over the last 40 years from hundreds of different processed-food companies, seed companies, and chemical and fertilizer companies into just a few dozen companies make it the largest collective industry in the world, valued at $15 trillion, or about 17 percent of the entire world’s economy. It is controlled by a few dozen CEOs who determine what food is grown and how it is grown, processed, distributed, and sold. This affects every single human on the planet. On a positive note, billions of dollars in investment are flooding into the food and agricultural sectors, creating new businesses, jobs, and national and global economic growth for innovations in farming, food manufacturing, retail, restaurants, health care, and wellness that improve the health of the people and the planet in a sustainable way. The countries that get this right will not only help humans and the earth, but leap ahead in the twenty-first century economy for jobs, economic growth, and desirable living. For many, it’s easier just to eat our junk food and stay oblivious. But we cannot afford to be unconscious anymore. The stakes are too high. Each of us must find the right diet for our genes, metabolism, age, dietary preferences, beliefs, and so on. Moral, ethical, and religious considerations are important on a personal level. However, it must be whole food from nature, real food, recognizable from field to fork. It is important to pay attention to your energy, weight, digestion, and health considerations. Your diet should be aspirational and flexible, not perfect. It must keep things in moderation and involve conscious choices. It should contribute to better health for you, a better world for humans, including food workers and farmworkers, and a better world for animals and the environment, our climate, and our economy. Remarkably, food that is good for you is also good for the environment, our depleted soil, our scarce water resources, and the biodiversity of plants, animals, and pollinators, and it helps reverse climate change. 50 percent of our plates should be organically grown fruits and vegetables, and the remaining should be sustainable protein, nuts, seeds, legumes, and occasionally carbs that are not inflammatory. It's important to understand the eat-less-meat argument is only valid in the context of current factory-farmed-meat production systems, not regenerative grass-fed and grass-finished meat. Dietary cholesterol, like found in pasture-raised eggs, does not significantly raise your blood cholesterol levels. In fact, your blood cholesterol is actually worsened more by sugar than by fat, and some fats, like olive oil, avocados, and nuts, actually improve your cholesterol. We should eat sustainably raised or harvested low-mercury fish and high-omega-3 fish. Try mostly wild caught salmon, and to a lesser degree, tuna, swordfish, and halibut. Beans can be a great source of fiber, protein, and minerals. All grains can increase your blood sugar, however, we should stick with small portions of low-glycemic grains like black or wild rice, quinoa, teff, buckwheat, and amaranth. Beware of modern wheat – it is mostly consumed as refined flour, which is worse for your blood sugar and is more inflammatory than table sugar. Stay away from sugar and anything that causes a spike in blood sugar and therefore insulin; for example, flour, refined starches, and carbohydrates. “Don’t drink your sugar” may be the most important advice you ever get. This causes huge spikes in blood sugar and therefore insulin, which is the root of metabolic disease. Stay away from most refined vegetable, bean and seed oils, such as canola, sunflower, corn, grapeseed, and especially soybean, which are highly inflammatory. Choose the right dairy. Dairy today is not what it used to be. The way we raise cattle is bad for the cows, the environment, and humans. Dairy has been linked to cancer, osteoporosis, autoimmune disease, allergic reactions, digestive problems, and chronic inflammation. Find dairy from goat, sheep or heirloom cows that contain A2 casein, which doesn’t cause the same digestive or inflammatory problems as modern cow products. Always go organic and 100 percent grass-fed to reduce the health risks. Stay away from pesticides, herbicides, antibiotics, hormones, food additives, chemicals, artificial sweeteners and colours, and GMO (genetically modified organisms) foods. Choose foods raised or grown in regenerative ways if possible. This way of eating allows for vast flexibility within many cultures and dietary preferences, and can be considered a universally healthy diet. Obesity rates in children have tripled since the 1970s and now one in three children are obese in the Western world. One in four teenagers have type 2 diabetes or pre-diabetes. If a child is overweight, their life expectancy may be reduced by 20 years. A major reason for childhood and teenager obesity is the food offered at home and in schools. The other reasons are stress and sedentary lifestyle. School meals are often loaded with sugar, salt, processed carbs, and industrial fats. Many schools in America don’t even pretend to offer healthy meals. They let fast food chains sell their toxic foods and put their logos in cafeterias and gymnasiums. Kids spend more time in school than any other place outside their homes, where they often eat breakfast, lunch, and snacks. School meals are critical to the battle against childhood obesity and should be held to the highest standards. Public health efforts have long tried to make school meals more nutritious, but have little power against the lobbying of the food industry and government complacency. Governments allow unregulated food marketing to children in schools, directly leading children to consume more junk food. The implicit message is that teachers, school administrators, and parents endorse these toxic food products, otherwise, they would not be allowed in schools. Junk food companies engage in this type of predatory marketing because it is hugely profitable. They hire research firms and neuroscientists to manipulate children into wanting junk food and demanding it from their parents. The average kid now spends forty-four hours a week in front of screens and is subject to intense and manipulative stealth marketing, a strategy where a product is promoted to a target audience without them even realizing it is an advertisement. Stealth marketing is harder to track and includes embedded advertising in movies and television, toys, games, educational materials, and songs; character and celebrity endorsements; and word of mouth, text messages, the internet, and social media. A new subversive and powerful model for marketing junk food to children is “advergames” – free social media games and apps that integrate junk food into games for little children. This is perverse and exploitative. Much like tobacco companies, junk food companies target children because they know that the way to hook them for life is to reach them early, when they’re most impressionable. Junk food and the marketing behind it has been shown to lead to determinantal changes in the adolescent brain associated with dysfunctional eating, impulsive behaviours, and mental illness. It can thwart parents’ efforts to instill healthy eating habits in their kids. Teaching your kids to appreciate real food from nature is a challenging task when postured up against the corrupt and insanely rich food industry. Scientists have shown that even slight increases in the amount of time kids spend viewing junk food ads can increase their odds of becoming obese by 20 percent and teenagers are twice as likely to become obese if they see at least one junk food ad daily. Even in kids who are not obese, doctors are discovering horrifying metabolic conditions driven by their junk food habits, including fatty liver disease and type 2 diabetes. This is a sick game and the food industry is fully aware of what they are doing. Our children’s future is threatened by an achievement gap caused in large part by their inability to learn on a diet of processed foods and sugar. We don’t have to sit idly by letting Big Food prey on our children for profit and control. Let’s protect our children at home and in school with nutritious foods and education that builds the foundation for a healthy life and community. And let’s support organizations and leaders who want to do the same. Parents, school boards, administration, and school staff can help implement changes: introduce salad bars in schools, eliminate junk food from school menus, ban chocolate milk, support farm-to-school programs, plant food gardens in every school, bring back basic cooking skills to schools as part of their curriculums showing them how to prepare healthy meals using fresh food from nature, advocate for the end of junk food advertising to children, and recommend that parents limit and monitor their children’s screen time to avoid excessive dangerous marketing and exposure. Telling people to eat less and exercise more only blames the victim. The food industry produces addictive, dangerous food that override willpower, driving our bodies to gain weight and get sick. Toxic foods like that create an astounding amount of secondary consequences for humans, the environment, and the economy. As consumers, we can choose to stop drinking and eating toxic food products, do a junk food cleanse, and engage local government and schools to promote a soda and junk food tax. If consumers demand less junk food, then eventually producers of junk food will comply. Don’t be fooled by fruit juice. It is loaded with sugar and, metabolically, it is just as harmful as soda to your body despite having some vitamins and antioxidants. Avoid buying it, and certainly don’t give it to your children. Cutting sugar-sweetened beverages and junk food from your diet is the single biggest thing you can do to improve your health. Your daily choices matter, and we all must work together to improve our health and to make agriculture work for producers, consumers, animals, and the land that grows everything we eat. We can look for regenerative organic certified labels. We can join a community-supported agriculture (CSA) program for local organic produce. We can shop at farmer’s markets. We can start a home and community garden. We can educate ourselves about regenerative agriculture. We can change our banking and investment strategy to support regenerative and sustainable business solutions. We can avoid GMO foods as much as possible. We can consider joining or starting a food policy council, through which local people can educate one another and advocate for better food policies. We can petition anchor institutions like hospitals and schools to buy locally sourced, regenerative food. We can support farmworkers and the organizations that fight for their rights. Small steps like these add up to big changes if we all participate. We can all be a part of that with our choices, our voices, and our votes. Shifting our perspective from “blame the victim” to “change the system” is essential for addressing the social injustice that drives our chronic disease and mental health pandemics, obesity, poverty, food insecurity, and our toxic nutritional landscape, where making good choices is nearly impossible for many. Food is a social justice issue. Our industrial food system is an invisible form of oppression that disproportionately affects the poor, minorities, and children. The history of sugar is closely linked to slavery, as the slave trade served the growth of sugar production. Legal slavery is over, although forms of slavery still occur on some farms, often with migrant workers. But today sugar, especially in its new and more deadly form, high-fructose corn syrup, is connected to a new kind of oppression – food oppression, which makes people sick, fat, disabled, and die early. It is a deliberate form of apartheid in which the poor and minorities live in areas that lack healthy food, and have an overabundance of fast food outlets and convenience stores. This is an institutionalized form of segregation and racism embedded in the actions of corporations, business, and our government policies that have successfully enacted a hidden genocide. Even when food is available to disadvantaged communities, fresh whole foods can be expensive, which leads to the purchase of cheap, unhealthy junk food. Living in poverty drives food insecurity, overconsumption of cheap processed foods, higher rates of obesity, mental illness, diabetes, and other chronic diseases. Research shows that those who are the most food insecure, use the most health care and have the highest health care costs. Often the people living in these circumstances are not aware they are victims of food oppression, food apartheid, and internalized food racism. The work of transforming this system of oppression must come from multiple sectors – change in government policies at the local, state, and federal levels, regulation, litigation, health care reimbursement for food as medicine, nonprofits creating local programs to educate and empower people, and grassroots efforts of citizens working to change their communities and regain food sovereignty. The United States gives $7 billion in food stamps spent on sugary beverages alone every year. That’s about 30 billion servings of toxic drinks given to the poor, about 40 million people, and paid for by taxpayers. 75 percent of the food stamp foods are used for ultraprocessed food directly shown to cause chronic disease and mental illness. Taxpayers are indirectly poisoning the poor and they do not have a choice. But the US government does. While the government cannot ensure the poor eat fruits and vegetables, they can help create an economy of choice for healthy options. The problem isn’t a lack of calories, it’s a lack of healthy calories. This is a nutrient deficiency problem as the ultraprocessed foods available to them have many calories but almost no real nutrition. Big Food aims its junk food advertising at the poor with laser focus, marketing the worst food for health that is the most profitable for them. The government allows this. The profit margins on junk food are much higher than that of produce, meat, and seafood. There are no nutritional or marketing regulations to protect the poor from this attack due to food industry lobbying and government neglect. It’s a bit worse than that though. There is an agenda behind all of this: to make people sick and sell them health care to keep them poor so that they are easily controlled. With modest reform by an honest government, we can address hunger, and reduce chronic disease and mental illness that disproportionately affects the poor. Government food programs for the poor should eliminate sugary beverages and junk food, ensure access to quality fruits, vegetables, and proteins, and align with public health and health care. The lack of protective food (whole food from nature) is as important in determining risk of death as the overconsumption of processed foods. Just as the wrong foods can cause disease and death, the right foods can dramatically reduce disease and death. Mounting research shows that food is medicine and demonstrates how whole foods from nature, especially an increase in fruits and vegetables, can prevent or reverse chronic disease that dramatically reduces health care costs. Yet there is a silence when it comes to our global response to the most common kinds of preventable deaths and the savings in health care. The reason this problem is virtually ignored is that this pandemic of food insecurity and overnutrition with processed foods has come on fast and furiously over the last 40 years and blindsided society, and that the purpose of the health care system is to sell more health care, not cure disease. The food we eat (or the food we don’t eat) is the single biggest cause of death worldwide, exceeding tobacco and every other known risk factor. Now more than 70 percent of deaths worldwide are from what we call “noncommunicable disease”, conditions like obesity, heart disease, diabetes, cancer, and dementia. While referred to as noncommunicable disease, these diseases are highly contagious and driven by the structural environment – government policies, poverty, and a pervasive and increasingly toxic global food system and environment that create conditions ripe for poor diet and chronic disease, which is referred to as the social determinants of health. We often blame the victim for these diseases. No one blames someone for getting malaria or tuberculosis. But for chronic disease we put the blame on individuals, on personal responsibility. It turns out that it is our social environment – what Paul Farmer from Partners in Health has called “structural violence” – the social, economic, and political conditions that drive disease. If we live in a world where our food system mainly produces disease-causing foods, where our government supports the production and sale of these toxic foods, and where these foods are created to be addictive, then personal choice is an illusion. The science is clear: noncommunicable diseases are very communicable. You are more likely to be overweight if your friends and family are overweight. Depending on your neighbourhood, your life expectancy may be 20 – 30 years shorter than folks from another country, city, or state. Simply moving an overweight diabetic from a low socioeconomic neighbourhood to a slightly better one leads to weight loss and improvement in diabetes, without any other intervention. This is far more than personal choice and behaviour. The food we have available to eat (ultraprocessed food) and the food we don’t eat (fruits and vegetables and whole foods from nature) are determined by the food system itself – what we grow and produce, and how we market and distribute it, and what we don’t. Big Food and Big Ag are focused on manipulating government, science, public health groups, professional societies, and public opinion through massive efforts, including fake science and sly partnerships. When Dr. Hyman was in medical school, he thought science was a beautiful, pristine field full of integrity and truth. As he paid closer attention, he discovered that nutrition studies are highly corrupted by the food industry. The food industry also buys loyalty from a wide range of prominent organizations that we believe to be credible and independent sources of nutrition advice. It generates outspoken support in their favour, and it can buy silence. It can trick and deceive consumers to buy more of their toxic products at the expense of their health and ignorance. They use science as a weapon, not as an inquiry into truth. Today Big Food and Big Ag are active participants in the disability, disease, and death of billions of people. Rather than changing or reinventing their products to be less harmful, they have launched an intentional and meticulously designed series of efforts to silence critics, manipulate science, distort the truth, and aggressively control media, politicians, public health, consumer advocacy groups, and consumers. For example, Coca Cola’s “Energy Balance” campaign that promoted eating less and exercising more, included soda as part of your balanced diet and weight loss program because “it is really all about calories”. This is nonsense and in direct defiance of independent science. As consumers, we depend on unbiased studies to shed light on the foods we should eat and the ones we should avoid. And we depend on health and food organizations to share this truth with us. While some food companies invest in legitimate and informative research, most fund their own studies for self-serving purposes. Food companies use studies to make dubious health claims about their products so they can increase sales. The other reason is so they can manufacture doubt. When independent publicly oriented studies point to the danger of their products, food companies respond by paying for studies that say otherwise. Researchers have found that this level of corruption and bias is on par with studies funded by Big Pharma, which are notorious for portraying their risky drugs in a favourable way. In a review of 206 studies, researchers found that not a single food industry-funded study that was published showed a negative outcome for their dangerous food products. For consumers, this means that we need to be hyperaware. When you see a company touting the health benefits of their products on food labels, in an advertisement, or on a website or television show, there’s a good chance that the claim came from a dubious study that was bought and paid for by industry. Or when you see studies casting doubt on the harmful effects of their products, don’t believe those either. Consumers should be aware that most of these claims are false and/or exaggerated, but this problem pales in comparison to the problem of Coke, Pepsi, and other large junk food companies publishing on public health matters like obesity and the diabetes pandemic to confuse the public. Big Food is in the business of selling junk food. It should not be in the business of doing public health research. There’s just no reason for it, and more important, food corporations cannot be trusted. However, academic jobs and ethical research positions at universities are becoming more and more competitive, which is driving many scientists to work for the food industry. It’s unrealistic to expect that not a single scientist, health professional, academic, or institution will ever accept any funding from the food industry to forward their dangerous agenda. Some ethical food companies recognize the growing demand for nutritious foods and have profited by catering to the health conscious with healthy, organic, sustainable, and minimally processed foods. But if the food industry is going to be involved in funding studies, there are transparent principles they must follow to ensure that their research is untainted. Any engagement with the food industry requires firm oversight and strict rules, like making sure that researchers have full independence to report and publish their findings (not be bought or threatened), and that the food companies they partner with have commendable track records of environmental and social responsibility. The funding food companies must not be involved in any way in study design, data analysis, authoring of the manuscript, or even reviewing or commenting on the manuscript. Another way would be to create a firewall between industry and science by creating a fund that they can donate to that will fund research as needed in an unbiased way. Putting an end to Big Food’s and Big Ag’s co-opting of scientists, academics, and health groups only solves half of the problem. The other problem is that nutrition science is in need of some major changes. Many of our dietary guidelines and health recommendations are based on what is known as nutritional epidemiology, which relies on easily manipulated observational studies that never prove cause and effect. With observational studies, scientists run repeated analyses on data sets to extract insignificant findings that might be otherwise meaningless and amplify them to distort the truth through sensationalized research papers that attract headlines of deception. It’s the very opposite of the scientific method, and both the food industry and policymakers use it to their advantage and to the disadvantage of the public being deceived. What we need are randomized controlled trials that prove cause and effect. Furthermore, media outlets should be investigating conflicts of interest and reporting transparently on the food industry. Unfortunately, our mainstream media is as corrupt as the food, drug, and oil industries, forwarding the same sick agenda for profit and control. The food industry strategy for controlling science, public health groups, professional health care societies, public opinion, media, schools, community organizations, the flow of information, political institutions, and policy is calculated and effective. It is well hidden, on purpose. Some of Big Food’s tactics are easy to see, like widespread marketing of junks foods, however, the dirty politics of Big Food and Big Ag are behind closed doors, out of the public’s view. Government lobbying is their most effective strategy for expanding their agenda. Armies of high-powered lobbyists pushing multi-billion-dollar efforts to influence laws, politicians, and government programs and agencies. This is currently legalized corruption. The voices heard by legislators are those of industry, not citizens. Food industry lobbying occurs at every level of government. The lobbyists’ goal is to protect and expand the food industry’s profits at all costs. Much like Big Pharma, Big Oil, and other large and powerful industries, Big Food and Big Ag have what nearly all citizens do not: deep pockets and access to the highest levels of government. Lobbyists shower politicians with campaign contributions, and expensive gifts and events, who in return write legislation and implement policies that favour these donors at the expense of the public. There is a revolving door between politicians and big industry, corrupt individuals taking leadership positions in each for personal gain. It is a practice that industry insiders take advantage of to pull strings for corporations and special interests. Big Food and Big Ag companies that lobby government the most are Coke, Pepsi, Monsanto (Bayer), Nestlé, General Mills, McDonalds, Kellogg’s, and the candy and dairy industries. They lobby against protections from dangerous chemicals. They lobby for laws that shield them from obesity and chronic disease lawsuits. They lobby to bury information, including the addictive nature of processed food, the deliberate targeting of children, minorities, and the poor, and the strategic manipulation of science and scientists to influence policy and public opinion. They lobby against appropriate labeling, including GMO transparency. The food industry uses corporate sponsorships and financial gifts to buy loyalty from a wide range of prominent organizations. They seek to link their toxic brands to health and wellness rather than illness and obesity. They seek to create partnerships with respected health and minority groups to win allies, silence potential critics, and influence public health policy decisions. They seek to garner public trust and goodwill to increase brand awareness and brand loyalty. They seek to manipulate the minds of growing minority populations and children to increase sales and profits. It is painful to see so many nonprofit groups and lawmakers neglect their principles and fall under the spell of food industry money. But what is most vexing is how Big Food has commandeered some of the most influential health and nutrition groups in the world. It is one thing to see a corrupt politician make policy changes that favour their corporate donor. Indeed, we expect this. It is another thing to see a vaunted public health organization do the bidding of Big Food. If we can’t count on our leading health and nutrition professionals to do what is right for public health, them whom can we rely on? Public health groups are in many ways our last line of defense. We look to them for guidance and impartial educated advice. We expect them to do what is in the best interests of every child, family, and society. The following are some of the worst offenders in the United States based on recent evidence: American Diabetes Association, American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Cariology, American Academy of Family Physicians, American Society for Nutrition, and the American Heart Association. Not only does the food industry infiltrate and influence existing groups like these; they also create “grassroots” organizations that are largely, or even entirely, funded by them to manipulate public opinion. A wolf in sheep’s clothing. For example, one of the most insidious ways that Big Food controls public opinion is through benevolently named front groups, like the Alliance for Safe and Affordable Food, that pretend to promote the interests of citizens and science, but really forwards their own agenda for profit and control. They outright fight GMO labeling, attack organic food, defend pesticides and antibiotics in animal production, and promote the false benefits of artificial sweeteners, trans fats, and GMO foods. Their aggressive tactics, blatant lies, half-truths, and corrupt agendas are an attempt to dupe the public. These front companies do the dirty work of the corrupt food companies so that they can maintain their image to the public. Don’t be deceived by their propaganda and lies. I can’t believe I have to say this, but professional health and nutrition associations should never accept money from junk food companies to spread lies. This is completely unacceptable. These associations are not fit to give “objective” advice or recommendations. However, plenty of sustainable food companies have missions that align with professional health organizations who are less corrupt. Our professional health and nutrition associations should be looking to promote, commend, and partner with these sustainable food companies, not junk food companies. To objectively determine what food companies are ethical to work with, there needs to be a set of guidelines that will help sort out worthy food companies from junk food companies. One of the reasons major conflicts of interest are so rife in the public health world is that many universities and medical centers do not have rigorous conflict-of-interest policies, nor do they impress upon future doctors and health professionals the importance of navigating potential conflicts. Faculty members, staff, students, residents, trainees, and fellows should not accept any gifts or meals from industry. Faculty should be required to disclose to their institutions any industry relationships. Faculty should not accept industry funding for speaking engagements. Continuing medical education courses should not be supported by an industry. Faculty, students, and trainees should not attend promotional or educational events paid for by an industry. Pharmaceutical sales representatives should not be allowed access to any faculty, students, or trainees in academic medical centers or affiliated entities. Conflict-of-interest education should be required for all medical students, residents, clinical fellows, and teaching faculty. Be a healthy skeptic and remember to follow the money. Get your information from independent nonprofits, public advocacy groups, and academic institutions. We need to quickly and radically change the way we grow food and eat food. But our systems and policies make it hard for farmers and consumers to do the right thing. Farmers growing healthy food, using sustainable, organic, or regenerative methods often impoverish themselves to grow food for the rich, while conventional corporate farmers supported by government get rich growing toxic food for the poor. This must change and is changing. It turns out that regenerative agriculture is more profitable when done at scale and produces higher yields and better-quality food, even when used to grow commodity crops (soy, corn, wheat), all while reversing climate change, conserving water, and increasing biodiversity. Regenerative farmers say they are in the redemption business – healing land, food, economy, and culture. Regenerative agriculture is the solution. This simple concept is relatively new but is based on ancient principles to restore and enhance natural systems. It goes beyond organic by laying out the principles for building healthy soil, enhancing biodiversity, and reducing toxic outside inputs. Regenerative agriculture on farms, grasslands, and rangelands is the most powerful force for fixing much of what’s wrong with agriculture while producing more and better food. And the practice can be adapted across diverse and global environments. Regenerative agriculture is a system of farming principles and practices that increases biodiversity, enriches soils, improves watersheds, and enhances ecosystem services. Regenerative agriculture aims to capture carbon in soil and above-ground biomass, reversing current global trends of atmospheric accumulation. It offers increased yields, more nutrient-dense foods, resilience to climate instability, and improved health and vitality for farming and ranching communities and consumers. The system draws from decades of scientific and applied research by the global communities of organic farming, agroecology, holistic management, and agroforestry. That means using no-till methods that don’t disturb the ground, cover crops to protect the soil, crop rotations that keep pests and weeds naturally under control, and the use of livestock in managed holistic grazing that plays a critical role in stimulating plant growth, root structures, and soil fertility by adding manure, saliva, and urine. According to a 2019 United Nations report, only $300 billion invested in regenerative agriculture would be enough to restore nearly half of the 2 billion hectares of degraded land in the world, build soil, and slow down climate change enough to give us more than 20 years to innovate climate-change solutions. That is the total global military spending in just 60 days, or less than one tenth the annual cost of obesity and diabetes in the United States. Elon Musk could single handedly make this investment today and still be worth a $100 billion. We have lost a third of our topsoil – which took billions of years to create – in the last 150 years. The United Nations projects that in 60 years we may completely use up all of our topsoil, making it almost impossible to grow food. Soil erosion and loss of carbon in the soil lead to the massive problem of desertification – the decline of farmland and rangeland into deserts. There is a difference between dirt and soil. Dirt is lifeless and dead, and cannot hold water or carbon. Dirt contains very few microorganisms, fungi, or worms, all of which are needed to extract nutrients from the soil to feed the plants. So, dirt requires massive inputs of fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides, and water irrigation just to grow our food. This further ruins our soil, increases droughts and floods, and contaminants our food. This is our new normal in much of the world. Healthy soil, on the other hand, is alive, teeming with microbes. Soil can hold immense amounts of water, protecting against droughts and floods. Soil is the biggest carbon sink on the planet, thus can do more to reverse climate change than all the rain forests combined. Restoring all of our dirt on the planet to soil could completely draw down carbon in the environment to preindustrial levels. Healthy soil reduces or eliminates the need for pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers. Over the last hundred years, vitamin and mineral levels in our food have dropped dramatically, which has serious health consequences. Healthy soil extracts nutrients from the earth, making them available to plants, animals, and humans. Farmworkers and food industry workers are underpaid and exploited. They face high risk of injury and harm from agricultural chemicals, particularly pesticide poisoning. Farmworkers die at 9.5 times the rate of other workers. Most aren’t protected by minimum wage or overtime pay requirements. Many farmworkers live below the poverty line and have no health care. The truth is that the food system disproportionately affects the poor, immigrants, and people of colour who actually work in the food system. The herbicides and pesticides that farmers use on their crops are neurotoxins, carcinogens, and hormone disruptors. The government agencies that should be regulating these chemicals for human safety are not doing their job. While these chemical inputs damage human health, they also disrupt natural ecosystems, deplete the diversity of life in the soil, threaten the loss of most of the plant and animal species we have consumed for millennia, and severely affect pollinators, like honeybees and butterflies, that we depend on for agricultural crops. But the loss of biodiversity, the result of industrial agriculture, is a much bigger problem that threatens global food security. Not only are we threatening insects essential for agricultural production but we are also losing varieties of plant foods and animals at an alarming rate. According to the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization, more than 90 percent of plant varieties and half of livestock varieties have been lost to farmers and the world. Most of our food comes from just twelve plant varieties and five animal species, threatening our food security. Thirty percent of livestock breeds are facing extinction, and six breeds become extinct each month. Just three crops (wheat, corn, rice) account for 60 percent of our food. This occurred because of the centralization of seed production (farmers can’t even collect, store, or breed their own plants) by corporations such as Monsanto (now Bayer) as part of the “improvement” of agriculture promoted globally through the Green Revolution and the industrialization of agriculture. Most farmers no longer grow local, resilient, genetically diverse and nutrient-dense varieties. They use only genetically modified organisms (GMO) that require intensive use of fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides – further destroying the organic matter and biodiversity of the soil that results in less nutrient-dense plants, and increased need for irrigation, chemicals, and fertilizer. In all ecosystems, complexity is health; simplicity makes system vulnerable. GMO crops were sold to us with great promise: the technology was supposed to make crops immune to weeds and pests, leading to an abundance of foods that would solve the problem of world hunger. We were told that GMO crops would require fewer pesticides and herbicides and produce higher yields. But none of that is true. There is no benefit to crop yields. They’ve actually fuelled the spread of herbicide-resistant superweeds that requires farmers to increase use of herbicides, like Monsanto’s Roundup, the most widely used herbicide in the world and a known carcinogen. These toxins leach into the ground, contaminate rivers and streams, and taint our food supply. GMO plants are the most pesticide and herbicide laden crops – and shockingly, an estimated three-quarters of the food in our supermarkets contain them. Over sixty-four countries have laws mandating GMO labeling to protect our choice from this toxic system. Most people don’t take the time to read the ingredients list on their food, which are usually hidden on the back of packages and written in fine print with ingredients that they cannot pronounce and have never heard of. The “nutrition facts” panel is even more confusing. Most people don’t know what a “percent daily value is” or whether the serving sizes listed are realistic (they are not). This is a prime example of how regulatory bodies are failing the public. Labels are allowed to be deliberately misleading and confusing, which serves the interests of Big Food, rather than consumers. For example, investigations show that companies often use five different sugars in their products so they don’t have to show sugar as the dominant ingredient in the list. One of the responsibilities of food regulatory bodies is to ensure safety of the food supply, however, they are paid to allow toxic food additives in our food by Big Food companies. The most striking example of this is trans fats, a man-made additive that persisted in the food supply for 50 years after it was proven to be harmful and known to cause millions of heart attacks. The food industry manipulated the science and lobbied against regulations, but the public health communities banded together and worked hard to outlaw trans fats from the food supply, and mostly succeeded. In light of this, recommendations include: using the stoplight system on labels (green for good, yellow for neutral, red for bad), listing ingredients by their percentages on labels, restricting false health claims on packages, and strengthening regulation of chemical food additives and GMO crops. National disjointed food policies and corrupt corporations are driving a disease-creating economy, and most people have no idea. Government food policies largely work in silos: food system, health care, education, national debt, and government spending. They rarely coordinate with one another to achieve a common goal, which makes their policies confused and conflicted, often directly contradicting each other. Right now, government food and agriculture policies undermine public health, create chronic disease and mental illness, harm the environment, and increase private profits. Big Food and Big Ag profit from disease and environmental malfeasance, and then stick the taxpayer with the bill. They lobby government to block policies that hurt their bottom line and improve health, and promote policies that make them money and create disease. Food corporations, like all insidious corporations, have a fiduciary duty to maximize their shareholders’ profits, and they pursue this mission zealously, regardless of whether the outcomes are harmful to society and the environment or not. The good news is that due to grassroots efforts, and the undeniability of the harm our food system causes to human health, our environment, and our climate, many conscious food and agriculture companies are now focusing on solutions, including healthy product development and regenerative agriculture. Overall diet quality, high sugar loads, and rampant nutritional deficiencies (including omega-3 fats, magnesium, vitamin D, and B vitamins) all drive mental illness. The cost of mental illness related to the toxic food system with regards to economic burden is far greater than the costs of chronic disease. It may not lead to the same death rates as chronic disease, but mental illness related to toxic food contributes to more disability and lost hours of production. Studies show that adults with many types of mental health issues and children with ADHD have very low levels of antioxidants. Iron deficiency is common, leading to lower dopamine function and impaired concentration. Vitamin and mineral deficiencies including B vitamins, iodine, zinc, and vitamin E are linked to diminished cognitive abilities and poor concentration. Mental health issues are starting earlier and earlier. The negative cognitive and behavioural effects of sugar on children is well documented. We are literally destroying the intellectual capital of our youth, with broad consequences for our whole society: less productive citizens who are more likely to earn less, suffer more, get sick earlier in life, and be incarcerated. The good news is that interventional studies have shown that treatment of mental illness with diet works well (especially since most medications for mental illness don’t work that well, despite being the second largest category of drugs sold). The food we eat modulates all our biology, including our brain function. Food affects our hormones, brain chemistry, nutrient status, and other chemical and biological functions. What we eat affects our thinking, mood, and behaviour. Food has been linked to changes in behaviour and violence. Research shows that junk food makes kids act violently – bullying and fighting – and suffer more psychiatric distress, including worry, depression, confusion, insomnia, anxiety, aggression, and feelings of worthlessness, as well as more incidences of suicide and homicide. While not all mental illness is caused by food, poor nutrition can worsen mental health conditions. Solving this problem is complex and requires addressing poverty, inequities, trauma, violence, and more. If you suffer from a mental health issue, get help from a functional medicine or integrative practitioner to address the dietary needs that will improve the health of your brain. A lot of research exists on nutritional psychiatry, but more is needed in order to provide additional evidence for practitioners on how to treat the root causes of mental illness, not just the symptoms. Medical education must be reformed so doctors can apply nutritional psychiatry and food-as-medicine with their patients. Obesity, chronic disease, and mental illness are no longer just first-world problems. As sales of processed food are going down in North America and Europe, they are dramatically rising in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. This is not an accident. It is by design. The globalization of processed industrial food has allowed Big Food and Big Ag to flood the world with their disease-causing products. All around the world, giant food companies are transforming the local diets, uprooting the healthy traditional foods that people have eaten for centuries and replacing them with ultraprocessed pseudo-foods. Food industry marketing in these emerging markets is clever, manipulative, and insidious. In the Western world, fast food is associated with low socioeconomic status. But in poorer countries, fast food companies market their brands as “aspirational” – a symbol of wealth and high status. The current food and agriculture monopoly sees change as a financial threat. But innovations and consumer and market pressures, especially the millennials’ demand for brand integrity, sustainability, and health promotion, are driving very rapid innovations in the food and agriculture sectors. In the last 50 years, the United States has gone from spending 5 percent of their gross domestic product on health care to spending almost 20 percent, in direct correlation to the increase in toxic processed food causing chronic disease and mental illness. Most people are motivated to buy the most cost-effective food, and in most countries, those happen to be the foods that are the least healthy, the most dangerous. That’s why fiscal policies can help us alleviate the burden of the big killers: heart disease, obesity, diabetes, and cancer. People are price sensitive and weary of purchasing toxic products taxed by the government due to health risks. The government has a social responsibility to protect its citizens. It is completely failing to do so despite the shocking amount of evidence at their doorstep. Taxing toxic products, like junk food, works. Combined with incentives for healthy food or innovations in market-based and tax-code incentives, it is a proven way to boost public health outcomes and reduce health care costs. Tobacco taxes were enormously successful. Tobacco was once the leading cause of preventable death. But today that distinction goes to poor diets. Just as tobacco taxes drove down smoking rates, resulting in remarkable public health improvements, taxes on soda and processed food can help drive down obesity, chronic disease, and mental illness. However, everywhere a soda and processed food tax has been proposed, Big Food has spent billions of dollars to lobby against it. The industry wouldn’t spend that kind of money if they didn’t think junk food taxes would take a big chunk out of their profits. Looking at global health through an economic lens, countries could derive tremendous returns by investing in health, making junk food taxes one of the best financial investments. Every government should institute a junk food tax of some kind. Sugary drinks represent the largest source of added sugars in the modern diet, and they have a disproportionate impact on obesity, diabetes, heart disease, and mental illness. So, a sugary beverage tax is a good place to start. The revenue that such taxes bring should be mandated to be used to pay for important public services, like pre-kindergarten and after-school programs, and other community benefits, so it is not just used to cover budget shortfalls. Soda taxes are the low-hanging fruit for policymakers who understand that we have to do something about out-of-control health care costs and chronic disease outcomes. A tiered soda tax is recommended. This is where drinks with low amounts of added sugar are taxed the least, and those with high amounts of added sugar are taxed the most. Studies show that a tiered soda tax is best because it incentivizes companies to avoid the highest tax rates by reformulating their products so that they contain less added sugar. They prompt companies to make positive changes and work best for consumer choice. One counter point for soda and junk food taxes is that they are regressive: the poor pay a higher share of their income on them. But the poor also suffer a larger share of the adverse health consequences. If those taxes on bad food are combined with incentives and price reductions on healthy foods, and the appropriate marketing to reinforce that, it will offset the regressive potential and benefit everyone. Furthermore, investment in social programs and support for education in poor communities would enhance the effects of this change for very little investment. For example, the money received from taxing soda can be directly invested into providing communities with community-based drinking water fountains so they do not have to pay jacked up prices on bottled water that is too acidic and environmentally destructive. The president of Coca Cola International told a group of investors in 2014: “There’s 600 million teenagers who have not had a Coke in the last week. So, the opportunity for that is huge.” With data showing that soda kills and that sugar is addictive, this thinking is immoral and unethical. Having Coca Cola and other junk food in hospitals is simply sick. So many of the people in there are dying from these toxic food products and yet we continue to supply it to them in our hospitals. We need to create soda and junk food free zones. For example, schools, medical institutions, offices, and community centers where these toxic food products are not available, but free clean drinking water and affordable healthy foods are. We may not fully grasp the impact of our food choices and the food system on the people who actually grow, pick, transport, and serve our food – the farmers and farmworkers, meat-packers, truckers, restaurant workers, and retailers. Farmworkers rarely make a living wage and are subjected to harsh working and living conditions, including modern forms of slavery, sexual harassment, abuse, frequent injury, repetitive fast paced motions causing carpel tunnel, lack of health care, denial of bathroom breaks and forced to wear diapers, and exposure to toxic agricultural chemicals. Often through threats of violence and intimidation, workers are forced to work long hours against their will, perpetuating harsh, unfair, dangerous, and often illegal working conditions. In the restaurant industry, servers typically make minimum wage. Female workers often have to accept sexual harassment so they can feed their families on tips. Grassroots efforts have attempted to seek better compensation and fair employment conditions in the food industry, however, this is met with strong resistance. Restaurant and food retailers must value fair working conditions and pressure growers to adhere to basic tenets for workers’ rights: no forced labour, child labour, or violence; at least minimum wage for all employees; pay workers for all their work; no sexual harassment or abuse; freedom to report mistreatment or unsafe working conditions; access to shade, clean drinking water, and bathrooms while working; time to rest to prevent exhaustion and heat stroke; permission to leave the fields when there is lightening, pesticide spraying, or other dangerous conditions; and transportation to work in safe vehicles. These rights must be enforced through worker-to-worker education, audits, transparency, complaint resolution, and market-based enforcement. They must support fairtrade and organic products, and support advocacy groups ensuring safe and fair working conditions. The majority of antibiotics aren’t prescribed by doctors for sick people, they are force fed to livestock on factory farms to reduce the spread of nasty infections caused by overcrowding in poor conditions in concentrated animal feeding operations. For the food industry, a positive side effect of force feeding animals with antibiotics, as well as hormones, is that it accelerates their growth, making them bigger and fatter with less food so they are more profitable. The spread of antibiotic-resistant diseases is a global threat. Two major factors contribute to this. One is the misuse of antibiotics in hospital settings and doctors’ offices, where the antibiotics are overprescribed, often for viral infections where they are useless. The other is the excessive use of antibiotics in food animal production. The antibiotics reduce the infection rate in farm animals in factory farms, but a small number of bacteria survive and then mutate into drug-resistant bacteria that we consume. These antibiotic-resistant bacteria also get into the environment where they spread to fruits, vegetables, or other produce that are irrigated with contaminated water or fertilizers, which we eventually consume. Farmworkers can be infected while handling animals and manure and then pass the superbugs on to other people. Manure and urine slurries containing antibiotics are often spread on fields, killing the microorganisms in the soil and contaminating the plants. Antibiotic-resistant bacteria can even be spread throughout nearby communities by the wind. Despite the threat to public health and the environment, this is all ignored by food regulatory bodies. This is not surprising due to the revolving door between regulatory bodies and the food industry, as well as heavy lobbying. Many advocacy organizations and even the World Health Organization has called on the agricultural industry to stop giving antibiotics to healthy animals. They also suggest that factory farms stop using antibiotics that are especially valuable for human medicine, bring in qualified not corrupt veterinarians, promote and apply safe farming practices, improve biosecurity on farms, reduce the need for antibiotics altogether by adopting new technologies, and track the misuse of antibiotics. There is one place that nearly everything that matters in the world today converges: our food and our food system – the complex web of how we grow food, how we produce, distribute, and promote it; what we eat, what we waste, and the policies that perpetuate unimaginable suffering and destruction across the globe that deplete our human, social, economic, and natural capital. Food is the nexus of most of our world’s health, economic, environmental, climate, social, and political crises. Climate refugees are displaced by natural disasters and extreme weather. The United Nations projections estimate that by 2050 there will be 200 million to 1 billion climate refugees. Vulnerable populations around the world are exposed to weather extremes, increased infectious disease, and threats to their food security. This is clearly not all about our food system, as other factors also drive climate change, but since our food system is the biggest contributor, if we fix it, it would be the single biggest solution. Even worse, ultraprocessed foods (corn, soy, wheat) are turned into sugars, refined oils, and starch that are the building blocks of processed food, which is made into every size, colour, and shape of extruded food-like substance but is essentially the same garbage. Those who consume the most of those ultraprocessed food-like substances, the staple building blocks of industrial food, which are processed into white flour, high-fructose corn syrup, and refined soybean oil, are the sickest. They have higher body weight, more dangerous belly fat, worse cholesterol and blood sugar, and die sooner. For the first time in human history, the life expectancy in the United States is on the decline for 3 years in a row. The current food system is eroding advances made in health care and sanitation over the last century. Children born today are expected to live shorter, sicker lives than their parents. The average child born today will live five few years less than their parents, and if they are poor or socially disadvantaged, they will live 10 to 20 fewer years than their parents. These trends have been increasing year after year. This is not okay. Some of this decline, however, may be due to the opioid epidemic, drug overdoses, suicide, and mental health disorders. There has been talk of declaring a national emergency in the United States to stem the deaths from opioid overdose. It’s time to do the same to address deaths related to poor diet. Innovators and parents around the country are trying to create new ways to feed hungry kids in schools who are destined to repeat the vicious cycle of poverty and disease from which they were raised. Studies show that simply feeding children real food from nature, and providing them with a safe and supportive environment changes the trajectory of their lives. It’s the access to real food that is essential for brain development, cognitive function, and emotional health that makes the biggest difference. These kinds of programs need to be expanded and taken up as standard for all public and private school systems, and local and federal policy. Real food from nature must be a right for all children. The legacy of not doing this for all children is a lifetime struggle with obesity, disease, poverty, violence, impaired cognitive development, and learning and mood disorders. Taking a step back, looking at the problem holistically, as one system out of balance, will help us reimagine the world we want, the world we can create by addressing the overall dysfunction in our food system. This affects every single one of us and is the defining problem of our time. The actions required for the solution require individual awareness, collective action, business innovation, grassroots efforts, political will, changes in legislation, and regulation of and limits to corporate actions that allow abuses that perpetuate the current system. Defining the problem is the start of hope, of understanding the roots of the challenges that face us as a society and as a global community. For many, the link between what we eat and its effect on the planet seems distant. But each of us should know the food web we live in. We can no longer be complacent in the anonymity of our food. Learning what we have done to create these problems and what we have to do to solve them is essential to our collective future. The famous quote by Margaret Mead comes to mind: “Never doubt that a small group of thoughtful, committed citizens can change the world: indeed, it’s the only thing that ever has.” In my experience, during dental school, I learned almost nothing about nutrition as part of the curriculum. I had to study on my own. During my dental training, I was involved in a global health program to learn about the big picture, including structural problems and solutions. This book is an inspiration to me as it provides a healthy introduction to the interconnectedness of food, health, and systems. While living and working in rural Newfoundland after dental school, I struggled with access to fresh whole foods from nature, and eventually developed leaky gut syndrome. I relied on over-the-counter medications to manage my symptoms. Disgusted with this approach, I connected with Mary Beth at Inspire Health Coaching who guided me through a cleanse that addressed the food-related inflammation in my body. It involved me removing the inflammatory foods from my diet, and integrating anti-inflammatory supplements and intense probiotics to replace the bad bacteria with helpful bacteria. I drove a couple of hours in the snow to the nearest town with a proper grocery store to stock up on whatever fresh foods were available. After a few weeks, I noticed profound changes, stop taking medications, and have not looked back since. Truly, food is medicine. But it is also disease. We have a choice, and we should use it wisely.

Good Energy: The Surprising Connection Between Metabolism and Limitless Health

Dr. Casey Means

Through the lens of functional medicine, Dr. Means provides us with a comprehensive look at healing holistically by addressing root causes and offering practical advice that each one of us can apply.

Dr. Casey Means, nearly completing a surgical residency in otolaryngology, “exited prestigious institutions in pursuit of better medicine in the quest of learning to help patients actually heal rather than be managed”. Now, as a functional medicine physician, she focuses on evidence-based nutritional and lifestyle changes, and overall cellular and metabolic support to reduce inflammation, which transforms stubborn problems like type 2 diabetes, obesity, depression, chronic pain, sinus infections, migraines, hearing loss, autoimmune conditions, infertility, chronic fatigue, metabolic dysfunction in children, stroke, dementia, heart disease, respiratory disease, arthritis, and complications with COVID-19, often reducing or eliminating medications. “The modern medical system has systematically, overwhelmingly, and unequivocally let us down in preventing and reversing chronic disease.” Our cells need to metabolize food into energy to do their jobs of keeping us nourished, clear-minded, emotionally-regulated, hormonally-balanced, immune-protected, heart-healthy, and structurally sound, thus energy determines our mental and physical health. The metabolic processes that run our bodies evolved over hundreds of thousands of years in a synergistic relationship with the environment around us. But those environmental conditions have profoundly and rapidly changed in recent decades; for example, our diet, movement and sleep patterns, our stress levels, and exposure to nonnatural chemicals. The reality is that every institution that impacts health – from medical schools to insurance companies to hospitals to pharmaceutical companies – makes money on managing disease, not curing patients. We are locked into a reductionist, fragmented view of the body that breaks us into dozens of separate parts; however, the body is an interconnected entity that is constantly regenerating and exchanging energy and matter with the external environment every time we eat, breathe, and bask in sunlight. Cells require good energy – ATP generated in the mitochondria of cells – to make proteins that function as the structural, mechanical, and signalling workhorses of the cell. Cells use ATP to repair, regulate and replicate DNA; for cell signalling through hormones, neurotransmitters and electrical impulses; for transport by packaging, labelling and shipping molecules with incredible precision; for homeostasis of pH, salinity, and temperature; for creating gradients of charged molecules that can generate electrical impulses; for cell waste cleanup; and for metabolism to produce energy itself. The environment damages our mitochondria by chronic overnutrition, micronutrient deficiencies, gut microbiome issues, sedentary lifestyle, chronic stress, environmental toxins and pollutants, artificial light and circadian rhythm disruption, sleep deprivation, thermoneutrality (constant ambient temperature), and medications and drugs. With the mitochondria not working properly, the conversion of fats and glucose to ATP becomes impaired, and these raw materials are stored as damaging fats inside the cell. Any cell that is not a fat cell that is filled with fats is a big problem because it blocks normal cell activity; for example, impairing insulin signaling required to regulate blood sugar levels. The trifecta of dysfunction inside our bodies that generates bad energy and leads to our health care epidemic involves mitochondrial dysfunction, chronic inflammation, and oxidative stress. Mitochondrial dysfunction means less ATP produced, more fat in cells, and cell activity blocked. Chronic inflammation can result as an immune response to mitochondrial dysfunction and low cellular energy that contributes to a range of chronic diseases. Oxidative stress results from a backup of cellular waste, namely free radicals, that damage cells leading to cellular dysfunction. Chronic overnutrition, which means simply eating too much food, has consequences for the body and the mind. Eating too much can be caused by ultra-processed foods, which are engineered to be addictive and to trigger hunger and cravings without providing an adequate nutritional profile of needed micronutrients, while providing excess fats, sugar, and carbohydrates. Too much of the wrong nutrition backs up cellular waste and inhibits cellular activity causing systems to eventually break down. Free radicals are a natural byproduct of metabolism that can cause cell damage if not neutralized by antioxidants. Too much nutrition increases free radical production in excess of antioxidant production, creating oxidative stress that damages cellular mechanisms. Micronutrient deficiencies are a lack of vitamins and minerals that needed for cellular processes. People are commonly deficient in vitamin D, iron, CoQ10, selenium, magnesium, zinc, and several B vitamins. With appropriate micronutrients, the cells do not have the available materials to carry out their cellular processes, which causes cellular metabolic issues and therefore overall metabolic diseases. Micronutrient deficiencies are most commonly caused by eating a diet of processed foods that are high in calories in the form of fats, sugar, and carbohydrates, but deficient in micronutrients. Most foods that are processed are also highly inflammatory and increase gut inflammation, which compromises absorption of the few micronutrients that are available in processed foods. Most people are not eating enough diversity in their diet, especially fruits and vegetables. This lack of diversity prevents people from getting the full range of micronutrients they need. For those eating real food from nature, modern industrialized farming has severely depleted our soil of microbes and nutrients that are needed to grow micronutrient-rich food. This is because of heavy pesticide and herbicide use, tilling, and other environmentally destructive farming practices. The result is micronutrient-deficient fruits and vegetables that look good but are lacking the micronutrients these foods contained just decades ago. Gut microbiome issues are increasingly common due to our processed food diet. A healthy, flourishing gut microbiome, fed with microbiome-supportive foods and free of microbiome-harming chemicals, produces thousands of “post-biotic” chemicals that travel from our gut into the rest of our bodies, and act as important signaling molecules, some of which directly affect the mitochondria in our cells. Post-biotic molecules, such as short-chain fatty acids, are essential for the proper functioning of mitochondria and protect mitochondria against oxidative stress. When microbiome imbalance (dysbiosis) takes hold, the production of these helpful chemicals gets derailed, depriving mitochondria of this signaling and support. Dysbiosis can be triggered by excess refined sugar and processed foods, but also by pesticides, medications like nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications (NSAIDS, like Advil), antibiotics, chronic stress, lack of sleep, alcohol consumption, physical inactivity, smoking, and infections. An unhealthy gut microbiome leads to poor signaling to the brain that affects our mental health. For example, bacteria in the gut produce serotonin which acts on the brain to help us feel happy. In fact, the gut bacteria produce 90-95% of our serotonin. Because of this, a poor microbiome from a poor diet can cause depression and other mental health issues. Our increasingly sedentary lifestyle is destroying our bodies and our minds. A lack of physical activity leads to decreased mitochondrial function, and a reduction in number and size of mitochondria. Movement stimulates energy production from mitochondria, as well as antioxidant production, which protects mitochondria from oxidative stress caused by free radical production. Exercise releases feel-good endorphins that enhance mood, reduce pain, and relieve stress – providing us with feelings of pleasure and overall wellbeing. Our mind and body functions best when movement is a regular, consistent part of our lives, not just a task to be performed in an hour or two. Until very recently, continual movement was essential for daily survival: hunting, gathering, and traveling long distances on foot. We now sit or lie down virtually all the time. People who live the longest (in the blue zones) include movement as a natural part of daily life, not a targeted activity. Chronic stress is caused by an overactive sympathetic nervous system that is constantly releasing stress chemicals. Stress can come from our outer environment – work, family, friends, school, life events, and trauma – as well as our inner environment – thoughts, feelings, and ill health. Stress activates the steroid hormone cortisol that directly damages mitochondria and inhibits the expression of genes involved in producing new mitochondria, therefore resulting in less mitochondria and less energy production. Excess cortisol promotes increased free radicals, in part by inhibiting the production of antioxidants, resulting in oxidative stress. Environmental toxins and pollutants are everywhere now. Industrial modernity has taken away our opportunity to live in a nontoxic world that protects our cells from being overburdened and damaged. Approximately eighty-thousand synthetic chemicals are now used by industry – polluting our air, water, soil, food, and homes with substances that interact with our cells, many in ways that are either known to be harmful to our cells by directly impairing neurotransmitters, the microbiome, mitochondria, our genetics, and our hormones, or have unknown effects. Synthetic chemicals in our food, water, air, soil and consumer products include: polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) for industry; phthalates in plastics and scented products; perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFASs) in nonstick cookware, food packaging, and many other products; bisphenol A (BPA) in plastics, resins, dioxins, and others; heavy metals, such as lead, mercury, and cadmium; cigarette smoke (cyanide, aldehyde, benzene) that impairs mitochondrial function, mutates mitochondrial DNA, and causes mitochondrial structural changes; harmful vaping chemicals; and alcohol, which changes mitochondrial shape and function, damages mitochondrial DNA, generates oxidative stress, and impairs generation of new mitochondria. These toxins and pollutants are poorly regulated, and poisoning our population. The government allows this due to lobbying from industry. Artificial blue light disrupts our circadian rhythm required for timing healthy sleep patterns. Artificial blue light from devices with screens contribute to mitochondrial dysfunction, as well as when used at unnatural times, such as before bed, and can impact circadian rhythm required for healthy sleep timing by delaying melatonin release that initiates sleep. Compounding this, we now spend little time outdoors, depriving ourselves of viewing direct sunlight early in the morning, which is one of the best signals we can give our brains to reinforce our natural circadian rhythms. Sleep deprivation is a silent epidemic in our society. Metabolically, a lack of quality and quantity of sleep leads to hormonal imbalances; including altered cortisol, insulin, growth hormone, and melatonin levels, all of which interact with the mitochondria. Disruption in these hormones leads to issues with signalling the mitochondria, thus issues with creating good energy needed for optimal functioning. Sleep deprivation disrupts gene expression for new mitochondria, and increases free radicals by activating cellular machinery that makes free radicals and by inhibiting the production of antioxidants. This creates oxidative stress without protection. Sleep deprivation also prevents the proper resolution of inflammation, thus contributing to chronic inflammation. Thermoneutrality (consistent ambient temperature) is now available to most people who can afford it in their homes and indoor workplaces. Cold stimulates the body to generate warmth by increasing mitochondrial activity, and stimulating more ATP generation and use. Heat exposure activates heat shock proteins within cells, which protect mitochondria from damage, help to optimize function, and stimulate production of new mitochondria. A constant ambient temperature deprives us of these benefits. Medications and drugs are at an all-time high in our society. Doctors prescribe medications to cover up symptoms without addressing root causes or thinking about the consequences these medications have on their patients and society. Pharmaceutical companies create drugs for profit at the expense of our health. Antibiotics, antiretrovirals, chemotherapy drugs, statins, beta-blockers, and calcium channel blockers inhibit mitochondrial function, as well as alcohol, cocaine, methamphetamines, heroin, and ketamine. With dysfunctional mitochondria we are at risk of metabolic syndromes and numerous other related health consequences, and are not told this by our prescribing physicians. Why are we waiting for people to get sick then writing prescriptions and performing procedures that don’t reverse the underlying reasons they’re sick? Because it generates massive revenue for the health care industry. Dr. Means exposes: “The truth: we should consider listening to the medical system if we have an acute issue like a life-threatening infection or broken bone. But when it comes to the chronic conditions that plague our lives, we should question almost every institution regarding nutrition or chronic disease advice. All you need to do is follow the money and incentives.” This is corruption in our health care system that is neglected by government and mainstream media because they also benefit from maintaining the status quo. Dr. Means warns: “Your doctor also likely doesn’t understand the role they play in this medical industrial billing complex or the economic and political puppet strings controlling their educational curriculum, the research literature around nutrition, and their decision-making.” Pharmaceutical companies and processed food companies, through lobbying, have influenced virtually every piece of health care legislation and guidelines; however, a bottoms-up revolution is happening where patients are better equipped today to take charge of their own metabolic health. We are living in an exciting time where we have the potential to live the longest, healthiest lives in human history, but this will require optimization. We are each the primary person in charge of understanding our own body. The body can heal itself, we just need to create the right conditions in which it can do so optimally. With help from a functional medicine physician, we can carefully monitor triglycerides, high-density lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol, fasting glucose, fasting insulin, blood pressure, waist circumference, triglyceride-to-HDL ratio, high-sensitivity CRP, hemoglobin A1c, uric acid, liver enzymes, and vitamin D. We can now use wearables. These include continuous glucose monitoring, sleep trackers, step trackers, and heart rate and heart rate variability monitors. We can also use nutrition apps and food journals. With these biometrics, we can begin to take charge of our own health. First, we must understand the basics. To optimize our biomarkers, we need to stop falling into traps of dietary philosophies and start breaking food into its individual parts and analyzing whether those parts are good or bad for our cells. Food is nothing more than a set of molecular components, and whether those components meet our cells’ needs largely determines our health. Bodies, neurotransmitters, hormones, nerves, and mitochondria are all made, exclusively and necessarily, from what you (or your mom) put in your (or their) mouth; we don’t arise from thin air, we arise from food and air. Our genes don’t determine most health outcomes. What we eat and how we live impact our gene expression and cellular biology, determining our health outcomes. This is epigenetics. Our microbiome is the trillions of bacteria cells living inside and outside of us. A big part of the purpose of eating is to feed these bacteria cells inside so that they serve us by converting the food we eat into various chemicals that control our thoughts, emotions, and bodies. Mistreat or misfeed the microbiome, and our lives will suffer: depression, obesity, autoimmune disease, cancer, sleep disturbances, and more. Fiber, probiotic-rich foods, and polyphenol-rich plants all feed and support microbiome health, allowing for a robust gut lining (which minimizes chronic inflammation) and for the microbiome to generate metabolism-supporting chemicals and neurotransmitters – like transforming food into medicine. We are eating ourselves into a state of bad energy because the food we eat is tapping into addictive pathways and inflammatory processes, rather than meeting our needs. Ultra-processed food intake drives hunger, weight gain and overeating. Unprocessed, clean, whole natural, nutrient-dense food from healthy soil give cells what they need to function and cue satiety mechanisms so we don’t overeat, keeping us energized and symptom-free with optimal biomarkers. Ideally, every meal should include micronutrients, antioxidants, omega-3 fatty acids, fiber, fermented foods, and protein. It is essential to avoid any processed food with refined vegetable or seed oil, refined grains (especially wheat), dairy, sugar, or any ingredient that is not an obviously recognizable food, such as the excess of food additives that poison our food. The majority of our plate should be fruits, vegetables, legumes, nuts, and seeds, with sustainable protein and occasional noninflammatory grains (like quinoa). Produce should be organic to avoid the chemicals that contaminate our food and our health. Meat should be grass-fed, hormone-free, and antibiotic-free to avoid the health risks associated with this. Fish is an excellent source of protein and omega-3 fatty acids, but should be wild-caught. Food with the highest levels of antioxidants or polyphenols include: Almonds Allspice, dried Amla berries, dried Apples Artichokes Asparagus Bay leaves, dried Basil, dried Black beans Black chokeberries Black elderberries Black pepper, dried Blackberries Black tea Blueberries Broccoli Capers Caraway seeds, dried Cayenne pepper, dried Cherries Chives, dried Chili, dried Cinnamon bark, dried Clove, dried Cocoa powder Coffee beans Cumin, dried Curry powder Dandelion leaves, dried Dark chocolate Dill, fresh or dried Fennel leaves, dried Fennel seeds, dried Ginger, fresh or dried Green mint, dried Green olives, with stone Green tea Hazelnut Kalamata olives, with stone Lavender, dried Mustard seed, dried Nutmeg, dried Oregano, fresh or dried Paprika, dried Peaches Pecans Peppermint, dried Pistachios Plums Pomegranate, whole Red lettuce Red onion Rose flower, dried Rosemary, fresh or dried Saffron, dried Shallots Spinach Strawberries Tempeh Thyme, dried Turmeric, dried Vanilla seeds Walnuts White beans Wild marjoram leaves, dried Industrially extracted vegetable and seed oils – like canola, sunflower, safflower, soybean, grapeseed, corn – are harmful due to their concentrated omega-6 content, which causes inflammation. Some of the concentrated proteins in modern grains can contribute to leaky gut, regardless of whether we have a strong sensitivity, and most grains in North America are covered in toxic pesticides. Wheat is the most common grain consumed and one of the most inflammatory. Refined sugar spikes blood glucose and thus insulin levels creating metabolic instability and disease, including mental illness. Dairy is inflammatory and typically comes from cows who are pumped full of hormones and antibiotics, which contaminates the milk and causes numerous health issues. Many of the additives in North American ultra-processed foods are outlawed in other countries because they are toxic to our health. All of this is allowed by regulatory bodies due to industry lobbying. The problem goes a bit deeper. Those that profit from making toxic food also profit from selling us health care for the chronic diseases that they cause. This is analogous to a glass repair shop paying people to go around breaking windows so that they profit from fixing the broken windows. This is corruption that is left out of the mainstream media because the mainstream media is part of the corrupt system that aims to control people by keeping them sick and ignorant. This is by design at a high level. To understand this, all you have to do is follow the money. Our roughly thirty-seven trillion cells can contain a thousand or more mitochondria, each with innumerable proteins that require adequate levels of specific micronutrients to function correctly. These vitamins, minerals, trace metals, and antioxidants are crucial links in chain reactions that regulate every part of our body’s metabolism. Omega-3 fatty acids are key elements of cell structure, inflammatory pathways, metabolic pathways, and arterial elasticity. Getting enough Omega-3 fatty acids limits the impact of omega-6 fatty acids, that, in excess, contribute to inflammation. The standard Western diet contains a ratio of as much as 20:1 omega-6s to omega-3s when it should be closer to 1:1 – this is a recipe for chronic inflammation and disease. Fiber is a type of carbohydrate found in plants that is not fully broken down by the body and therefore does not get converted to glucose in the bloodstream, but rather is fermented by the gut microbiome and absorbed though the gut to regulate metabolism, improve insulin and glucose levels, regulate hunger and appetite, promote anti-inflammatory effects, protect the gut’s lining and mucus membranes, and slow digestion, which increases absorption of micronutrients. Fermented foods are helpful because of their probiotic content that increases gut microbiome diversity and decreases inflammation. Intermittent fasting, such as eating all meals within an eight-hour window, lowers blood glucose levels, regulates insulin, and helps to burn stored fat. We need to understand and adjust what we are eating and when we are eating to optimize our health. Food and lifestyle impact our sleep. Sustained disruptions to the ingrained sleep needs of our bodies result in measurable brain damage, emotional dysregulation, metabolic issues, and memory deficits. We need to get 7 – 9 hours a night of good-quality sleep, at consistent times, during the dark in tune with our circadian rhythm – this allows for optimal health and healing. Eating the wrong foods at the wrong time can disrupt food. Eating inflammatory foods cause inflammation in the body, particularly the blood and gut, that creates metabolic distress and therefore increases the stress response in the body and mind that disrupts sleep. Eating food before bed overwhelms the body with the task of digestion when it is time to relax and can delay the onset of sleep. Falling asleep and staying asleep can be impacted by sleep breathing disorders, like snoring, upper airway resistance syndrome, and obstructive sleep apnea. If you have difficulty breathing at night, consider getting a sleep test to screen for a sleep breathing disorder. Emotional and mental stress, like fear and anxiety, can also impact our ability to fall asleep and/or stay asleep, contributing to insomnia. Mindfulness-based practices can be very helpful to address fear and anxiety. If you have difficulty sleeping, consider looking into sleep hygiene practices. It is our fundamental job to be aware of the persistent fear triggers in our life, and commit to healing them and limiting exposure. Fear comes from unresolved trauma. We must investigate our past traumas, process them, and release them. To transcend fear and trauma, we can use modalities like boundary setting, introspection, meditation, body scans, breathwork, mindful movement (yoga, tai chi, qigong), tapping, positive affirmations, mantras, chanting, visualizations, art therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), somatic experiencing, digital detox, journaling, therapy/counselling/coaching, plant medicine and psychedelics, aromatherapy (lavender oil), grounding, spending time in nature, loving kindness, empathy, gratitude, self-love, being mindful of negative self-talk, cultivating community, improving heart rate variability with a tracker, and reading inspirational books about mindset, trauma, and the human condition. When resilience and supportive choices consistently outweigh the stressors on the body and the mind, we’re going to feel good and thrive. It is about unlearning bad habits and learning healthy habits that tip the balancing scale toward health and away from disease, disorders, and dysfunction. We need to make small, incremental changes to our daily routine that are easy to do and require minimal effort for sustainable change built through confidence and momentum. This can involve coupling healthy choices to a routine that is already in place. For example, doing a meditation right after you brush your teeth in the morning and/or before bed. This can involve working with a health coach or an accountability partner to implement your plan based on your research and their advice. This can involve rewarding yourself for milestones in the changes you are making toward optimal health. To get us started, Dr. Means offers us a four-week plan to good energy and numerous healthy recipes. In my experience, my own research has led me to the same conclusions that Dr. Means presents in her book. I’ve adopted these practices over the years and used food as medicine with transformative effects – gut microbiome health, mental clarify, natural energy, weight loss, and discontinuing medication completely. Understanding the root cause of my sleep struggles – obstructive sleep apnea – and implementing sleep hygiene practices allowed me to overcome decades of insomnia and sleep deprivation, and changed how I navigate my daily life. I now breathe better day and night, and sleep soundly. Implementing daily movement practices, whether it is going to the gym or just going for walks in nature, has improved my fitness, but also my mood. It has provided me with much needed balance, focus, and contentment. Understanding the trauma in my past gave me insight into the things I was afraid of and the patterns created because of this. Using various modalities, I was able to overcome my past traumas and fears that were holding me back from enjoying my life moment-to-moment. My traumas and fears were dragging me back to my past and causing me to worry about the future. I now live in the present moment in a state of gratitude and harmony with all that is. This took considerable effort – a lot of intention and attention – a lot of research and commitment, but it was worth it. My vision is for this information to become common knowledge and taught to our children so that they grow up happy and healthy, and avoid the pitfalls that most of us succumb to.

Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams

Dr. Matthew Walker

As a scientist and sleep expert, Dr. Walker provides us with the latest research in understanding our sleep patterns, habits, benefits, and consequences, and how we can optimize our sleep for health and healing.

Scientists have discovered a revolutionary new treatment that makes you live longer. It has been supported by over 17,000 well-scrutinized scientific reports to date. It enhances your memory and makes you more creative. It makes you look more attractive. It keeps you slim and lowers unhealthy food cravings. It protects you from cancer and dementia. It wards off colds and the flu. It lowers your risk of heart attacks, stroke, and diabetes. It makes you more productive with enhanced focus. You’ll even feel happier, less depressed, and less anxious. Are you interested? It’s a full night of quality sleep. Two-thirds of adults throughout all developed nations fail to obtain the recommended eight hours of nightly sleep. Routinely sleeping less than six or seven hours a night demolishes your immune system, more than doubling your risk of cancer. Insufficient sleep is a key lifestyle factor determining whether or not you will develop Alzheimer’s disease. Inadequate sleep disrupts blood sugar levels so profoundly that you would be classified as pre-diabetic. Short sleeping increases the likelihood of your coronary arteries becoming blocked and brittle, setting you on a path toward cardiovascular disease, stroke, and congestive heart failure. Sleep disruption contributes to all major psychiatric conditions, including depression, anxiety, and suicidality. Too little sleep swells concentrations of a hormone that makes you feel hungry while suppressing a companion hormone that otherwise signals food satisfaction. Despite being full, you still want to eat more. It’s a proven recipe for weight gain in sleep-deficient adults and children alike. Worse, should you attempt to diet to lose weight but don’t get enough sleep while doing so, it is futile, since most of the weight you lose will come from lean body mass, not fat. The shorter you sleep, the less productive you are, the shorter your life span, and the worse your quality of life. The World Health Organization (WHO) has now declared a sleep loss epidemic throughout industrialized nations. Unfortunately, the real evidence that makes clear all of the dangers that befall individuals and societies when sleep becomes short have not been clearly demonstrated to the public. It is the most glaring omission in the contemporary health conversation. Dr. Walker’s book is intended to serve as a scientifically accurate intervention addressing this unmet need. It aims to revise our cultural appreciation of sleep, and reverse our neglect of it. He is in love with reuniting humanity with the sleep it so desperately needs. This love affair has now spanned a twenty-plus-year research career that began when he was a professor of psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and continues now as a professor of neuroscience and psychology at the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Walker describes the problems and causes of our collective sleeplessness and offers us a new vision of sleep in the twenty-first century. Within the brain, sleep enriches a diversity of functions, including our ability to learn, memorize, and make logical decisions. Benevolently servicing our psychological health, sleep recalibrates our emotional brain circuits, allowing us to navigate next-day social and psychological challenges with composure. Dreaming provides a unique suite of benefits to all species fortunate enough to experience it, humans included. Among these gifts are a consoling neurochemical bath that mollifies painful memories and a virtual reality space in which the brain melds past and present knowledge, inspiring creativity. In the body, sleep revitalizes our immune system, helping fight malignancy, infection, and inflammation. Sleep reforms the body’s metabolic state by fine-tuning the balance of insulin and circulating glucose. Sleep further regulates our appetite, helping control body weight through healthy food selection rather than rash impulsivity. Plentiful sleep maintains a flourishing microbiome within our gut from which we know so much of our nutritional health begins. Adequate sleep is intimately tied to the fitness of our cardiovascular system, lowering blood pressure while keeping our hearts in fine condition. Dr. Walker shows us that “Sleep is the single most effective thing we can do to reset our brain and body health each day”. There are two governing forces that regulate sleep – the twenty-four-hour circadian rhythm and the sleep pressure of adenosine – which are separate processes that typically align with each other. Everyone generates a circadian rhythm in their suprachiasmatic nucleus of their brain. This internal twenty-four-hour clock within your brain communicates its daily circadian rhythm signal to every other region of your brain and every organ in your body. This helps you determine when you want to be awake and when you want to be asleep. It also controls your timed preferences for eating and drinking, your moods and emotions, the amount of urine you produce, your core body temperature, your metabolic rate, and the release of numerous hormones. This biological clock is reset by sunlight and darkness, but also influenced by food, exercise, temperature fluctuations, and social interaction. For diurnal species that are active during the day, such as humans, the circadian rhythm activates many brain and body mechanisms during daylight hours that are designed to keep you awake and alert. These processes are then downregulated at night. Your circadian rhythm coordinates and is influenced by a drop in core body temperature as you near typical bedtime, reaching its low point about two hours after sleep onset. Although the temperature drop helps to initiate sleep, the temperature change itself will rise and fall across the twenty-four-hour period regardless of whether you are awake or asleep. Wakefulness and sleep are under the control of the circadian rhythm, not the other way around. Although every human being displays an unyielding twenty-four-hour pattern, the respective peak and trough points are strikingly different from one individual to the next. For some people, their peak of wakefulness arrives early in the day, and their sleepiness trough arrives early at night. These are “morning types or morning larks”, and make up about 40 percent of the populace. Others are “evening types or night owls” and account for approximately 30 percent of the population. They naturally need to go to bed late and subsequently wake up late the following morning or even in the afternoon. The remaining 30 percent of people lie somewhere in between morning and evening types. Evening types are unable to function well in the morning because, despite being awake, their brains remain in a more sleep-like state throughout the morning. This is especially true for the part of their brains, called the prefrontal cortex, that controls high-level thought, logical reasoning, and emotional regulation. When an evening type is forced to wake up too early, the prefrontal cortex remains disabled, and it takes a long time for it to come online and function efficiently. Whether you are a morning type or evening type is largely determined by genetics. If you are a night owl, it’s likely that one or both of your parents is a night owl. Sadly, society treats night owls rather unfairly on two counts. First is the label of being lazy, based on not waking up until later in the day, due to the fact that they did not fall asleep until the early-morning hours. Others will chastise night owls on the erroneous assumption that such preferences are a choice. It is not their conscious fault, but rather their genetic fate. Second is the engrained, unfair playing field of society’s work and school scheduling, which is strongly biased toward early start times that punish night owls and favour morning larks. Although this situation is improving, standard employment and school schedules force night owls into an unnatural sleep-wake rhythm. Consequently, job performance of night owls as a whole is far less optimal in the mornings, and they are further prevented from expressing their true performance potential until late in the afternoon and early evening. Most unfortunately, night owls are more chronically sleep deprived, having to wake up with the morning larks for work and school, but not being able to fall asleep until far later in the night. Greater ill health caused by a lack of sleep therefore befalls night owls. In this regard, a societal change is needed, offering accommodations not dissimilar to those we make for other physically determined differences. We require more flexible work and school schedules that better adapt to all chronotypes, and not just one in its extreme. Your suprachiasmatic nucleus communicates its repeating signal of night and day to your brain and body using a circulating messenger called melatonin. Instructed by the suprachiasmatic nucleus, the rise in melatonin begins soon after dusk, being released into the bloodstream from the pineal gland, to signal that it is time to prepare for sleep. Melatonin signals the start of sleep in response to darkness, but has little influence on the generation of sleep itself: a mistaken assumption that many people hold. Consequently, melatonin supplements are not effective as a sleeping pill, other than the placebo effect. Notably, most melatonin products are unregulated and are not as advertised, so consumer beware. The other factor affecting sleep and wakefulness is sleep pressure from the build of adenosine that occurs throughout the day as a byproduct of normal metabolism. One consequence of increasing adenosine in the brain is an increasing desire to sleep. High concentrations of adenosine downregulate the wake-promoting regions of the brain and upregulate the sleep-inducing regions, which creates a “sleep pressure”. This happens to most people after twelve to sixteen hours of being awake. During sleep, the brain has a chance to degrade and remove the adenosine that has built up throughout the day. After about eight hours of healthy sleep, the adenosine clearance is complete. Around the same time as adenosine clearance is completed, the circadian rhythm stimulates wakefulness, and you are ready to start a new 16 hour day of activity with sharp brain function and natural energy. Caffeine, the most widely used stimulant drug in the world, blocks the signal of adenosine, falsely providing a wakefulness effect while the sleepiness effect of adenosine still exists, but is temporarily muted. Caffeine does this by attaching to the same receptor sites as adenosine, and effectively blocking the adenosine from attaching to those receptor sites, thus blocking the sleepiness signal. Caffeine tricks you into feeling alert and awake, despite the high levels of adenosine that would otherwise seduce you into sleep. Caffeine – which is not only prevalent in coffee, certain teas, and many energy drinks, but also foods such as dark chocolate and ice cream, as well as drugs such as weight loss pills and pain relievers – is one of the most common culprits that keep people from falling asleep easily and sleeping soundly thereafter, typically masquerading as insomnia, an actual medical condition. Levels of caffeine peak around 30 minutes after consumption. The ”jolt” of caffeine does wear off. Caffeine is removed from your system by an enzyme within your liver, which gradually degrades it over time. Based in large part on genetics, some people have a more efficient version of the enzyme that degrades caffeine, allowing the liver to rapidly clear it from the bloodstream. These rare individuals can drink an espresso with dinner and fall fast asleep at midnight without a problem. Others, however, have a slower-acting version of the enzyme. It takes far longer for their system to eliminate the same amount of caffeine. As a result, they are sensitive to caffeine’s effects. One cup of coffee or tea in the morning will last much of the day, and should they have a second cup, even early in the afternoon, they will find it difficult to fall asleep in the evening. Aging also alters the speed of caffeine clearance: the older we are, the longer it takes our brain and body to remove caffeine, and thus the more sensitive we become in later life to caffeine’s sleep-disrupting influence. Be aware that decaffeinated does not mean noncaffeinated. One cup of decaf usually contains 15 to 30 percent of the dose of a regular cup of coffee, which is far from caffeine-free. Should you drink three to four cups of decaf in the evening, it is just as damaging to your sleep as one regular cup of coffee. When the liver finally clears caffeine from your system, you may find yourself in a “caffeine crash” because the adenosine is still present, and increasing throughout the day, and can then access the receptors to stimulate the sleepiness effect. Unless you consume more caffeine to mask the adenosine sleepiness effect, which would start a dependency cycle, you are going to find it very difficult to remain awake. Caffeine, as a stimulant drug, is the only addictive substance that we readily give to our children and teens, in addition to sugar. After waking up in the morning, if you still feel like you could go back to sleep or if you feel you need caffeine to wake up, then you are not getting enough quantity or quality sleep to clear the adenosine. Consuming caffeine in the morning to wake up is likely self-medicating your state of chronic sleep deprivation. Both of these signs you should take seriously and assess your sleep deficiency. In general, these unrefreshed feelings that compel a person to fall back asleep in the morning, or require the boosting of alertness with caffeine, are usually due to individuals not giving themselves adequate sleep opportunity – at least 8 – 9 hours in bed. When you don’t get enough sleep, one consequence is that adenosine is not completely cleared from the day before, which makes you sleepy in the morning. This sleep debt of adenosine is carried throughout the following day and built upon with newly formed adenosine from daily activity, producing a condition of prolonged chronic sleep deprivation from one day to the next. This outstanding sleep debt results in a feeling of chronic fatigue, manifesting in many forms of mental and physical ailments that are now rife throughout industrialized nations. Of course, if you are giving yourself adequate sleep opportunity of 8 – 9 hours in bed, and still feel sleepy in the morning, then you may be suffering from an undiagnosed sleep disorder, such as insomnia or sleep apnea. Should you suspect your sleep or that of anyone else to be disordered, resulting in daytime fatigue, impairment, or distress, speak to your doctor immediately and seek a referral to a sleep physician. Jet lag is when our internal clock is disrupted with travel across time zones. You feel tired and sleepy during the day in the new time zone because your body clock and associated biology still thinks it is in the old time zone. At night, you are frequently unable to sleep solidly because your biological rhythm still believes it to be daytime. Adjustment is possible, but a slow process. For every day you are in a different time zone, your suprachiasmatic nucleus can only readjust by about one hour. It is more difficult to acclimate when traveling eastward than flying westward. The eastward direction requires that you fall asleep earlier than you normally would, which is difficult for the brain to accept compared to falling asleep later when you are sleepy. Jet lag places a torturous physiological strain on the brain, and a deep biological stress upon the cells, organs, and major systems of the body. This affects learning and memory, and overall wellbeing. The gold-standard scientific verification of sleep requires the recording of signals, using electrodes, arising from three different regions: brainwave activity, eye movement activity, and muscle activity. This is called a sleep study or polysomnography. The result of a sleep study is a hyponogram (a sleep graph) that normally shows the cycling between NREM (non-rapid eye movement sleep) and REM (rapid eye movement, or dream sleep) occurring every 90 minutes or so, starting with NREM. While we cycle between NREM and REM every 90 minutes, the ratio of NREM and REM sleep within each 90 minute cycle changes dramatically across the night with REM sleep increasing in duration. NREM sleep is broken down into 4 stages. Stages 1 and 2 are light sleep, as you fall asleep, while stages 3 and 4 are deep, slow-brain-wave sleep. Waking brainwaves are fast, frantic, and asynchronistic, while deep NREM sleep brainwaves are slow, more regular, and synchronistic. Waking brainwave activity is concerned with the reception of information from the outside sensory world, while deep NREM sleep brainwave activity is a state of inward reflection and information transfer for the purpose of memory. Brainwave activity during REM (dream) sleep is similar to that of wakefulness, fast, frantic, and asynchronistic, and MRI studies show that up to 30 percent more brain activity is observed during REM sleep than wakefulness. During REM sleep, signals of emotions, motivations, and memories (past, present, and future) are all played out on the screen of our visual, auditory, and kinesthetic sensory cortices in the brain. When it comes to information processing, think of the wake state principally as reception (experiencing and constantly learning from the outside world), NREM sleep as reflection (storing and strengthening memories as new facts and skills), and REM sleep as integration (interconnecting these new facts and skills with each other, with all experiences, and in doing so, building an ever more accurate model of how the world works, including innovative insights and problem-solving abilities). While awake, electrodes in a sleep study can record muscle tension, but as you pass into NREM sleep, some of that muscle tension disappears, and when you move into REM sleep, mere seconds before dreaming begins, you are completely paralyzed and all muscle tension is lost – called atonia. By eliminating muscle activity, it prevents you from acting out your dreams. The brain paralyzes the body so the mind can dream safely. This striking dissociation during the dreaming state, where the brain is highly active but the body is immobilized, allows sleep scientists to easily recognize – and therefore separate – REM sleep brainwaves from wakeful ones. For memorizing fact-based information, a region of the brain called the hippocampus helps apprehend these passing experiences and binds their details together. The hippocampus offers a short-term information store for accumulating new memories; however, it has limited capacity. Deep NREM sleep restores the brain’s capacity for learning, making room for new memories in the hippocampus, while consolidating the short-term memories into long-term memories in the neocortex via the slow delta brainwaves of deep NREM sleep that moves the information from hippocampus to the neocortex. With adequate deep NREM sleep, the cycle repeats each night, clearing out the cache of short-term memories in the hippocampus for the new imprinting of facts the next day, while accumulating an ever-updated catalog of past memories in the neocortex. Even daytime naps, as short as twenty minutes, can offer a memory consolidation advantage, so long as they contain enough deep NREM sleep. Following a night’s sleep, you can even regain access to memories that you could not retrieve before you went to sleep, waking up remembering what you needed to remember the day before. Sound therapy using specific frequencies that induce deep delta brainwaves can help with restorative sleep and memory consolidation. Targeted memory reactivation, which involves learning information you wish to remember, coupled with adequate deep NREM, allows for greater recall in the future. In addition, your brain will continue to improve motor learning skill memories with a full night’s sleep in the absence of further practice. Rather than being transferred from the short-term hippocampus to the long-term neocortex like fact-based information, motor skill memories are moved to brain circuits that operate below the level of consciousness and is related to stage 2 NREM sleep. The recycle rate of a human being is 16 hours. After 16 hours of being awake, the brain begins to fail. Humans need about 8 hours of sleep each night to maintain cognitive and motor performance. After ten days of just seven hours of sleep, the brain is as dysfunctional as it would be after going without sleep for twenty-four hours. Three full nights of recovery sleep are insufficient to restore performance back to normal levels after a week of short sleeping. The human mind cannot accurately sense how sleep-deprived it is when sleep-deprived. Sleep loss inflicts devastating effects on the brain, linking it to numerous neurological and psychiatric conditions (eg – Alzheimer’s disease, anxiety, depression, bipolar disorder, suicide, and chronic pain), and on every physiological system of the body, further contributing to countless disorders and disease (eg – cancer, diabetes, heart attacks, stroke, infertility, weight gain, obesity, and immune deficiency). No facet of the human body is spared the crippling noxious harm of sleep loss. We are socially, organizationally, economically, physically, behaviourally, nutritionally, linguistically, cognitively, and emotionally dependent upon sleep. No matter what you may have heard in the mainstream media, there is no scientific evidence suggesting that a drug, a device, or any amount of psychological willpower can replace sleep. Power naps may momentarily increase basic concentration under conditions of sleep deprivation, as caffeine can up to a certain dose. However, science shows, that neither naps nor caffeine can salvage more complex functions of the brain, including learning, memory, emotional stability, complex reasoning, or decision-making. Using MRI technology, Dr. Walker showed that a structure located in the left and right sides of the brain, called the amygdala – a key hot spot for triggering strong emotions such as anger and rage, and linked to the sympathetic nervous system’s “fight or flight” response – showed well over a 60 percent amplification in emotional reactivity in participants who were sleep-deprived. Without sleep our brain reverts to a primitive pattern of uncontrolled emotional reactivity. We produce unmetered, inappropriate emotional reactions, and are unable to place events into a broader or considered context. After a full night of sleep, the prefrontal cortex – the region of the brain associated with rational, logical thought, and decision-making – is strongly coupled to the amygdala, regulating this deep emotional brain center with inhibitory control. With a full night of plentiful sleep, we have a balanced mix between our emotional gas pedal (amygdala) and brake (prefrontal cortex). Without sleep, the strong coupling between these two brain regions is lost. We cannot rein in our negative impulses – too much emotional gas pedal (amygdala) and not enough regulatory brake (prefrontal cortex). Without the rational control given to us each night by sleep, we’re not on a neurological and emotional even keel. Insufficient sleep does not push the brain into a negative mood state and hold it there. Rather, the under-slept brain swings excessively to both extremes of emotional valence, positive and negative. Extremity is often dangerous. Depression and extreme negative moods can infuse an individual with a sense of worthlessness, together with ideas of questioning life’s values, and even suicide. Insufficient sleep has also been linked to aggression, bullying, and behavioural problems in children across a range of ages. Equally problematic issues arise from extreme swings in positive mood. Hypersensitivity to pleasurable experiences can lead to sensation-seeking, risk-taking, and addiction. Sleep disturbance is a recognized hallmark associated with addictive substance use. Insufficient sleep also increases relapse rates in numerous addiction disorders, associated with reward cravings that are unmetered, lacking control from the rational brain’s prefrontal cortex. Relevant from a prevention standpoint, insufficient sleep during childhood significantly predicts early onset of drug and alcohol use. Many of us know that inadequate sleep plays havoc with our emotions. Universal parenting wisdom knows that bad sleep the night before leads to a bad mood and emotional reactions the next day, sometimes leading to violence against children. There is no major psychiatric condition in which sleep is normal. This is true for depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder, schizophrenia, and bipolar disorder. Psychiatry has long been aware of the coincidence between sleep disturbance and mental illness; however, it was previously thought that mental illness disrupted sleep, but new science shows that it goes both ways. Many of the brain regions commonly impacted by psychiatric mood disorders are the same regions that are involved in sleep regulation and impacted by sleep loss. Further, many of the genes that show abnormalities in psychiatric illness are the same genes that help control sleep and our circadian rhythms. Dr. Walker suggests that sleep disruption remains a neglected factor contributing to the instigation and/or maintenance of numerous psychiatric illnesses, and has powerful diagnostic and therapeutic potential that we are yet to fully understand or make use of. Studies show that improving sleep quality in patients suffering from several psychiatric conditions using cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) can improve psychiatric symptom severity and remission rates. A quote by American entrepreneur E. Joseph Cossman says: “The best bridge between despair and hope is a good night’s sleep.” Sleep quality – especially that of deep NREM sleep – deteriorates as we age. This is linked to a decline in memory. If you assess a patient with Alzheimer’s disease, the disruption in sleep is far more exaggerated. Sleep disturbance actually precedes the onset of Alzheimer’s disease by several years, suggesting that it may be an early-warning sign of the condition, or even a contributor to it. Following diagnosis, the magnitude of sleep disruption will then progress in unison with the symptom severity of the Alzheimer’s patient. Over 60 percent of patients with Alzheimer’s disease have at least one clinical sleep disorder, most commonly insomnia. We now recognize that sleep disruption and Alzheimer’s disease interact in a self-fulfilling, negative spiral that can initiate and/or accelerate the condition. Alzheimer’s disease is associated with the buildup of a toxic form of protein called beta-amyloid, which aggregates in sticky clumps, or plaques, within the brain. Beta-amyloid plaques are poisonous to neurons, killing the surrounding brain cells; however, they only accumulate in certain parts of the brain, such as those involved in generating deep NREM sleep. Based on PET scan technology, Dr. Walker discovered that the more amyloid plaques in the brain regions involved in deep NREM sleep, the more impaired the deep sleep of the Alzheimer’s patient, and the more severe the memory loss. Furthermore, the purifying work of the glymphatic system is accomplished by cerebrospinal fluid bathing the brain to remove toxic metabolites from the neurons. The glial cells of the brain shrink in size by up to 60 percent during NREM sleep, enlarging the space around the neurons and allowing the cerebrospinal fluid to proficiently clean out the metabolic debris left by the day’s neural activity. One of the toxic metabolites is beta-amyloid protein. Without sufficient sleep, beta-amyloid plaques build up in the brain, especially in deep sleep generating regions, attacking and degrading them. The loss of deep NREM sleep caused by this assault therefore lessons the ability to remove beta-amyloid from the brain at night, resulting in greater beta-amyloid deposition in those regions of the brain; whereby, worsening the progression of memory loss and thus Alzheimer’s disease. Getting too little sleep across the adult lifespan will significantly raise your risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease. By improving someone’s sleep, we can reduce their risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease – or at least delay the onset. There are more than twenty large-scale epidemiological studies that have tracked millions of people over many decades, all of which report the same clear relationship: the shorter you sleep, the shorter your life. The leading causes of disease and death in developed nations – diseases that are crippling health care system, such as heart disease, obesity, dementia, diabetes, and cancer – all have recognized causal links to lack of sleep. Unhealthy sleep, unhealthy heart. As we approach midlife, and our body begins to deteriorate and health resilience starts its decline, the impact of insufficient sleep on the cardiovascular system escalates. This shows how important it is to prioritize sleep in midlife – which is unfortunately the time when family and professional circumstances encourage us to do the exact opposite. One night of modest sleep reduction – even just one or two hours – will promptly speed the contracting rate of a person’s heart, hour upon hour, and significantly increase the blood pressure in the vasculature. Beyond accelerating your heart rate and increasing your blood pressure, a lack of sleep further erodes the fabric of those strained blood vessels, especially those that feed the heart itself, called the coronary arteries. These small vessels need to be clean and open wide to supply your heart with blood at all times. Narrow or block those passageways, and your heart can suffer a comprehensive and often fatal attack caused by blood oxygen starvation, colloquially known as a “massive coronary”. One cause of a coronary artery blockage is atherosclerosis, or the narrowing of those small vessels with hardened plaques that contain calcium deposits. Deficient sleep significantly increases the likelihood of plaques in the coronary arteries and thus increases the risk of a coronary heart attack. An acute stress response from the sympathetic nervous system (fight or flight), which is normally only deployed for short periods of time lasting minutes to hours, can be highly adaptive under conditions of credible threat, like mobilizing the body in response to a physical threat. Survival is the goal, and this stress response promotes immediate action to accomplish just that. But leave the stress system stuck in the “on” position for long durations of time, and sympathetic activation becomes deeply maladaptive, and even deadly. Nearly every experiment that has investigated the impact of deficient sleep on the human body has observed an overactive sympathetic nervous system. For as long as the state of insufficient sleep lasts, and for some time thereafter, the body remains stuck in some degree of a fight-or-flight state. It can last for years in those with an untreated sleep disorder, like obstructive sleep apnea, excessive work hours that limit sleep quality or quantity, chronic stress, or the simple neglect of sleep by an individual. Due to sympathetic overdrive, as your sleep-deprived heart beats faster, the volumetric rate of blood pumped through your vasculature increases, and with that come the hypertensive state of your blood pressure. Occurring at the same time is a chronic increase in the stress hormone, cortisol, which is triggered by the overactive sympathetic nervous system. One undesirable consequence of the sustained deluge of cortisol is the constriction of blood vessels, triggering an even greater increase in blood pressure. Making matters worse, growth hormone – a great healer of the body – which normally surges at night, is shut off by the state of sleep deprivation. Without growth hormone to replenish the lining of your blood vessels, called the endothelium, they will be slowly stripped of their integrity. Adding insult to real injury, the hypertensive strain that sleep deprivation places on your vasculature means that you can no longer repair those fracturing vessels effectively. The damaged and weakened state of the vasculature throughout your body now becomes systemically more prone to atherosclerosis. Plaques will form, vessels will rupture, and heart attacks and strokes may follow. During deep NREM sleep, the brain communicates a calming signal to the sympathetic nervous system, which calms the heart and relaxes the vasculature, protecting from high blood pressure, heart attack, and stroke. An intimate and bidirectional relationship exists between your sleep and your immune system. Deep NREM sleep fights against infection, inflammation, sickness, and cancer by enhancing the immune system at night. When you do get sick, the immune system actively stimulates the sleep system, demanding more sleep to upregulate the immune system. Reduce sleep for even one night and the immune system is compromised. Studies show that the less sleep you get before being exposed to a virus, the more likely the virus will infect the body and succeed. Considering that infectious illnesses, such as the common cold, influenza, and pneumonia, are among the leading causes of death in developed countries, doctors and governments would do well to stress the critical importance of sufficient sleep during the flu season. A flu shot is only effective if your body actually reacts to it by generating antibodies, which requires a healthy immune system, which requires healthy sleep. Being sleep deprived limits the effectiveness of a flu shot and most vaccines because the immune system is compromised and not able to properly respond. Natural killer cells are an elite and powerful squadron within the ranks of your immune system that can target and destroy cancer cells, however, with an immune system compromised from sleep deprivation, these cells are reduced in numbers and efficacy, and the body is more susceptible to cancer. With each passing year of research, more forms of malignant tumors are being linked to insufficient sleep. Part of this is related to an overactive sympathetic nervous system from chronic sleep deprivation that causes prolonged inflammation prone to cancer. Cancer cells use inflammatory factors to their advantage: such for cancer growth, mutating cellular DNA to create new cancer cells, and up-anchoring from localized tissue and spreading to other areas of the body through metastasis. The scientific evidence linking sleep disruption to cancer is now so damning that the World Health Organization has officially classified the nighttime shift as a “probable carcinogen”. Each cell in your body has an inner core, or nucleus. Within that nucleus resides most of your genetic material in the form of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) molecules in helical strands. Segments of these strands of DNA, called genes, encode biological proteins for specific functions. Studies show that sleep deprivation changes gene expression. It downregulates genes for health, such as stable metabolism and optimal immune response, and upregulates genes for disease, inflammation, and cellular stress. Other studies show that short sleep duration will also disrupt the activity of genes regulating cholesterol, particularly a drop in high-density lipoprotein (good cholesterol), which is directly related to cardiovascular disease. DNA strands exist in chromosomes with caps called telomeres that protect the ends of the DNA strands. Poor sleep has been shown to reduce the protective telomere caps and expose the DNA stands to damage, leading to a shortened life. The less you sleep, the more likely you are to eat and more likely you are to choose unhealthy food, particularly carbohydrates and sugar. In addition, your body becomes unable to manage those unhealthy calories effectively, especially the concentrations of sugar in your blood. In these two ways, sleeping less than seven or eight hours a night will increase your probability of gaining weight, being overweight, or being obese, and significantly increases your likelihood of developing type 2 diabetes and related chronic diseases. The global health cost of preventable diabetes is $375 billion a year, and the cost of obesity is more than $2 trillion. Yet for the under-slept individual, the cost of health, quality of life, and a hastened arrival of death are more meaningful. Sugar is a dangerous thing – in your diet and circulating in your bloodstream. High levels of sugar in your blood, over weeks or years destroys the tissues and organs of your body, worsens your health, and shortens your life span. Eye disease that can end in blindness, nerve disease that commonly results in amputations, and kidney failure necessitating dialysis or transplants are all consequences of prolonged high blood sugar, as are hypertension and heart disease. But it is the condition of type 2 diabetes that is most commonly and immediately related to unregulated blood sugar. In a healthy individual, the hormone insulin will trigger the cells of the body to swiftly absorb glucose (sugar) from the bloodstream when it increases, such as after eating a meal. If the cells of the body stop responding to insulin, they cannot efficiently absorb glucose from the blood, and the glucose remains in the blood leading to a hyperglycemic (high blood sugar) state. If sustained, the hyperglycemic state of the blood can transition to pre-diabetes, and then full-blown type 2 diabetes. Sleep deprivation contributes to the cells inability to respond to insulin and is therefore a direct contributor to type 2 diabetes. It can also worsen diabetes by creating a sustained sympathetic response that lowers the immune system and increases cardiovascular stress that prevents adequate healing and clearing throughout the body. Recent studies suggest that type 2 diabetes can take 10 years off a person’s life and is largely preventable. When your sleep becomes short, you will gain weight. Multiple forces conspire to expand your waistline. The first concerns two hormones controlling appetite: leptin and ghrelin. Leptin signals a sense of feeling full. Ghrelin triggers a strong sensation of hunger. An imbalance of either one of these hormones can trigger increased eating and thus body weight. A strong rise in hunger occurs after just one night of short sleep, as leptin (full) decreases and ghrelin (hunger) increases the following day. Sleep loss also increases levels of circulating endocannabinoids – chemicals produced by the body similar to that of cannabis – that increase the desire to snack on junk food. Combine the increase in endocannabinoids with alterations in leptin and ghrelin caused by sleep deprivation and you have a potent chemical brew driving overeating of unhealthy food. Making matters worse, the less an individual sleeps, the less energy they will have and the more sedentary they will choose to be over opting for physical exercise. Overeating junk food, less physical activity, and the added stress from poor sleep, is the perfect recipe for obesity. The encouraging news is that getting enough sleep will help you control body weight. Dr. Walker discovered that a full night sleep repairs the communication pathway between deep-brain areas that unleash unhealthy cravings and the higher-order brain regions that rein in these cravings, suggesting that sleep offers a way of impulse control. Plentiful sleep also makes your gut happier. Sleep’s role in redressing the balance of the body’s autonomic nervous system, specifically relaxing the sympathetic nervous system, improves gut bacterial composition and function. With the sympathetic nervous system overactive, there is excess cortisol circulating, which cultivates “bad bacteria” in the gut microbiome. As a result, insufficient sleep will prevent the meaningful absorption of all food nutrients and cause gastrointestinal problems. Healthy sleep balances the autonomic nervous system and supports the parasympathetic nervous system (rest and digest), which restores proper microbial composition in the gut. If you have hopes of reproductive success, fitness, and sexual prowess, you would do well to get a full night’s sleep every night. Sleep deprivation in men shows testosterone reduction so significantly that it effectively ages them 10 – 15 years with regards to those hormone levels. Men who sleep too little or have poor quality of sleep have a 29 percent lower sperm count than those obtaining a full night’s sleep, the sperm themselves have more deformities, and these men also have smaller testicles. Low testosterone is a clinically concerning and life-impacting matter. Males with low testosterone often feel fatigued throughout the day. They find it difficult to concentrate on tasks, as testosterone has a sharpening effect on the brain’s ability to focus. They also have a dulled libido, making an active, fulfilling, and healthy sex life more challenging. Add to this the fact that testosterone maintains bone density, and plays a causal role in building muscle mass and therefore strength, and you can begin to get a sense of why a full night of sleep – and the natural hormonal replacement therapy it provides – is so essential to this aspect of health and an active life for men of all ages. Routinely sleeping less than six hours a night results in a 20 percent drop in follicular-releasing hormone in women – a critical female reproductive element that peaks just prior to ovulation and is necessary for conception. Sleep deprived women have a higher rate of abnormal menstruation, fertility issues, and miscarriage. Combine these deleterious effects on reproductive health in couples where both parties are lacking sleep, and it’s easy to appreciate why the epidemic of sleep deprivation is linked to infertility. Furthermore, those with sleep deprivation appear more fatigued, less healthy, and less attractive, which complicates intimacy and reproductive potential. Fatal Familial Insomnia is a very rare condition where the person is unable to generate sleep and dies within 18 months of no sleep without any other cause. This is the strongest evidence we have that a lack of sleep alone will kill a person. There are no known treatments or cures. It involves a prion protein from a genetic mutation that rapidly accelerates brain degeneration as the protein spreads like a virus. One part of the brain that gets damaged is the thalamus, where it remains stuck in the open position not allowing sensory gate closure to promote sleep. No amount of sleeping pills or other drugs can push the thalamic gate closed. In addition, the signals for reduction of heart rate, blood pressure, metabolism, and body temperature, all must pass through the thalamus on their way down the spinal cord to the rest of the body, but are disrupted by the damage to the thalamus. It is simply impossible for the individual to initiate sleep, all systems shut down, and life ends. Sleep is more problematic and disordered in older adults. The effects of certain medications more commonly taken by older adults, together with coexisting medical conditions, result in older adults being less able, on average, to obtain as much sleep, or as restorative a sleep, as young adults. That older adults simply need less sleep is a myth. Older adults need just as much sleep as they do in midlife, but are simply less able to generate that still necessary sleep. Three key changes are: reduced sleep quantity and quality, reduced sleep efficiency, and disrupted timing of sleep. Deep NREM sleep declines after the late twenties or early thirties. By the time a person is in their seventies, they’ve lost 80 – 90 percent of their deep NREM sleep. Elderly individuals and their doctors fail to connect their deterioration in health to their deterioration in sleep, despite causal links between the two having been known to scientists for decades. Seniors, when visiting their doctors for health issues, rarely ask for help with their sleep or are even asked by their doctor about their sleep. Far more of our age-related physical and mental health ailments are related to sleep impairment than either we, or many doctors, truly realize or treat seriously. Dr. Walker urges individuals, including elderly people, not to seek help with sleep through prescribed sleeping pills that do not address the root causes. He recommends non-pharmacological interventions that are proven to work that your doctor may or may not be aware of. The older we get, the more frequently we wake up throughout the night. There are many causes, including interacting medications and diseases, but chief among them is a weakened bladder. Older adults therefore visit the bathroom more frequently at night. Reducing fluid intake in the evening can help, but is not a cure-all. Due to sleep fragmentation, older individuals will suffer a reduction in sleep efficiency, defined as the percent of time you were asleep while in bed. Most sleep doctors consider good quality sleep to involve a sleep efficiency of 90 percent. By the time we reach our eighties, sleep efficiency drops below 70 – 80 percent. Studies show that the lower an older individual’s sleep efficiency score, the higher their mortality risk, the worse their physical health, the more likely they are to suffer from depression, the less energy they report, and the lower their cognitive function, typified by forgetfulness. Any individual, no matter what age, will exhibit physical ailments, mental health instability, reduced alertness, and impaired memory if their sleep is chronically disrupted. The problem with aging is that family members observe these daytime features in older relatives and jump to a diagnosis of dementia, overlooking the possibility that bad sleep is an equally likely cause. Not all older adults with sleep issues have dementia, but it is often a causal factor contributing to dementia. Furthermore, the frequent nighttime bathroom visits, while groggy in the dark, increase the risk of falls and fractures. This is further complicated by common blood pressures issues, resulting in getting out of bed light-headed. Tips for safe sleep in the elderly include: have a side lamp within reach that you can switch on easily; use dim, motion-activated night-lights on route to the bathroom; remove obstacles, including rugs, on route to the bathroom; and keep a telephone by your bed with emergency phone numbers on speed dial. Seniors commonly experience a regression in sleep timing, leading to earlier and earlier bedtimes due to earlier and less concentrated melatonin release that triggers the sleep cycle of the circadian rhythm, which decreases in strength as we get older. Older adults often want to stay awake later into the evening so that they can socialize, read, or watch television. But in doing so, they find themselves waking up in their recliner, having inadvertently fallen asleep mid-evening due to their regressed circadian rhythm. A regressed circadian rhythm means feeling sleepy earlier at night, but also waking up earlier in the morning. Falling asleep in early evening relieves the adenosine sleep pressure and prevents proper sleep from occurring later that night, thus, when waking up naturally early in the morning, there is a higher likelihood of naps again the next day and possibly the next evening. And the cycle continues. There are methods that can help push the circadian rhythm in older adults somewhat later, and also strengthen the rhythm. Older adults who want to shift their bedtimes to a later hour should get bright-light exposure later in the afternoon (rather than early morning) and then keep a well-lit environment until later at night to delay melatonin release. For example, if going outside in the morning, wear sunglasses, but when going outside in the afternoon, choose not to wear sunglasses to ensure light exposure to the suprachiasmatic nucleus. Also, melatonin prescribed by a doctor can be effective in older adults to help boost the strength of the circadian rhythm that naturally decreases with age. Much of the time in utero, the fetus is fast asleep. It is only when the fetus is in the third trimester that wakefulness emerges – about 2 – 3 hours per day are spent awake in the womb. During this time, while asleep, the fetus increases in REM sleep to about 9 hours per day. In the last week before birth, the fetus peaks at about 12 hours of REM sleep per day. Science shows that REM sleep is required for brain maturation. Dazzling bursts of electrical activity during REM sleep stimulate the growth of neural pathways all over the developing brain through synaptogenesis. Alcohol is one of the most powerful suppressors of REM sleep that we know of. Alcohol consumed by a mother readily crosses the placental barrier, and therefore readily infuses her developing fetus and interrupts their REM sleep and ability to obtain REM sleep for life. Almost half of all lactating women in Western countries consume alcohol in the months during breastfeeding. Alcohol is readily absorbed in a mother’s milk. Concentrations of alcohol in breast milk closely resemble those in a mother’s bloodstream. Newborns will normally transition straight into REM sleep after a feeding. When babies consume alcohol-laced breastmilk, their sleep is more fragmented, they spend more time awake, and they suffer a 20 – 30 percent suppression of REM sleep soon after. Deficient REM sleep in the fetus, thus incomplete synaptogenesis of new neural networks, contributes, in part, to the development of autism in children. Children with autism have a weakened sleep-wake cycle, decreased amounts of melatonin released at night, and 30 – 50 percent less REM sleep. Tracking sleep abnormalities in children offers a new diagnostic hope for early detection of autism. In contrast to the single monophasic sleep pattern observed in adults of industrialized nations, infants and young children display polyphasic sleep: many short sleeps throughout the day and night, punctuated by numerous awakenings. The older a child gets, the more stable their sleep becomes. This is because the control of the circadian rhythm, the suprachiasmatic nucleus, takes time to develop. Slowly, the suprachiasmatic nucleus begins to latch on to repeating signals, such as daylight, temperature changes, and feedings, establishing a stronger twenty-four-hour rhythm. By four years of age, the circadian rhythm is in dominant command of a child’s sleep behaviour, with a lengthy period of nighttime sleep, usually supplemented by a single daytime nap. Come late childhood, the modern, monophasic pattern of sleep is finally made real. During the fourteen hours of total sleep per day that a six-month-old infant obtains, there is a 50/50 ratio of NREM to REM sleep. A five-year-old will have a 70/30 split across their eleven hours of sleep. That balance finally stabilizes at 80/20 NREM/REM sleep by late teen years and remains so throughout much of adulthood. The decrease in REM sleep as a child ages is due to the fact that the need to create new neural connections becomes less important but rather the refinement of those connections in deep NREM sleep is more important. Sadly, neither society nor our parental attitudes are well designed to accept that teenagers need more sleep than adults, and they are biologically wired to obtain sleep at different times from their parents – later bedtime and later rising. It’s very understandable for parents to feel frustrated in this way, since they believe that their teenager’s sleep patterns reflect a conscious choice and not a biological edict. Parents would be wise to accept this fact, and to embrace it, encourage it, and praise it, lest we wish our own children to suffer developmental brain abnormalities or force a raised risk of mental illness upon them. It will not always be this way for the teenager. As they age into young and middle adulthood, their circadian schedule will gradually slide back in time. The reason for the delayed bedtime and wake time of teenagers is an evolutionary one. It involves them seeking independence from their parents in preparation to leave the home. This ingenious biological solution selectively shifts teenagers to a later phase when they can, for several hours, operate independently – and do so as a peer-group collective. It is important to appreciate that a teenager wanting to sleep in during the morning is a biological necessity, not a sign of laziness. Dreams as most of us think of them – those hallucinogenic, motoric, emotional, and bizarre experiences with rich narratives – come from REM sleep, and many sleep researchers limit their definition of true dreaming to that which occurs in REM sleep. However, we can dream in all stages of sleep. In the 1950s and 1960s, recordings using electrodes placed on the scalp gave scientists a general sense of the type of brainwave activity underpinning REM sleep. But we had to wait until the advent of functional MRI brain-imaging machines in the early 2000s before we could reconstruct glorious, three-dimensional visualizations of brain activity during REM sleep. During dreamless, deep NREM sleep, overall brain activity shows a modest decrease relative to that measured in an individual while they are resting but awake. However, something very different happens as the individual transitions into REM sleep and begins to dream. Numerous parts of the brain “light up” on the MRI scan as REM sleep takes hold, indicating a sharp increase in underlying activity. In fact, there are four main clusters of the brain that spike in activity when someone starts to dream in REM sleep: (1) the visuospatial regions at the back of the brain, which enable complex visual perception; (2) the motor cortex, which instigates movement; (3) the hippocampus and surrounding regions, which support autobiographical memory; and (4) the deep emotional centers of the brain – the amygdala and the cingulate cortex – both of which generate and process emotions. The emotional regions of the brain are 30 percent more active in REM sleep compared to when we are awake. There is, however, a pronounced deactivation of other brain regions – specifically, the prefrontal cortex, which manages rational thought and logical decision-making. REM sleep can therefore be considered a state characterized by strong activation in visual, motor, emotional, and autobiographical memory regions of the brain, yet a relative deactivation in regions that control rational thought. After measuring the pattern of brain activity of an individual in REM sleep, scientists often wake them up and obtain a dream report for further analysis. Dreams have two known functions: nurturing our emotional and mental health, and promoting problem solving and creativity. REM-sleep dreaming offers a form of overnight therapy by taking the painful sting out of difficult, even traumatic, emotional episodes you have experienced during the day, offering emotional resolution when you wake up in the morning. Concentrations of a key stress-related chemical called noradrenaline are completely shut off within your brain when you enter REM sleep – this is the only time of day when this happens. Emotion-specific memory processing during dreaming occurs free of the stress chemical noradrenaline. REM sleep accomplishes two specific goals: (1) sleeping to remember the details of valuable, salient experiences, integrating them with existing knowledge and putting them into an autobiographical perspective; and (2) sleeping to forget, or dissolve, the visceral, painful emotional charge that had previously been wrapped around those memories. Sleep, and specifically dreaming of specific incidents, is clearly needed in order for us to heal emotional wounds. To do this, noradrenaline must be stopped within the brain. With PTSD patients, this does not happen effectively, leading to possible nightmares. A drug that has a side-effect of stopping noradrenaline in the brain, has proven to allow PTSD patients to move into healthy REM sleep and overcome their nightmares with immense therapeutic potential. There are regions of the brain whose job it is to read and decode the value and meaning of emotional signals, including facial expressions. Those regions of the brain are recalibrated at night during REM sleep. A dream-starved person cannot accurately decode facial expressions and other emotional signals, which become distorted in their view. Studies show that sleep-deprived people find even gentle, friendly faces menacing as they cannot properly decode facial expressions, which creates a feeling like the world is out to get you. Reality and perceived reality are no longer the same in the eyes of the sleepless brain. By removing REM sleep, you’re removing your ability to read the social world around you in a healthy way. Now think of occupations that require individuals to be sleep-deprived, such as law enforcement and military personnel, doctors, nurses, and those in the emergency services – not to mention the ultimate caretaking job: new parents. Every one of these roles demands the accurate ability to read the emotions of others in order to make critical, even life-dependent decisions. Without REM sleep and its ability to reset the brain’s emotional compass, those same individuals will be inaccurate in their social and emotional comprehension of the world around them, leading to inappropriate decisions and actions that may have grave consequences. REM sleep provides children with opportunities for brain development and creativity, but has less of an impact on emotional intelligence. It isn’t until they are a teenager that this becomes an important effect of REM sleep. Using a wide-angled dream lens, we can apprehend the full constellation of stored information and their diverse combinatorial possibilities, all in creative servitude. It is both the act of dreaming and the associated content of those dreams that determine creative success. It is REM sleep that builds connections in the brain between distantly related informational elements that are not obvious during the waking day. For example: in a study, Dr. Walker’s participants went to bed with disparate pieces of a jigsaw puzzle and woke up with the complete puzzle in mind. Another example: after years of trying to organize the constituent building blocks of nature, chemist Dmitri Mendeleev, on February 17, 1869, had a dream that led to the periodic table of elements. Informational alchemy conjured by REM-sleep dreaming has led to some of the greatest feats of transformative thinking in the history of the human race. As he slept, Mendeleev’s dreaming brain accomplished what his waking brain was incapable of. It is the difference between knowledge (retention of individual facts) and wisdom (knowing what they all mean when you fit them together). Or, said more simply, learning versus comprehension. REM sleep allows your brain to move into wisdom and comprehension. REM sleep is capable of creating super-ordinate concepts out of sets of information. This is why people are told to “sleep on it” when making a decision on an important problem. Interestingly, this phrase exists in most languages, indicating that the problem-solving benefit of dream sleep is known universally. Lucid dreaming occurs at the moment when an individual becomes aware that he or she is dreaming and has volitional control of what they are dreaming and how to navigate the dream. Less than 20 percent of the general population are natural lucid dreamers. It is possible that lucid dreamers represent the next iteration in Homo sapiens’ consciousness evolution. Humans are predominantly visual creatures. More than a third of our brain is devoted to processing visual information, far exceeding that given over to sounds or smells, or those supporting language and movement. For early Homo sapiens, most activities would have ceased after the sun set as they were predicated on vision supported by daylight. The advent of fire, and its limited halo of light, offered an extension to post-dusk activities, but the effect was modest. Gas- and oil-burning lamps, and their forerunners, candles, offered a more forceful influence upon sustained nighttime activities. The influence of man-made light began the reengineering of human sleep patterns, and it would only escalate. The nocturnal rhythms of whole societies became quickly subject to light at night, and so began our advancing march toward later bedtimes. In the mid-1870s Edison Electric Company began developing a reliable, mass-marketable lightbulb that guaranteed modern humans would no longer spend much of the night in darkness, as we had for millennia past. Artificial light will fool your suprachiasmatic nucleus into believing the sun has not yet set, thus melatonin is not released on schedule. By delaying the onset of melatonin, artificial evening light makes it considerably less likely that you’ll be able to fall asleep at a reasonable time, thus masquerading as insomnia. Even a hint of dim light – 8 to 10 lux – has been shown to delay the release of nighttime melatonin in humans. A subtly lit living room, where most people reside in the hours before bed, will hum at around 200 lux. Despite being just 1 to 2 percent of the strength of daylight, this ambient level of incandescent home lighting can have 50 percent of the melatonin-suppressing influence within the brain. This got even worse with the invention of blue LED lights. The light receptors in the eye that communicate “daytime” to the suprachiasmatic nucleus are most sensitive to short-wavelength light within the blue spectrum. As a consequence, evening blue LED light has twice the harmful impact on nighttime melatonin suppression than the warm, yellow light from old incandescent bulbs, even when their lux intensities are matched. This is compounded with the trend to excessive screen use, such as laptops, tablets, and cell phones, before bed, which all have blue light. In a study, reading a book on an iPad suppressed melatonin by over 50 percent at night and those individuals took far longer to fall asleep compared to those reading a paper book. The iPad readers lost significant amounts of REM sleep following reading, they felt less rested in the morning and sleepier throughout the day, and had a delay in melatonin release that lasted for several days following iPad reading at night. Using LED devices at night impacts our natural sleep rhythms, the quality of our sleep, and how alert we feel during the day, especially in our children who need sleep the most. Limiting exposure to light in the evening is challenging in the modern home, but can involve mood lighting, avoiding screens before bed, and wearing yellow-tinted glasses, or apps on electronic devices, to block out blue light in the evening. Maintaining complete darkness throughout the night is equally critical. The easiest fix is blackout curtains and no nightlights unless needed to navigate to the bathroom, which should then be motion-activated. The sleep aid industry, encompassing prescription sleep medications and over-the-counter sleep remedies, is worth an astonishing $30 billion a year in the US alone. Numerous triggers that cause sleep difficulties include psychological, physical, medical, and environmental. External factors that cause poor sleep, such as too much bright light at night, the wrong ambient room temperature, caffeine, tobacco, and alcohol, can masquerade as insomnia. However, their origins are not from within you, and therefore not a disorder of you. Rather, they are influences from outside, and, once they are addressed, individuals will get better sleep, without changing anything about themselves. However, insomnia may be a symptom of a disease (eg – Parkinson’s disease) or a side effect of a medication (eg – asthma medication). The two most common triggers of chronic insomnia are psychological: (1) emotional concerns, or worry; and (2) emotional distress, or anxiety. When trying to fall asleep, many worry about the day, or things the next day, or even far in the future, which prevents their brainwaves from relaxing into slower states that promote sleep. The other issue is an overactive sympathetic nervous system keeping the brain and body in an alert state due to stress and anxiety. This involves elevated stress hormones, like cortisol, adrenaline, and noradrenaline, which raises body temperature, heart rate, metabolic rate, and breathing rate, when the opposite should be happening to fall asleep. The bidirectional line of communication between the body and the brain amounts to a vicious, recurring cycle that fuels their thwarting of sleep. Patients with insomnia have a lower quality of sleep, reflected in shallower, less powerful electrical brainwaves during deep NREM. They also have more fragmented REM sleep, peppered by brief awakenings that they are not always aware of, yet still cause a degraded quality of dream sleep. All of which means that insomnia patients wake up not feeling refreshed. Consequently, insomnia patients are unable to function well during the day, cognitively and/or emotionally. You can now understand how physiologically complex the underlying condition is. No wonder the blunt instruments of sleepings pills, which simply and primitively sedate your higher brain, or cortex, are no longer recommended as the first-line treatment approach for insomnia. Sleeping pills do not provide natural sleep, can damage health, and increase the risk of life-threatening diseases. The older sleeping medications – termed “sedative hypnotics”, such as diazepam – sedated you rather than assisting you to sleep. Most of the newer sleeping pills on the market present a similar situation, though they are slightly less sedating. Sleeping pills, old and new, target the same system in the brain that alcohol does – the receptors that stop your brain cells from firing – by effectively knocking out the higher regions of your brain’s cortex. The sleep that sleeping pills produce is devoid of deep NREM sleep, and thus has negative side effects; including next-day grogginess, daytime forgetfulness, performing actions at night of which you are not conscious, and slowed reaction times during the day that can impact motor skills, such as driving. True even of the newer, shorter-acting sleeping pills on the market, these symptoms instigate a vicious cycle. The waking grogginess can lead people to reach for more cups of coffee or tea to rev themselves up with caffeine throughout the day and evening. That caffeine, in turn, makes it harder to fall asleep at night, worsening the insomnia, causing an increase in sleeping pill consumption, perhaps just a half or a whole sleeping pill more, which starts the process over again the next day. Another deeply unpleasant feature of sleeping pills is rebound insomnia. When individuals stop taking these medications, they frequently suffer far worse sleep than the poor sleep that led them to seek out sleeping pills to begin with. The cause of rebound insomnia is a type of dependency in which the brain alters its balance of receptors as a reaction to the increased drug dose, trying to become somewhat less sensitive as a way of countering the foreign chemical within the brain. This is also known as drug tolerance. But when the drug is stopped, there is a withdrawal process, part of which involves an unpleasant spike in insomnia severity. The majority of prescription sleeping pills are in a class of physically addictive drugs. Dependency scales with continued use, and withdrawal ensues in abstinence. When patients come off the drug for a night and have a miserable sleep as a result of rebound insomnia, they often go right back to taking the drug the following night. Few people realize that this night of severe insomnia, and the need to start retaking the drug, is partially or wholly caused by a drug addiction and the persistent use of sleeping pills to begin with. Much of the public remains unaware of the dangerous side effects of sleeping pills. For example, studies show that Ambien, a common sleep pill, produces sleep that actually erases memories, rather than consolidates them. Doctors are notorious for not properly communicating these sorts of dangers to their patients when prescribing medications, largely because they are not aware of them. Even more concerning than adverse brain rewiring are negative physiological effects throughout the body that come with the use of sleeping pills – effects that aren’t widely known but should be. Studies show that individuals using prescription sleep medications are significantly more likely to die and to develop cancer than those who do not. The risk of death scales with the frequency of use. One frequent cause of mortality appears to be higher-than-normal rates of infection because sleeping pills do not induce deep restorative sleep that boosts the immune system, so despite sleeping better in their mind, their body is not receiving the benefits. Older adults are the heaviest users of sleeping pills, representing more than 50 percent of the individuals prescribed such drugs, and are also more prone to infection due to a weaking immune system and co-morbidities. Another cause of death linked to sleeping pills is an increased risk of fatal car accidents due to reduced deep restorative sleep and feeling groggy the next day. Higher risk of falls, particularly in the elderly, is a further mortality factor. As is higher rates of heart disease and stroke. The average age for those receiving sleep medication prescriptions is decreasing, as sleep complaints and incidents of pediatric insomnia increase, often due to undiagnosed sleep breathing disorders. Young brains, which are still being developed into their early twenties, will be attempting the already challenging task of neural development and learning under the subverting influence of prescription sleeping pills. Shouldn’t drug companies be more transparent about the current evidence and risks surrounding sleeping pill use and risks? Unfortunately, Big Pharma can be notoriously unbending within the arena of revised medication indications. This is especially true once a drug has been approved following basic safety assessments, and even more so when profit margins become exorbitant. There is no study to date that has shown that sleeping pills save lives. Dr. Walker believes that the existing evidence warrants far more transparent medical education of any patient who is considering taking a sleeping pill. This way, individuals can appreciate the risks and make informed choices. He is not anti-medication. On the contrary, he desperately wants there to be a drug that helps people obtain truly naturalistic sleep. Many of the drug company scientists who create sleeping medications do so with good intentions and an honest desire to help those whose sleep is problematic. As a researcher, Dr. Walker is keen to help science explore new medications in carefully controlled, independent studies. Short of prescription sleeping pills, the most misunderstood of all “sleep aids” is alcohol. Many individuals believe alcohol helps them to fall asleep more easily, or even offers sounder sleep throughout the night. Both are resolutely untrue. Alcohol is in a class of drugs called sedatives. It binds to receptors within the brain that prevent neurons from firing their electrical signals. Saying that alcohol is a sedative often confuses people, as alcohol in moderate doses helps individuals liven up and become more social. Your increased sociability is caused by sedation of the prefrontal cortex, early in the timeline of alcohol’s creeping effects. The prefrontal cortex controls our impulses and restrains our behaviour, and alcohol impairs this area first allowing us to be less controlled and more extroverted. Give alcohol a little more time, and it begins to sedate other parts of the brain, dragging them down into a stupefied state, just like the prefrontal cortex. Your desire and ability to stay conscious decrease, and you can let go of consciousness more easily. Sedation, however, is not sleep. Alcohol sedates you out of wakefulness, but it does not induce natural sleep. The electrical brainwave state you enter via alcohol is not that of natural sleep, but rather akin to a light form of anesthesia. Alcohol also fragments sleep with brief unnoticed awakenings, so sleep is not continuous or restorative. Alcohol is one of the most powerful suppressors of REM sleep that we know of. When the body metabolizes alcohol it produces the by-product chemicals aldehydes and ketones. The aldehydes block the brain’s ability to generate REM sleep. People consuming even moderate amounts of alcohol in the afternoon and/or evening are thus depriving themselves of dream sleep. In alcoholics, the pent-up REM sleep pressure erupts forcefully into waking consciousness, causing hallucinations, delusions, and gross disorientation in a state called “delirium tremens”. Should the alcoholic enter a rehabilitation program and abstain from alcohol, the brain will begin feasting on REM sleep, binging in a desperate effort to recover that which it has been long starved of – an effect called the REM sleep rebound. We observe precisely the same consequences caused by excess REM sleep pressure in individuals who have tried to break the sleep-deprivation Guinness world record (before this life-threatening feat was banned). The overnight work of REM sleep, which normally assimilates complex memory knowledge, is interfered with by alcohol, even if alcohol is consumed days after the information was obtained. Many people enjoy a drink with dinner or afterwards, but it takes your liver and kidneys many hours to degrade and excrete that alcohol, even if you are an individual with fast-acting enzymes for alcohol decomposition. Nightly alcohol will disrupt your sleep, and the annoying advice of abstinence is the best and most honest advice Dr. Walker can offer. Car crashes rank among the leading causes of death in most developed nations. Operating on less than four hours of sleep, increases your risk of a motor vehicle accident by 11.5 times. This is compounded exponentially when combined with alcohol, such as driving home after the bar late at night or early morning. Evidence shows that drowsy driving alone is worse than driving drunk because when you fall asleep at the wheel, you stop reacting all together, rather than being a late responder like a drunk driver. As a result, car crashes caused by drowsiness tend to be far more deadly than those caused by alcohol or drugs. There are two main culprits of drowsy-driving accidents. The first is people completely falling asleep at the wheel. The second, more common cause is a momentary lapse in concentration, called a microsleep. These last for just a few seconds, during which time the eyelid will either partially or fully close. Microsleeps are usually suffered by individuals who are chronically sleep-restricted – defined as getting less than seven hours of sleep a night on a routine basis. During a microsleep, your brain becomes blind to the outside world for a brief moment – and not just the visual domain, but in all channels of perception. Most of the time you have no awareness of the event. More problematic is that your decisive control of motor actions, such as those necessary for operating a motor vehicle, will momentarily cease. No conscious response, no motor response. The opportunity for microsleeps occurs in a compounding fashion, not just with complete sleep deprivation, but also with back-to-back nights of truncated sleep, even just a couple of hours short. With chronic sleep restriction over months or years, an individual will actually acclimate to their impaired performance, lower alertness, and reduced energy levels, and highly underestimate their level of impairment because it has become their new normal. Individuals fail to recognize how their perennial state of sleep deficiency has come to compromise their mental aptitude and physical vitality, including the slow accumulation of ill health. More dangerous are drowsy truckers. Approximately 80 percent of truck drivers in the US are overweight, and 50 percent are clinically obese. This places truck drivers at a far higher risk of obstructive sleep apnea, commonly associated with heavy snoring, which causes chronic, severe, sleep deprivation. As a result, these truck drivers are 200 – 500 percent more likely to be involved in a traffic accident than the general public. And when a truck driver loses his or her life in a drowsy-driving crash, they will, on average, take 4.5 other lives with them. These are not accidents. They are predictable crashes that are a direct result of not obtaining enough quality sleep. As such, they are unnecessary and preventable. Shamefully, governments of most developed countries spend next to nothing on educating the public on the dangers of drowsy driving relative to what they invest in combating drunk driving. If you feel drowsy while driving. Please, please stop. It’s lethal. Shear will is not enough to power through. It is dangerous. Taking a 30 minute nap can help, but when you wake up you will have sleep inertia and still be impaired for another 30 minutes, so wait it out and/or get a cup of coffee; however, the sleep deprivation will relapse, so you will need another break soon to recharge. Few other areas of medicine offer a more disturbing or astonishing array of disorders than those concerning sleep, as there are over a hundred known. Dr. Walker describes a few common ones. The term “somnambulism” refers to sleep disorders that involve some form of movement. It encompasses conditions, such as sleepwalking, sleep talking, sleep eating, sleep texting, sleep sex, and very rarely, sleep homicide. All these events happen during deep NREM sleep, not REM sleep as expected. Sleepwalking is common in the adult population, and even more common in children. Narcolepsy is considered to be a neurological disorder that involves excessive daytime sleepiness with spontaneous sleep attacks, sleep paralysis, and cataplexy (brief loss of muscle control triggered by strong emotions, positive or negative). About 1 in 2,000 people suffer from narcolepsy. Sleep paralysis occurs when the body is paralyzed during REM sleep and the brain becomes conscious again, yet paralysis remains. Cataplexy is an abnormal function of the REM-sleep circuitry within the brain, wherein one of its features – muscle atonia – is inappropriately deployed while the individual is awake, rather than asleep and dreaming. We can explain this to an adult patient, lowering their anxiety during the event through comprehension of what is happening, and help them rein in or avoid emotional highs and lows to reduce cataplectic occurrences. However, this is much more difficult in children. The sleep-wake switch in the hypothalamus releases a neurotransmitter called orexin that switches the brain to wakefulness. Once activated by the orexin switch, the brain stem pushes open the sensory gate of the thalamus, allowing the perceptual world to flood into the brain, transitioning you to full, stable wakefulness. When it’s time to sleep, orexin is no longer released, and the brain is switched to sleep mode, whereby the thalamus sensory gate closes off the perceptual world. In narcoleptic patients, the orexin-producing cells are dramatically reduced, as are the orexin receptors, keeping the person in an unstable sleep-wake state. Because the orexin switch is never fully on, full wakefulness is not achieved during the day, and because it is never fully off, properly sleep is not achieved at night. There are no effective treatments for narcolepsy, and due to the relative rarity of the condition, it is not profitable for drug companies to invest their research efforts, which is often a driver of fast treatment progress in medicine. Insomnia is the most common sleep disorder, with about 1 in 9 people suffering from clinical insomnia, twice as many women than men. Should we relax the stringent clinical criteria for diagnosis and just use epidemiological data as a guide, it is likely that 2 out 3 people will regularly have difficulty falling or staying asleep at least one night a week, every week. Insomnia involves people who give themselves adequate opportunity to sleep, but cannot get enough sufficient sleep quality or quantity. There is sleep-onset insomnia, which is difficulty falling asleep, and sleep-maintenance insomnia, meaning a difficulty staying asleep; both of which must cause a problem for the person and involve daytime sleepiness to be diagnosed. All of us will experience difficulty sleeping every now and then, which may last just one night or several. That is normal. There is usually an obvious cause, such as work stress or relationship issues. Once these problems subside, sleep returns. Such acute sleep problems are generally not recognized as chronic insomnia, since clinical insomnia requires an ongoing duration of sleep difficulty. Insomnia is one of the most pressing and prevalent medical issues facing modern society, yet few speak of it this way, recognize the burden, or feel there is a need to act. Currently, the most effective treatment for insomnia is cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I), and it is rapidly being embraced by the medical community as the first-line treatment. Working with a therapist for several weeks, patients are provided with a bespoke set of techniques intended to break bad sleep habits and address anxieties that have been inhibiting sleep. CBT-I builds on basic sleep hygiene principles supplemented with methods individualized for the patient, their problems, and their lifestyle. The obvious methods involve reducing caffeine and alcohol intake, removing screen technology from the bedroom, and having a cool bedroom. In addition, patients must (1) establish a regular bedtime and wake-up time, even on weekends, (2) go to bed only when sleepy, (3) never lie awake in bed for a significant period of time; rather, get out of bed and do something quiet and relaxing until the urge to sleep returns, (4) avoid daytime napping if you are having difficulty sleeping at night, (5) reduce anxiety-provoking thoughts and worries by learning to mentally decelerate before bed, and (6) remove visible clock-faces from view in the bedroom, preventing clock-watching anxiety at night. One of the more paradoxical CBT-I methods used to help insomniacs sleep is to restrict their time spent in bed, perhaps even to just six hours of sleep or less to begin with. By keeping patients awake for longer, they build up a stronger sleep pressure – a greater abundance of adenosine. Under this heavier weight of sleep pressure, patients fall asleep faster, and achieve a more stable, solid form of sleep across the night. In this way, a patient can regain their psychological confidence in being able to self-generate and sustain healthy, rapid, and sound sleep, night after night – something that has eluded them for months if not years. Upon reestablishing a patient’s confidence in this regard, time in bed is gradually increased to 8 – 9 hours. Research shows that CBT-I is more effective than sleeping pills in addressing numerous problematic aspects of sleep for insomniacs. The benefits of CBT-I persist long-term, even after patients stop working with their therapists. Sleep and physical exertion have a bidirectional relationship. Many of us know of the deep, sound sleep we often experience after sustained physical activity. Exercise offers increased deep NREM sleep for restoration and rejuvenation. Deep NREM sleep offers an increase in performance for next day exercise with more natural energy and better recovery time. All of us should engage in some form of physical exercise to help maintain not only the fitness of our bodies, but also the quality and quantity of our sleep. Sleep, in return, will boost your fitness and energy, setting in motion a positive, self-sustaining cycle of improved physical activity and mental health. For athletes, post-performance sleep accelerates physical recovery from common inflammation, stimulates muscle repair, and helps restock cellular energy in the form of glucose and glycogen. Try not to exercise right before bed. Body temperature can remain high for an hour or two after physical exertion, which can be difficult to drop your core body temperature sufficiently to initiate sleep due to the increased metabolic rate. Take away the bedrock of sleep, or weaken it just a little, and healthy eating and physical exercise become less effective. Eating before bed, especially carbohydrates and sugar, can disrupt deep NREM sleep. Thermal environment, specifically the proximal temperature around your body and brain, is perhaps the most underappreciated factor determining the ease with which you will fall asleep tonight, and the quality of sleep you will obtain. Ambient room temperature, bedding, and nightclothes dictate the thermal envelope that wraps around your body at night. It is ambient room temperature that has suffered dramatically from modernity. To successfully initiate sleep, your core temperature needs to decrease by about 1 degree Celsius. For this reason, it is better to fall asleep in a room that is too cold, rather than too hot. The decrease in core temperature is detected by a group of thermos-sensitive cells within the hypothalamus, which stimulate the suprachiasmatic nucleus to release melatonin. Your nocturnal melatonin levels are controlled not only by the loss of daylight at dusk, but also the drop in temperature that coincides with the setting sun. Environmental light and temperature therefore synergistically, though independently, dictate nightly melatonin levels and sculpt the ideal timing of sleep. The hands, feet, and head have numerous blood vessels close to the surface of the skin that are remarkable radiating devices that, just prior to sleep onset, jettison body heat in a massive thermal venting session so as to drop your core body temperature. Through climate-controlled homes with central heat and air conditioning, and the use of bedcovers and pajamas, we have architected a minimally varying or even constant thermal tenor in our bedrooms. Consequently, our brains do not receive the cooling instructions within the hypothalamus that facilitates a naturally timed release of melatonin. Moreover, our skin has difficulty “breathing out” the heat it must in order to drop core temperature and make the transition to sleep, suffocated by the constant heat signal of controlled home temperatures. A bedroom temperature of around 18 degrees Celsius is ideal for the sleep of most people, assuming standard bedding and clothing. Hot baths before bed can lower your core temperature, which helps induce sleep more quickly and encourage more deep NREM sleep. The alarm is another major sleep disruptor. No other species demonstrates this unnatural act of prematurely and artificially terminating sleep, and for good reason. Being awoken by an alarm clock causes a spike in blood pressure and heart rate from the sympathetic nervous system. Waking up at the same time of day, every day, no matter if it is the week or weekend is a good recommendation for maintaining a stable sleep schedule if you are having difficulty with sleep. Indeed, it is one of the most consistent and effective ways of helping people with insomnia get better sleep. This unavoidably means the use of an alarm clock for many individuals. If you do use an alarm clock, do away with the snooze function, and get in the habit of waking up only once to spare your nervous system and heart the repeated shock. More than 80 percent of public schools in the United States begin before 8:15am and almost 50 percent of those start before 7:20am. As a result, many children and teenagers must wake up at 5:30am or earlier to get ready and possibly catch a bus, and do so five out of seven day a week. This is lunacy. Children and teenagers require more sleep and more sleep in the mornings based on their circadian rhythms. Restricting this is simply dangerous and unproductive. This is not an optimal design for education, nor is it ethical. This is not a model for nurturing good physical and mental health in our children and teenagers. Forced by the hand of early school start times, this state of chronic sleep deprivation is especially concerning considering that adolescence is the most susceptible phase of life for developing chronic mental illnesses, such as depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, and suicidality. It is the lack of REM sleep, which is concentrated in the mornings, that contribute to emotional instability and mental illnesses. Sleep is so important for cognitive development and learning that increasing sleep time of children and teenagers by delaying school start times would prove transformative. Research findings have revealed that increasing sleep by way of delayed school start times wonderfully increases class attendance, reduces behavioural and psychological problems, decreases substance and alcohol use, and increases life expectancy. The leading cause of death of teenagers is traffic accidents. One study showed delayed school start times correlated with a 70 percent reduction in traffic accidents in 16 to 18 year-old drivers. These publicly available findings should have swept the education system in an uncompromising revision of school start times. Instead, they have been largely swept under the rug. If the goal of education is to educate, and not risk lives in the process, then we are failing our children in the most spectacular manner with the current model of early school start times. Without change, we will simply perpetuate a vicious cycle wherein each generation of our children are stumbling through the education system in a half-comatose state, chronically sleep-deprived for years on end, stunted in their mental and physical growth as a consequence, and failing to maximize their true success potential, only to inflict that same assault on their own children decades later. An added reason for making sleep a top priority in the education and lives of our children concerns the link between sleep deficiency and the epidemic of ADHD (attention deficit hyperactivity disorder). Children with this diagnosis are irritable, moodier, more distractable and unfocused in learning during the day, and have a significantly increased prevalence of depression and suicide ideation. These are the same symptoms of sleep deprivation, however, the sleep issue largely goes undiagnosed by medical doctors, and prescriptions are written for ADHD medications, such as Adderall and Ritalin. Adderall is amphetamine and Ritalin is a similar stimulant called methylphenidate. These are two of the most powerful drugs we know of to prevent sleep and keep the brain wide awake. That is the very last thing the sleep deprived child needs. Not every child that has ADHD has poor sleep, however, studies show that more than 50 percent are just sleep deprived with symptoms masquerading as ADHD. These children are being dosed for years of their critical development with amphetamine-based drugs. One example of an undiagnosed sleep disorder is pediatric sleep-disordered breathing or child obstructive sleep apnea, which is associated with heavy snoring. Overly large adenoids and tonsils can block the airway passage of a child as their breathing muscles relax during sleep, worsened by obesity and an inflammatory diet. The laboured snoring is the sound of turbulent air trying to be sucked down into the lungs through a semi-collapsed, fluttering airway. The resulting oxygen debt will reflexively force the brain to awaken the child briefly throughout the night so that several full breaths can be obtained, restoring full blood oxygen saturation. However, this prevents the child from reaching and/or sustaining long periods of valuable deep NREM sleep. Their sleep-disordered breathing will impose a state of chronic sleep deprivation, night after night, for months or years on end. As the state of chronic sleep deprivation builds over time, the child will look ever more ADHD-like in temperament, cognitively, emotionally, and academically. Those children who are fortunate to have their sleep disorder recognized, and who have their tonsils and/or adenoids removed if needed, more often than not prove that they do not have ADHD. In the weeks after the operation, a child’s sleep recovers, and with it, normative psychological and mental functioning in the months ahead. A major public health awareness campaign by governments and health organizations – without influence from pharmaceutical lobbying groups – is needed on this issue. Failed by a lack of government guidelines and poor communication by researchers to the public regarding the extant scientific data, many parents remain oblivious to the state of childhood sleep deprivation, so often undervaluing the biological necessity of healthy sleep. When sleep is abundant, minds flourish. When it is deficient, they don’t. Sleep deprivation degrades many of the key faculties required for most forms of employment. Certain business leaders mistakenly believe that time at work equates with task completion and productivity. Studies show that insufficient sleep robs most nations of more than 2 percent of their GDP – amounting to the entire cost of most countries’ military. It’s almost as much as each country invests in education. If we eliminated the national sleep debt, we could almost double the GDP percentage that is devoted to the education of our children, which should be incentivized at the national level. Many of the Fortune 500 companies are interested in KPI – key performance indicators, such as net revenue, goal-accomplishment speed, or commercial success. Numerous employee traits determine these measures, such as: creativity, intelligence, motivation, effort, efficiency, effectiveness when working in groups, emotional stability, sociability, and honesty. All of these are systematically dismantled by insufficient sleep. Studies show that shorter sleep amounts predict lower work rates, slower completion speed of basic tasks, less problem-solving abilities, and choosing to seek the easy way out. That is, sleepy employees are unproductive employees and need to work longer to accomplish a goal. Under-slept employees put in less effort for physical appearance in the workplace, generally feel less satisfied with their job, are more emotionally volatile, more rash in their decision-making, and more prone to lying. These individuals also seek opportunities to slack off in groups and hide behind the collective hard work of others. Studies show that an under-slept leader infects their employees with work disengagement and reduced productivity, and cannot effectively inspire and drive their teams with charisma. Allowing and encouraging employees, supervisors, and executives to arrive at work well rested turns them from simply looking busy yet ineffective, to being productive, honest, useful individuals who inspire, support, and help each other. Studies show that those who sleep more, even earn more money. All of us know that nurses and doctors in hospitals work long, consecutive hours, and none more so than doctors during their resident training years. This tracks back to Dr. William Halsted at John Hopkins Hospital, the creator of the residency program who felt sleep was a dispensable luxury that detracted new doctors from the ability to work and learn. Dr. Halsted practiced what he preached, however, it turned out that he was a cocaine addict, which explained the maniacal structure of his residency program and his ability to forgo sleep. The exhausting residency program style, which persists in one form or another throughout North American medical schools to this day, has left countless patients hurt or dead in its wake – and likely, residents too. Residents would commonly work 30-hour straight shifts. Research shows that this causes residents to commit 36 percent more serious medical errors, such as prescribing the wrong dose of a drug or leaving a surgical implement inside a patient, compared with those working sixteen hours or less. Additionally, after a 30-hour shift without sleep, residents make a whopping 460 percent more diagnostic mistakes in the intensive care unit than when well rested after enough sleep. Throughout the course of their residency, one in five medical residents will make a sleepless-related medical error that causes significant liable harm to a patient. One in twenty residents will kill a patient due to a lack of sleep. A new report suggests that medical errors are the third-leading cause of death among Americans after heart attacks and cancer. Sleeplessness undoubtedly plays a role in those lives lost. After a 30-hour continuous shift, exhausted residents are 73 percent more likely to stab themselves with a needle or cut themselves with a scalpel, risking a blood-born infectious disease, compared to their careful actions when adequately rested. The regulatory boards involved in changing resident work hours are resistant because of the we-suffered-through-sleep-deprivation-and-you-should-too mentality when it comes to training, teaching, and practicing medicine. Studies show that when residents are limited to 16 hour shifts with an 8 hour rest period they cause 20 percent fewer serious medical errors and 400 – 600 percent fewer diagnostic errors. The decimation of sleep throughout industrialized nations is having a catastrophic impact on our health, our life expectancy, our safety, our productivity, and the education of our children. In addition to our toxic food system, this silent sleep epidemic is the greatest public health challenge we face in the twenty-first century in developed nations. A radical shift in our personal, cultural, professional, and societal appreciation of sleep must occur. Educating people about sleep – through books, engaging lectures or videos, and word of mouth – can help combat our sleep deficit. Wearables that accurately track sleep and habits that improve or reduce sleep are essential for change. When it comes to the quantified self, it’s the old adage of “seeing is believing” that ensures longer-term adherence to healthy habits. Harnessing smartphones as a central hub to gather an individual’s health data from various sources – physical activity (such as number of steps, or minutes and intensity of exercise), light exposure, temperature, heart rate, body weight, food intake, work productivity, or mood – we show each individual how their own sleep is a direct predictor and cause of their own physical and mental health. You would discover that during the months of the year when you were averaging more sleep, you were sick less; your weight, blood pressure and medication use dropped; and your relationships, as well as sex life, were better. Reinforced day after day, month after month, and ultimately year after year, this nudge could change many people’s sleep neglect for the better. If this even increased your sleep amount by just fifteen to twenty minutes each night, the science indicates that it would make a significant difference across the life span and save trillions of dollars within the global economy at the population level. It could be one of the most powerful factors in a future vision that shifts from a model of sick care (treatment), which is what we do now, to health care (prevention) – the latter aiming to stave off a need for the former. Prevention is far more efficient than treatment, and costs far less in the long run. We can marry individual sleep trackers with the revolution of in-home networked devices like thermostats and lighting that is tailored to the personalized circadian rhythm of each individual in each bedroom. Thermostats could be dialed down at the right time at night to drop core body temperature and back up again in the morning when it is time to wake up. Lighting with built in blue LED light filters could be dimmed and changed to warm yellow in the evening and back to blue light in the morning to stimulate then supress melatonin appropriate for sleep and wakefulness. The same can be done with LED screens in the home, workplaces, and in vehicles. NASA is already doing this with their astronauts in space. In addition to analytics with sleep and health trackers, we could use predictalytics that predict your future health and appearance based on your current patterns and habits. This could be used to predict the optimal time to get a flu shot when immunity is highest and antibodies can be optimized based on your sleep. Few people realize that the annual financial cost of the flu in the US is around $100 billion ($10 billion direct and $90 billion in lost work productivity). Even if this software decreases flu infections by just a small percentage, it will save hundreds of millions of dollars by way of improved immunization efficiency by reducing the cost burden on hospital services. By avoiding lost productivity through illness and absenteeism during the flu season, businesses and the economy stand to save billions of dollars and could help subsidize the effort. We can scale this solution globally: anywhere there is immunization and the opportunity to track an individual’s sleep, there is the chance for marked savings to health care systems, governments, businesses, and families – all with the motivated goal of trying to help people live healthier lives. Generation after generation, our young minds continue to remain unaware of the immediate dangers and protracted health impacts of insufficient sleep. A simple education model would be very helpful. It could take many forms. An animated short movie accessible online, a board game in physical or digital form, or a virtual environment that helps children explore the secrets of sleep. The objective would be to change the lives of those children and, by raising awareness and creating better sleep practices, have those children pass on their healthy sleep values to their own children. Our future generations would enjoy a longer healthier and more productive life, absolved of the mid and late-life diseases and disorders that we know are caused by and associated with chronic short sleep. At the highest levels, we need better public campaigns educating the population about sleep. For example, on drowsy driving, which would pay for itself immediately in health care savings and lower emergency services costs, as well as lower auto insurance rates and premiums for individuals. Many health insurance companies provide a financial credit to their members for going to the gym – the same could be done with healthy sleep habits that are tracked and submitted. Even with lower insurance paid by the individual in addition to them living healthier lives, health insurance companies would significantly decrease the cost burden of their insured individuals, allowing for greater profit margins. In this way, Dr. Walker offers us a new vision for sleep in our future. One we can readily embrace, fund, and implement with modest political and social will and desire. First we must understand the basics, accept the problem as it is, and take appropriate action based on the latest evidence. We are all in this together, and our children depend on us. Fourteen Tips for Healthy Sleep Stick to a sleep schedule. Go to bed and wake up at the same time each day. As creatures of habit, people have a hard time adjusting to changes in sleep patterns. Sleeping later on weekends won’t fully make up for a lack of sleep during the week and will make it harder to wake up early on Monday morning. Set an alarm for bedtime, if needed. Exercise is great, but not too late in the day. Try to exercise at least thirty minutes on most days, but not later than two to three hours before your bedtime. Morning is best. Avoid caffeine and nicotine. Coffee, colas, certain teas, and dark chocolate contain the stimulant caffeine, and its effects can take as long as eight hours to fully wear off. Therefore, caffeine in the late afternoon can make it hard for you to fall asleep at night. Nicotine is also a stimulant, often causing smokers to sleep only very lightly. In addition, smokers often wake up too early in the morning because of nicotine withdrawal. Avoid alcoholic drinks before bed. Having a nightcap or alcoholic beverage before sleep may help you relax, but alcohol sedates your brain and robs you of REM sleep, keeping you in the lighter stages of sleep. Alcohol ingestion also may contribute to impairment in breathing at night. You also tend to wake up in the middle of the night when the effects of the alcohol have worn off. Avoid large meals and beverages at night. A light snack is okay, but a large meal, especially with carbohydrates and sugar, can cause indigestion, which interferes with deep sleep. Drinking too many fluids at night can cause frequent awakenings to urinate. If possible, avoid medicines that delay or disrupt your sleep. Some commonly prescribed heart, blood pressure, or asthma medications, as well as some over-the-counter and herbal remedies for coughs, colds, or allergies, can disrupt sleep patterns. If you have trouble sleeping, talk to your health care provider or pharmacist to see whether any drugs you’re taking might be contributing to your insomnia and ask whether they can be taken at other times during the day. Don’t take naps after 3pm. Naps can help make up for lost sleep, but late afternoon naps can make it harder to fall asleep at night. Relax your mind and body before bed. Don’t overschedule your day so that no time is left for unwinding. A relaxing activity, such as reading or listening to music, should be part of your bedtime ritual. Take a hot bad before bed. The drop in body temperature after getting out of the bath may help you feel sleepy, and the bath can help you relax and slow down so you’re more ready to sleep. Dark bedroom, cool bedroom, gadget-free bedroom. Get rid of anything in your bedroom that might distract you from sleep, such as noises, bright lights, an uncomfortable bed, or warm temperatures. You sleep better if the temperature in the room is kept on the cool side – about 18 degree Celsius. A TV, cell phone, or computer in the bedroom can be a distraction and deprive you of needed sleep. Having a comfortable mattress and pillow can help promote a good night’s sleep. Use blackout curtains if needed. Individuals who have insomnia often watch the clock. Turn the clock’s face out of view so you don’t worry about the time while trying to fall asleep. Have the right sunlight exposure. Daylight is key to regulating daily sleep patterns. Try to get outside in natural sunlight for at least thirty minutes each day. If possible, wake up with the sun or use very bright lights in the morning. Sleep experts recommend that, if you have problems falling asleep, you should get an hour of exposure to morning sunlight and turn down the lights before bedtime. Don’t lie awake in bed. If you find yourself still awake after staying in bed for more than twenty minutes or if you are starting to feel anxious or worried, get up and do some relaxing activity until you feel sleepy. The anxiety of not being able to sleep can make it harder to fall asleep. If you have difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep, consider trying cognitive behaviour therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) to help relax your mind and implement these tips with a therapist. If you cannot get a good night’s sleep after trying all of these methods, talk to your family doctor about a referral to a sleep physician for polysomnography (sleep study) to assess for an underlying sleep disorder. In my experience, sleep has been an issue for as long as I can remember. As a child, I recall not being able to get up for school in the morning. I didn’t know at the time that I was a “night owl”. I couldn’t fall asleep until the wee hours in the morning, and was always exhausted when woken up too early by my parents. They didn’t understand. Before school, I would sometimes run the shower on cold to not waste hot water and then sleep on the bathmat to get an extra ten or fifteen minutes of much needed sleep. This was a huge red flag. Yet went unaddressed until mid-thirties. Throughout my twenties and early thirties, I knew I had insomnia, so I tried every sleep aid and natural option I could find, including CBT-I, sound therapies on Insight Timer with frequencies for delta and theta brainwaves, breathwork, and meditation. The CBT-I, sound therapies, breathwork, and meditation helped me relax and fall asleep a bit easier, but I still woke up repeatedly throughout the night. I was chronically sleep deprived and always exhausted. I snored and I would wake up anxious in the morning at the sound of my alarm. Shear will power and coffee guided me through, but I knew it was not a permanent solution. During dental school, my friends in medical programs introduced me to sleeping pills, which gave me five hours of sedated sleep. This allowed me to survive, but was far from thriving. I eventually met a sleep dentist at a conference who suggested I get a sleep study – something no physician I saw about my sleep, and who prescribed me sleeping pills and anxiety medications related to sleep issues, ever mentioned. The result of the sleep study was obstructive sleep apnea. I had insomnia because my mind was afraid to fall asleep at night because my body would choke on itself. No one thought to look at the root cause of my insomnia, sleep deprivation, snoring, and anxiety. The medical doctors just knew how to prescribe drugs for symptoms. I did the necessary training and treated myself with an oral sleep appliance and a nasal dilator that effectively managed my symptoms of obstructive sleep apnea. My insomnia disappeared. My snoring stopped. My anxiety went away. I completely stopped sleeping pills. I was more naturally energized and productive, and became inspired to help others do the same: discover root causes and work with various health professionals at overcoming issues, like sleep breathing disorders and chronic pain, that fall through the cracks of our health care system. As I became more self-aware through much inner work, I started having nightly lucid dreams. Navigating my extremely vivid and exciting dreams has become an opportunity to choose differently than I had in past experiences and offers potential for learning and rewiring my brain. The lessons I learn from my dreams have been vital in conscious expansion.

The Body Keeps the Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in the Healing of Trauma

Dr. Bessel Van Der Kolk

With decades of clinical experience, psychiatrist Dr. Van Der Kolk empowers us to understand and overcome our trauma, highlighting neuroplasticity as our way out.

As human beings we belong to an extremely resilient species. Since time immemorial we have rebounded from our relentless wars, countless disasters (both natural and man-made), and the violence and betrayal in our own lives. But traumatic experiences do leave traces, whether on a large scale (on our histories and cultures) or close to home, on our families, with dark secrets being imperceptibly passed down through generations. They also leave traces on our minds and emotions, on our capacity for joy and intimacy, and even on our biology, including our genetics and immune systems. Trauma affects not only those who are directly exposed to it, but also those around them. For example, soldiers returning home from combat may frighten their families with their rages, violence, and emotional absence. The wives of men who suffer from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) tend to become depressed, and the children of depressed mothers are at risk of growing up insecure and anxious. Having been exposed to family violence as a child often makes it difficult to establish stable, trusting relationships as an adult. Trauma, by definition, is unbearable and intolerable. Most rape victims, combat soldiers, and children who have been beaten or molested become so upset when they think about what they have experienced that they try to push it out of their minds, trying to act as if nothing happened, and move on. It takes tremendous energy to keep functioning while carrying the memory of terror, and the shame of utter helplessness and vulnerability. While we all want to move beyond trauma, the part of our brain that is devoted to ensuring our survival (deep below our rational brain) is not very good at denial. Long after a traumatic experience is over, it may be reactivated by the slightest trigger and mobilize disturbed brain circuits and secrete massive amounts of stress hormones. This precipitates unpleasant emotions, intense physical sensations, and impulsive and aggressive actions. These posttraumatic reactions feel incomprehensible and overwhelming. Feeling out of control, survivors of trauma often begin to fear that they are damaged to the core and beyond redemption. Psychiatrist Dr. van der Kolk is the founder and medical director of the Trauma Center in Brookline, Massachusetts, professor of psychiatry at Boston University School of Medicine, and director of the National Complex Trauma Treatment Network. During his psychiatry rotation in medical school, Dr. van der Kolk was amazed at how little psychiatrists knew about the origins of the problems they were treating. He asked himself “Would it be possible one day to know as much about brains, minds, and love as we do about the other systems that make up our organism?” He says we are still years from attaining that sort of detailed understanding, but the birth of three new branches of science has led to an explosion of knowledge about the effects of psychological trauma, abuse, and neglect. Those new disciplines are neuroscience, the study of how the brain supports mental processes; developmental psychopathology, the study of the impact of adverse experiences on the development of the mind and brain; and interpersonal neurobiology, the study of how our behaviour influences the emotions, biology, and mindsets of those around us. Research from these new disciplines has revealed that trauma produces actual physiological changes, including a recalibration of the brain’s alarm system, an increase in stress hormone activity, and alterations in the system that filters relevant information from irrelevant. We now know that trauma compromises the brain areas that communicate the physical, embodied feeling of being alive. These changes explain why traumatized individuals become hypervigilant to threat at the expense of spontaneously engaging in their day-to-day lives. They also help us understand why traumatized people so often keep repeating the same problems and have such trouble learning from experience. We now know that their behaviours are not the result of moral failings or signs of lack of willpower or bad character – they are caused by actual changes in the brain. Dr. van der Kolk wrote this book to serve as both a guide and an invitation – an invitation to dedicate ourselves to facing the reality of trauma, to explore how best to treat it, and to commit ourselves, as a society, to use every means we have to prevent it. The recent vast increase in our knowledge about the basic processes that underlie trauma has opened up new possibilities to palliate or even reverse the damage. We can now develop methods and experiences that utilize the brain’s own natural neuroplasticity to help trauma survivors feel fully alive in the present and move beyond trauma. There are fundamentally three avenues to healing: 1) top-down: by talking, reconnecting with others, and allowing ourselves to know and understand what is going on with us, while processing the memories of trauma; 2) by taking medications that shut down inappropriate alarm reactions, or by utilizing other technologies that change the way the brain organizes information; and 3) bottom-up: by allowing the body to have experiences that deeply and viscerally contradict the helplessness, rage, or collapse that result from trauma, and help us regain self-mastery. Which one of these is best for any particular survivor is an empirical question. Most people Dr. van der Kolk works with require a combination. We do not really want to know the extent of trauma in our society. We want to think of families as safe havens in a heartless world and of our own country as populated by enlightened, civilized people. We prefer to believe that cruelty exists in faraway places. Trauma, whether it is the result of something done to you or something you yourself have done, almost always makes it difficult to engage in intimate relationships. After you have experienced something so unspeakable, how do you learn to trust yourself or anyone else again? In the case of abuse, there can be confusion about whether one was a victim or a willing participant, which in turn leads to bewilderment about the difference between love and fear; pain and pleasure. After trauma the world becomes sharply divided between those who know and those who don’t. People who have not shared the traumatic experience cannot be trusted because they can’t understand it. Sadly, this often includes spouses, children, friends, and co-workers. Trauma is not just an event that took place sometime in the past; it is also the imprint left by that experience on mind, brain, body, and soul. This imprint has ongoing consequences for how the human being manages to survive in the present moment. Trauma results in a fundamental reorganization of the way the mind and brain manage perceptions, and involves physical sensations and often unrecognized medical conditions. It changes how we think and what we think about, but also our very capacity to think. For healing to take place, the body and mind needs to learn that the danger has passed and it is safe to live fully in the reality of the present, expressed by our true Self. Imagination is absolutely critical to the quality of our lives. Our imagination enables us to leave our routine everyday existence by fantasizing about travel, food, sex, and falling in love – all the things that make life interesting. Imagination gives us the opportunity to envision new possibilities – it is an essential launchpad for making our hopes and dreams come true. It lights up our creativity, relieves our boredom, alleviates our pain, enhances our pleasure, and enriches our most intimate relationships. When people are compulsively and constantly pulled back into the past from trauma to the last time they felt intense involvement and deep emotions, they suffer from a failure of imagination – a loss of mental flexibility. Without imagination there is no hope, no chance to envision a better future, no place to go, no goal to reach. The true Self cannot be expressed. The way medicine approaches human suffering has always been determined by the technology available at the time. In the past, aberrations in behaviour were ascribed to God, sin, magic, witches, and evil spirits. Then a new paradigm began emerging: anger, lust, pride, greed, avarice, and sloth – as well as all the other problems we humans have always struggled to manage – were recast as “disorders” that could be fixed by the administration of appropriate chemicals – medications. A major textbook of psychiatry went so far as to state: “The cause of mental illness is now considered an aberration of the brain, a chemical imbalance.” Dr. van der Kolk refers to this as the brain-disease model. Psychiatric medications gave doctors a false sense of efficacy and provided a tool beyond talk therapy. Drugs also produced enormous income and profits for doctors and pharmaceutical companies. The drug revolution that started out with so much promise actually causes more harm than good. The theory that mental illness is caused primarily by chemical imbalances in the brain that can be corrected by specific drugs has become broadly accepted, by media and the public, as well as by the medical profession. In many places drugs have displaced talk therapy and enabled patients to suppress their thoughts, emotions, physical sensations, and behaviours without addressing the underlying issues – to the detriment of patients and society. The brain-disease model takes control over people’s fate out of their own hands and puts doctors and insurance companies in charge of “fixing” their problems. Over the past three decades, psychiatric medications have become a mainstay in our culture, with dubious consequences. Consider the case of antidepressants. If they were indeed as effective as we have been led to believe, depression should by now be a minor issue in our society. Instead, even as antidepressant use continues to increase, it has not made a dent in hospital admissions for depression. The number of people treated for depression has tripled in the past two decades, and one in ten Americans now take antidepressants. Because drugs have become so profitable, major medical journals rarely publish studies on nondrug treatments for mental health problems. Practitioners who explore nondrug treatments are typically marginalized as “alternative”. Mainstream medicine is firmly committed and completely delusional in their assumption that we can achieve a better life through pharmaceuticals for mental health. The brain-disease model overlooks four fundamental truths: (1) our capacity to destroy one another is matched by our capacity to heal one another. Restoring relationships and community is central to restoring well-being; (2) language gives us the power to change ourselves and others by communicating our experiences, helping us to define who we are, what we know, and finding a common sense of meaning; (3) we have the ability to regulate our own physiology, including some of the so-called involuntary functions of the body and the brain, through such basic activities as breathing, moving, and touching; and (4) we can change social conditions to create environments in which children and adults can feel safe and where they can thrive. When we ignore these quintessential dimensions of humanity, we deprive people of ways to heal from trauma and restore their autonomy. Being a patient supressed by psychiatric medications, rather than an active participant in one’s healing process, separates suffering people from their community and alienates them from an inner sense of Self. In the early 1990s, novel brain-imaging techniques opened up undreamed-of capacities to gain a sophisticated understanding about the way the brain processes information. Gigantic multimillion-dollar machines based on advanced physics and computer technology rapidly made neuroscience into one of the most popular areas for research. Positron emission tomography (PET) and, later, functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) enabled scientists and doctors to visualize how different parts of the brain are activated when people are engaged in certain tasks or when they remember events from the past. For the first time, we could watch the brain as it processed memories, sensations, and emotions, and begin to map the circuits of mind and consciousness. The earlier technology of measuring brain chemicals, like serotonin or norepinephrine, had enabled scientists to look at what fueled neural activity. Neuroimaging made it possible to see inside the brain. By doing so, it has transformed our understanding of trauma. Our rational, cognitive brain, the neocortex, is actually the youngest part of the brain and occupies only about 30 percent of the area inside our skull. The rational brain is primarily concerned with the world outside us: understanding how things and people work, and figuring out how to accomplish our goals, manage our time, and sequence our actions. Beneath the rational brain lie two evolutionary older and to some degree separate brains, the reptilian brain (brainstem and cerebellum) and the limbic brain (hippocampus, amygdala, hypothalamus, and cingulate gyrus), which are in charge of everything else: the moment-by-moment registration and management of our body’s physiology and the identification of comfort, safety, threat, hunger, fatigue, desire, longing, excitement, pleasure, and pain. The brain is built from the bottom up. It develops level by level within every child in the womb, just as it did in the course of evolution. The most primitive part, the part that is already online when we are born, is the ancient animal brain, often called the reptilian brain. It is located just above the place where our spinal cord enters the skull. The reptilian brain is responsible for all the things that newborn babies can do: eat, sleep, wake, cry, breathe, and feel temperature, hunger, wetness, and pain; and rid the body of toxins by urinating and defecating. The brainstem and the hypothalamus (which sits directly above it) together control the energy levels of the body. They coordinate the functioning of the lungs and heart, and also the endocrine and immune systems, ensuring that these basic life-sustaining systems are maintained within the relatively stable internal balance, known as homeostasis. Right above the reptilian brain is the limbic brain. It’s also known as the mammalian brain, because all animals that live in groups and nurture their young possess one. Development of this part of the brain truly takes off after a baby is born. It is the seat of the emotions, the monitor of danger, the judge of what is pleasurable or scary, the arbiter of what is or is not important for survival purposes. It is also a central command post for coping with the challenges of living within our complex social networks. The limbic brain is shaped in response to experience, in partnership with the infant’s own genetic makeup and inborn temperament. As all parents of more than one child quickly notice, babies differ from birth in the intensity and nature of their reactions to similar events. Whatever happens to a baby contributes to the emotional and perceptual map of the world that its developing brain creates. This is another way of describing neuroplasticity, the relatively recent discovery that neurons that “fire together, wire together”. When a circuit fires repeatedly, it can become a default setting – the response most likely to occur. If you feel safe and loved, your brain becomes specialized in exploration, play, and cooperation; if you are frightened and unwanted, it specializes in managing feelings of fear and abandonment. The emotional brain, which is the reptilian brain combined with the limbic brain, initiates preprogrammed escape plans, like in fight or flight responses. These muscular and physiological reactions are automatically set in motion without any thoughtful planning on our part, leaving our conscious, rational capacities to catch up later, often well after the threat is over. The top layer of the brain is the neocortex. In the second year of life, the frontal lobes, which make up the bulk of our neocortex, begin to develop at a rapid pace. Around age seven, life is organized around frontal lobe capacities: sitting still; keeping sphincters in check; being able to use words rather than acting out; understanding abstract and symbolic ideas; planning for tomorrow; and being in tune with parents, teachers, and classmates. The frontal lobes are responsible for the qualities that make us unique within the animal kingdom. They enable us to use language and abstract thought. They give us our ability to absorb and integrate vast amounts of information and attach meaning to it. Only human beings command the words and symbols necessary to create the communal, spiritual, and historical contexts that shape our lives. The frontal lobes allow us to plan and reflect, to imagine and play out future scenarios. They help us to predict what will happen if we take one action or neglect another. They make choice possible and underlie our astonishing creativity. The frontal lobes also allow us to consciously regulate our emotional brain. Crucial for understanding trauma, the frontal lobes are also the seat of empathy – our ability to “feel into” someone else. Research shows that mirror neurons in the frontal lobes are responsible for empathy, imitation, synchrony, and the development of language when watching others. Our mirror neurons pick up on another’s movements, emotional state, and intentions. When people are in synch with each other, they tend to stand or sit in similar ways, and their voices take on similar rhythms. But our mirror neurons also make us vulnerable to others’ negativity, so that we respond to their anger with furry or are dragged down by their depression. Trauma almost invariably involves not being seen, not being mirrored, and not being taken into account because these mirror neurons are not active. Trauma treatment needs to reactivate the mirror neurons and therefore the capacity to safely mirror, and be mirrored, by others, but also to resist being hijacked by others’ negative emotions. Well-functioning frontal lobes are crucial for harmonious relationships with our fellow humans. As children, we learn to understand others’ motives, so we can adapt and stay safe in groups that have different perceptions, expectations, and values. Without flexible, active frontal lobes people become creatures of habit, and their relationships become superficial and routine. With trauma, invention, innovation, discovery, and wonder are lacking. When healthy, our frontal lobes can stop us from doing things that will embarrass us or hurt others; however, the more intense the visceral, sensory input from the emotional brain, the less capacity the frontal lobes of the rational brain has to put a damper on it. Intense emotions activate the emotional brain, in particular, the amygdala. We depend on the amygdala to warn us of impending danger and to activate the body’s stress response. Activation of this fear center triggers the cascade of stress hormones and nerve impulses that drive up blood pressure, heart rate, and oxygen intake – preparing the body for fight or flight. Broca’s Area is one of the speech centers of the brain, which is often affected in stroke patients when the blood supply to that region is cut off. This area goes offline in flashbacks of trauma. Without a functioning Broca’s Area, you cannot put your thoughts and feelings into words. Even years later, traumatized people often have enormous difficulty telling other people what has happened to them. Their bodies reexperience terror, rage, and helplessness, as well as the impulse to fight or flee, but these feelings are almost impossible to articulate. Trauma by nature drives us to the edge of comprehension, cutting us off from language based an imaginable past. This doesn’t mean that people can’t talk about a tragedy that has befallen them. Sooner or later, most survivors come up with what many of them call their “cover story” that offers some explanation for their symptoms or behaviour for public consumption. These stories, however, rarely capture the inner truth of the experience. It is enormously difficult to organize one’s traumatic experiences into a coherent account – a narrative with a beginning, middle, and an end. When words fail, haunting images capture the experience and return as nightmares and flashbacks. In contrast to the deactivation of Broca’s Area, another region, Brodmann’s Area 19, lights up on a scan in trauma patients during flashbacks. This is a region in the visual cortex that registers images when they first enter the brain, so this is the brain rekindling trauma as if the trauma were actually occurring. These scans show that during flashbacks, images of past trauma activate the right hemisphere of the brain and deactivate the left. We now know that the two halves of the brain speak different languages. The right is intuitive, emotional, visual, spatial, and tactual, and the left is linguistic, sequential, and analytical. The left and right sides of the brain process the imprints of the past in dramatically different ways. The left brain remembers facts, statistics, and the vocabulary of events. We call on it to explain our experiences and put them in order and into words. The right brain stores memories of sight, sound, touch, taste, smell, and the emotions they evoke. It reacts automatically to voices, facial features, gestures, and places experienced in the past. What it recalls feels like intuitive truth – the way things are. Under ordinary circumstances the two sides of the brain work together more or less smoothly, even in people who might be said to favour one side over the other. However, having one side or the other shut down, even temporarily, is disabling. Deactivation of the left hemisphere due to trauma has a direct impact on the capacity to organize experience into logical sequences and to translate our shifting feelings and perceptions into words. Without sequencing, we can’t identify cause and effect, grasp the long-term effects of our actions, or create coherent plans for the future. People who are very upset sometimes say they are “losing their minds”. In technical terms they are experiencing the loss of executive functioning. When something reminds traumatized people of the past, their right brain reacts as if the traumatic event were happening in the present. But because their left brain is not working very well, they may not be aware that they are reexperiencing and reenacting the past – they are just furious, terrified, enraged, ashamed, or frozen. After the emotional storm passes, they may look for something or someone to blame for it. Of course, most of us have done this from time to time, but when we cool down, we hopefully can admit our mistake. Trauma interferes with this kind of awareness due to a sustained sympathetic nervous system (stress) response. The most important job of the brain is to ensure our survival, even under the most miserable conditions. Everything else is secondary. In order to do that, our brains need to: (1) generate internal signals that register what our bodies need, such as food, rest, protection, sex, and shelter; (2) create a map of the world to point us where to go to satisfy those needs; (3) generate the necessary energy and actions to get us there; (4) warn us of dangers and opportunities along the way; and (5) adjust our actions based on the requirements of the moment. All of these imperatives require coordination and collaboration with other people. Psychological problems occur when our internal signals don’t work, when our maps don’t lead us where we need to go, when we are too paralyzed to move or we freak out, when our actions don’t correspond to our needs, or when our relationships break down. When the brain’s alarm system is turned on, it automatically triggers preprogrammed physical escape plans in the emotional brain. The nerves and chemicals that make up our basic brain structure have a direct connection with our body. When the emotional brain takes over, it partially shuts down the rational brain, our conscious mind, and propels the body to run, hide, fight, or, on occasion, freeze via the sympathetic nervous system. If this response is effective and we escape the danger, we recover our internal equilibrium and gradually regain our senses. If for some reason the normal escape response is blocked – for example, when people are held down, trapped, or otherwise prevented from taking effective action, be it in a war zone, a car accident, domestic violence, or a rape – the brain keeps stimulating the secretion of stress chemicals, and the brain’s electrical stress circuits continue to fire in vain. Long after the actual event has passed, the brain may keep sending signals to the body to escape a threat that no longer exists. Being able to move and do something to protect oneself is a critical factor in determining whether or not a horrible experience will leave long-lasting scars. Danger is a normal part of life, and the brain is in charge of detecting it and organizing our response. Sensory information about the outside world arrives through our eyes, nose, ears, tongue, and skin. These sensations converge in the thalamus, an area connected to the limbic brain. The thalamus combines all the input from our perceptions into a fully integrated, coherent experience of “this is what is happening to me”. The sensations are then passed on in two directions – down to the amygdala, two small almond-shaped structures that lie deeper in the unconscious limbic brain, and up to the frontal lobes, where they reach our conscious awareness. However, processing by the thalamus can break down, and when they do so, sights, sounds, smells, tastes, and touch, are encoded as isolated, dissociated fragments, and normal memory processing disintegrates. Time freezes, so that the present danger feels like it will last forever. The central function of the amygdala is to identify whether an incoming input is relevant for our survival. It does so quickly and automatically, with the help of feedback from the hippocampus, a nearby structure that relates the new input to past experiences. If the amygdala senses a threat, it sends an instant message down to the hypothalamus and the brain stem, recruiting the sympathetic nervous system, which is part of the autonomic nervous system, to orchestrate a whole-body stress response. Because the amygdala processes the information it receives from the thalamus faster than the frontal lobes do, it decides whether incoming information is a threat to our survival even before we are consciously aware of the danger. By the time we realize what is happening, our body may already be on the move. The amygdala’s danger signals trigger the release of powerful stress hormones, including cortisol and adrenaline, which increase heart rate, blood pressure, and rate of breathing, preparing us to fight or run away. Once the danger has passed, the body returns to its normal state fairly quickly. But when recovery is blocked, the body is triggered to defend itself, which makes people feel agitated and aroused. Trauma increases the risk of the amygdala misinterpreting whether a particular situation is dangerous or safe. You can get along with other people only if you can accurately gauge whether their intentions are benign or dangerous. Even a slight misreading can lead to painful misunderstandings in relationships at home, school, or at work. Functioning effectively in a complex home, school, or work environment requires the ability to quickly assess how people are feeling and continuously adjust your behaviour accordingly. Misread or unread signals due to trauma lead to blowups or shutdowns in response to innocuous comments or facial expressions. As long as you are not too upset, your frontal lobes can restore your balance by helping you realize that you are responding to a false alarm and abort the stress response consciously. Ordinarily, the executive capacities of the prefrontal cortex in the frontal lobes enable people to observe what is going on, predict what will happen if they take a certain action, and make a conscious choice. Being able to hover calmly and objectively over our thoughts, feelings, and emotions (ie – mindfulness) and then take our time to respond allows the executive brain to inhibit, organize, and modulate the hardwired automatic reactions preprogrammed into the emotional brain. This capacity is crucial for preserving our relationships with our fellow human beings. As long as our frontal lobes are working properly, we are less likely to lose our temper or shut down. When that system breaks down due to trauma, we become like conditioned animals: the moment we perceive danger, we automatically go into fight-flight-or-freeze mode via the unregulated stress response. In PTSD, the critical balance between the amygdala and frontal lobes shifts radically, which makes it harder to control emotions and impulses. Neuroimaging studies of human beings in highly emotional states reveal that intense fear, sadness, and anger all increase the activation of the emotional brain and significantly reduce the activity in the frontal lobes. When that happens, the inhibitory capacity of the frontal lobes break down and the emotional brain is in control without regulation. Traumatized people may then startle in response to any loud sound, become enraged by small frustrations, or freeze when someone touches them. Effectively dealing with stress depends upon achieving a balance between the amygdala and the frontal lobes. If you want to manage your emotions better, your brain gives you two options: you can learn to regulate them from the top-down or bottom-up. Knowing the difference between top-down and bottom-up regulation is central for understanding and treating traumatic stress. Top-down regulation involves strengthening the capacity of the frontal lobes to regulate your emotions. Mindfulness meditation and yoga can help with this. Bottom-up regulation involves recalibrating the autonomic nervous system through breath, movement, or touch. Breathing is one of the few body functions under both conscious and autonomic control. Our self-experience is the product of the balance between our rational and emotional brains. Whenever the emotional brain decides that something is a matter of life or death, the pathways between the frontal lobes and the emotional brain become extremely tenuous. Emotions give shape and direction to the human experience, and their primary expression is through the muscles of the face and body. These facial and physical movements communicate our mental state and intentions to others: angry expressions and threatening postures caution them to back off; sadness attracts care and attention; and fear signals helplessness or alerts us to danger. We instinctively read the dynamics between other people simply from their tension or relaxation, their postures and tone of voice, and their changing facial and body expressions. Emotions propel us into action. This invites us to focus on emotions and movements, not only as problems to be managed in therapy, but also as assets that need to be organized to enhance one’s sense of purpose. The Polyvagal Theory, developed by psychologist and neuroscientist Dr. Stephen Porges, provides us with a more sophisticated understanding of the biology of safety and danger – one based on the subtle interplay between the visceral experiences of our own bodies, and the voices and faces of the people around us. It explains why a kind face or a soothing tone of voice can dramatically alter the way we feel. It clarifies why knowing that we are seen and heard by the important people in our lives can make us feel calm and safe, and why being ignored or dismissed can precipitate rage reactions or mental collapse. It helps us understand why focused attunement with another person can shift us out of disorganized and fearful states. It also suggests new approaches to healing that focus on strengthening the body’s system for regulating arousal. Human beings are astoundingly attuned to subtle emotional shifts in the people around them. Slight changes in the tension of the brow, wrinkles around the eyes, curvature of the lips, and angle of the neck quickly signal to us how comfortable, suspicious, relaxed, or frightened someone is. Our mirror neurons register their inner experience, and our own bodies make internal adjustments to whatever we notice. When the message we receive from another person is “you’re safe with me”, we relax. If we’re fortunate in our relationships, we also feel nourished, supported, and restored as we look into the face and eyes of the other. Our brains are built to help us function as members of a tribe. Most of our energy is devoted to connecting with others. If we look beyond the list of specific symptoms that entail a formal psychiatric diagnoses, we find that almost all mental suffering involves either trouble in creating workable and satisfying relationships or difficulties in regulating arousal (as in the case of habitually becoming enraged, shut down, overexcited, or disorganized). Usually, it’s a combination of both. The standard medical focus on trying to discover the right drug to treat a particular “disorder” tends to distract us from grappling with how our problems interfere with our functioning as members of our tribe. To be benevolent rather than malevolent is a true feature of our species. Being able to feel safe with other people is the single most important aspect of mental health; safe connections are fundamental to meaningful and satisfying lives. Numerous studies of disaster responses around the globe have shown that social support is the most powerful protection against becoming overwhelmed by stress and trauma. Social support is not the same as merely being in the presence of others. The critical issue is reciprocity: being truly heard and seen by the people around us, feeling that we are held in someone else’s heart and mind. For our physiology to calm down, heal, and grow we need a visceral feeling of safety. Many traumatized people find themselves chronically out of sync with the people around them. Some find comfort in groups where they can replay their combat experiences, rape, or abuse with others who have similar backgrounds or experiences. Focusing on a shared history of trauma and victimization alleviates their searing sense of isolation, but usually at the price of having to deny their individual differences. Isolating oneself into a narrowly defined victim group often leads to viewing others outside of that group as irrelevant at best and dangerous at worst, which eventually leads to further alienation. Gangs, extremist political parties, and religious groups may provide solace, but they rarely foster the mental flexibility needed to be fully open to what life has to offer, and, as such, cannot liberate their members from their traumas. Well-functioning people are able to accept individual differences and acknowledge the humanity of others. After trauma, the world is experienced with a different nervous system that has an altered perception of risk and safety. Dr. Porges coined the word “neuroception” to describe the capacity to evaluate relative danger and safety in one’s environment. When we try to help people with faulty neuroception, the challenge is finding ways to reset their physiology, so that their survival mechanisms stop working against them. This means helping them to respond appropriately to danger, but, even more, to recover the capacity to experience safety, relaxation, and true reciprocity. The Polyvagal Theory shows how the autonomic nervous system regulates three fundamental states: (1) ventral vagal (social-engagement / safety); (2) sympathetic (fight-or-flight); and dorsal vagal (immobilization / collapse). The level of safety determines which one of these is activated at any particular time. Whenever we feel threated, we instinctively turn to the first level, social-engagement. We callout for help, support, and comfort from the people around us. But if no one comes to our aid, or we’re in immediate danger, we revert to a more primitive way to survive: fight or flight. We fight off our attacker, or we run to a safe place. However, if this fails – we can’t get away, we’re held down, or trapped – we try to preserve ourself by shutting down and expending as little energy as possible. We are then frozen in a state of immobilization or collapse. The social-engagement system depends on nerves that have their origin in the brainstem regulatory centers, primarily the vagus nerve – also known as the tenth cranial nerve – together with adjoining nerves that activate the muscles of the face, throat, middle ear, and larynx. When the ventral vagal complex (VVC) runs the show, we smile when others smile at us, we nod our heads when we agree, and we frown when others tell us their misfortunes. When the VVC is engaged, it also sends signals down to our heart and lungs, slowing down our heart rate and increasing the depth of breathing. As a result, we feel calm and relaxed, centered, or pleasurably aroused. The vagus nerve also registers heartbreak and gut-wrenching feelings. When a person becomes upset, the throat gets dry, the voice becomes tense, the heart speeds up, and respiration becomes rapid and shallow. Any threat to our safety or social connections triggers changes in the areas innervated by the VVC. When something distressing happens, we automatically signal our being upset in our facial expressions and tone of voice – changes meant to beckon others to come to our assistance. However, if no one responds to our call for help, the threat increases, and the emotional brain jumps in and the sympathetic nervous system takes over, mobilizing muscles, heart, and lungs for fight or flight. Our voice becomes faster and more stringent and our heart starts pumping faster. Finally, if there is no way out, and there’s nothing we can do to stave off the inevitable, we will activate the ultimate emergency system: the dorsal vagal complex (DVC). This system reaches down below the diaphragm to the stomach, kidneys, and intestines, and drastically reduces metabolism throughout the body. Heart rate plunges, we can’t breathe, and our gut stops working or even empties. This is the point at which we disengage, collapse, and freeze. Once this system takes over, other people, and ourselves, cease to matter. Awareness is shut down, and we may no longer even register physical pain. A different level of brain activity is involved for each response: the mammalian fight-or-flight system, which is protective and keeps us from shutting down, and the reptilian brain, which produces the collapse response. In Dr. Porges’s grand theory, the VVC evolved in mammals to support an increasingly complex social life. All mammals, including human beings, band together to mate, nurture their young, defend against common enemies, and coordinate hunting and food acquisition. The more efficiently the VVC synchronizes the activity of the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems, the better the physiology of each individual will be attuned to that of the other members of the tribe. Thinking of the VVC in this way illuminates how parents naturally help their kids to regulate themselves if they are regulated as parents. Being in tune with other members of our species via the VVC and our mirror neurons is enormously rewarding as it fosters a deep sense of pleasure and connection. We can speak of trauma when that system fails. Immobilization is at the root of most trauma. Many traumatized individuals are too hypervigilant to enjoy the ordinary pleasures that life has to offer, while others are too numb too to absorb new experiences – or to be alert to signs of real danger. Achieving any sort of deep intimacy – a close embrace, sleeping with a mate, and sex – requires allowing oneself to experience immobilization without fear. It is especially challenging for traumatized people to discern when they are actually safe and to be able to activate their defense when they are actually in danger. Healing this requires having experiences that can restore the sense of physical safety. To do so, we must create a safe space where the social-engagement system can begin to reemerge. Sadly, our education system, as well as many of the methods that profess to treat trauma, tend to bypass this emotionally based social-engagement system and focus instead on recruiting the cognitive capacities of the mind. When children are oppositional, defensive, numbed out, or enraged, it’s important to recognize that such “bad behaviour” may just be repeating action patterns that were established to survive serious threats. Despite the well-documented effects of anger, fear, and anxiety on the ability to reason, many programs continue to ignore the need to engage the safety system of the brain before trying to promote new ways of thinking. The Polyvagal Theory enabled Dr. van der Kolk to become more conscious of combining top-down approaches to activate the social-engagement system and bottom-up methods to calm the physical tensions in the body. He became more open to the value of other age-old, nonpharmaceutical approaches to healing that have long been practiced outside Western medicine, ranging from breath exercises (pranayama) and chanting to martial arts, like qigong and tai chi, to drumming, group singing, and dancing. All rely on interpersonal rhythms, visceral awareness, and vocal and facial communication, which help shift people out of fight/flight states, reorganize their perception of danger, and increase their capacity to manage relationships. We are on the verge of becoming a trauma-conscious society. Advances in neuroscience have given us a better understanding of how trauma changes brain development, self-regulation, and the capacity to stay focused and in tune with others. Sophisticated imaging techniques have identified the origins of PTSD in the brain, so that we now understand why traumatized people become disengaged, why they are bothered by sounds and lights, and why they may blow up or withdraw in response to the slightest provocation. Understanding many of the fundamental processes that underlie traumatic stress opens the door to an array of interventions that can bring the brain areas related to self-regulation, self-perception, and attention back online. We know not only know how to treat trauma but also, increasingly, how to prevent it. Trauma remains a much larger public health issue, arguably the greatest threat to our national well-being; however, we seem too embarrassed or discouraged to mount a massive effort to help children and adults learn to deal with the fear, rage, and collapse, the predictable consequences of being traumatized. In today’s world, where you live, more than your genetics, determines whether you will lead a safe and healthy life. People’s income, family structure, housing, employment, and educational opportunities affect not only their risk of developing traumatic stress but also their access to effective help to address it. Poverty, unemployment, inferior schools, social isolation, widespread availability of guns, and substandard housing all are breeding grounds for trauma. Trauma breeds further trauma; hurt people hurt other people. We now know that more than half the people who seek psychiatric care have been assaulted, abandoned, neglected, or raped as children, or have witnessed this in their families. As a psychiatrist, Dr. van der Kolk was surprised at how much effort was spent on trying to medicate their symptoms rather than trying to understand the possible causes of their despair and helplessness. He was also struck by how little attention was paid to their accomplishments and aspirations; whom they cared for, loved, or hated; what motivated and engaged them, what kept them stuck, and what made them feel peace – the ecology of their lives. Dr. van der Kolk wondered if the “hallucinations” many of his patients presented with were in fact the fragmented memories of real experiences. Whether we remember a particular event at all, and how accurate our memories of it are, largely depends on how personally meaningful it was and how emotional we felt about it at the time. The key factor is our level of arousal. The mind works according to schemes or maps, and incidents that fall outside the established patterns are most likely to capture our attention. We remember insults and injuries the best: the adrenaline that we secrete to defend against potential threats helps to engrain those incidents in our minds. When something upsetting happens, we will retain an intense and largely accurate memory of the event for a long time. Confronted with intense horror – especially the horror of “inescapable shock” – this system becomes overwhelmed and breaks down. The problem with PTSD is dissociative fragmented memories, therefore the goal of treatment is association: integrating the cut-off elements of the trauma into the ongoing narrative of life, so that the brain can recognize that “that was then, this is now”. There have been hundreds of scientific publications spanning well over a century documenting how the memory of trauma can be repressed, only to resurface years or decades later. Traumatic memories are fundamentally different from the stories we tell about the past. They are dissociated: the different sensations that entered the brain at the time of the trauma are not properly assembled into a story. In order to understand trauma, we have to overcome our natural reluctance to confront the reality of trauma amongst us and cultivate the courage to listen to the testimonies of survivors when needed. We cannot treat the event of trauma, but what we can treat are the imprints left by that traumatic event on the body, brain, mind, and soul. Trauma robs you of the feeling that you are in charge of yourself: self-leadership, which means feeling free to know what you know and feel what you feel without becoming overwhelmed, enraged, ashamed, or collapsed. For most people self-leadership involves: (1) finding a way to become calm and focused; (2) learning to maintain that calm in response to triggering images, thoughts, sounds, or physical sensations that remind you of the past; (3) finding a way to be fully alive in the present moment and engaged with the people around you; and (4) not having to keep secrets from yourself, including secrets about the ways that you have managed to survive in the past. These goals are not steps to be achieved, one by one, in some fixed sequence. They overlap, and some may be more difficult than others, depending on individual circumstances. In order to regain control over yourself, you need to revisit the trauma: sooner or later you need to confront what has happened to you, but only after you feel safe and will not be retraumatized by it. The first order of business is to find ways to cope with feelings overwhelmed by the physical sensations and emotions associated with the past. Understanding why you feel a certain way does not change how you feel, but it can keep you from surrendering to intense reactions. However, the more traumatized we are, the more our rational brains take a backseat to our emotions. The fundamental issue in resolving traumatic stress is to restore the proper balance between the rational and emotional brains, so that you can feel in charge of how you respond and how you conduct your life. When we are triggered into states of hyper- or hypoarousal, we are pushed outside our “window of tolerance” – the range of optimal functioning. We become reactive and disorganized, and our filters stop working. As long as people are either hyperaroused or shut down, they cannot learn from experience. Even if they manage to somewhat stay in control, they become so uptight that they are inflexible, stubborn, and depressed. Recovery from trauma involves the restoration of executive functioning and, with it, self-confidence and the capacity for playfulness and creativity. If we want to change posttraumatic reactions, we have to access the emotional brain and do “limbic system therapy”: repairing faulty alarm systems and restoring the emotional brain to its ordinary job of being a quiet background presence that takes care of the housekeeping of the body, ensuring that you eat, sleep, connect with intimate partners, protect your children, and defend against danger. The only way we can access the emotional brain is through self-awareness – by activating the medial prefrontal cortex, the part of the brain that notices what is going on inside us and thus allows us to feel what we’re feeling – in other words, interoception. Neuroscience research shows that the only way we can change the way we feel is by becoming aware of our inner experience and learning to befriend what is going on inside ourselves. How well we get along with ourselves and others depends largely on our self-awareness and internal leadership skills – how well we listen to the different parts of ourselves, make sure they are taken care of, and keep them from sabotaging each other. Every major school of psychology recognizes that people have different subpersonalities. Therapists who are trained to see people as complex human beings with multiple characteristics and personalities can help them explore their system of inner parts and take care of the wounded facets of themselves. The cultivation of mindful self-leadership is the foundation for healing from trauma. Mindfulness not only makes it possible to survey our internal landscape with compassion and curiosity but can also actively steer us in the right direction for self-care. All systems – families, organizations, and nations – can operate effectively only if they have clearly defined and competent leadership. The internal family of subpersonalities is no different: all facets of ourselves need to be attended to. The internal leader must wisely distribute the available resources and supply a vision for the whole that takes all parts into account. The internal family of traumatized people lacks effective leadership. They have protective parts that attempt to control the emotions from trauma. This requires enormous amounts of energy to attempt to keep the system under control; however, is vulnerable to overwhelm. Each of these parts is an internal protector that attempts to maintain an important defensive position. In their desire to protect the injured parts, the protective parts unintentionally do harm. The protective parts operate around outdated assumptions and beliefs derived from trauma. Beneath the surface of the protective parts of trauma survivors there exists an undamaged essence – the soul – a Self that is confident, curious, fearless, and calm. Once the protective parts can trust that it is safe, the Self will spontaneously emerge, and the parts can be intuitively guided in a healing process. Rather than being a passive observer, the intuitive Self can help reorganize the inner system and communicate with the parts in ways that help those parts trust that there is someone inside who can handle things. Helpless passivity is replaced with determined Self-led intuitive action. People are then no longer locked in the past and a whole range of new possibilities open for them. Neuroscience research shows that this is not just a metaphor. Mindfulness increases activation of the medial prefrontal cortex involved in self-awareness and decreases activation of structures like the amygdala that trigger our emotional responses. This increases our control over our emotional brain and supports integration. Connecting with the Self helps all parts to function in harmony and balance. Dr. van der Kolk finds the lack of psychiatric literature on how to actually help people heal disturbing, but his greatest teacher, a professor at Harvard, said “We have only one real textbook. Our patients. We should only trust what we can learn from them – and from our own experience.” This teacher also said: “The greatest sources of our suffering are the lies we tell ourselves.” He urges us to be honest with ourselves about every facet of our experience. Dr. van der Kolk found this was true for both his patients and himself. His teacher also taught him that most human suffering is related to love and loss, and that the job of therapists is to help people acknowledge, experience, and bear the reality of life – with all its pleasures and heartbreak – and to connect to their true Self. He often said that people can never get better without knowing who they are, what they are here for, what happened to them, and where they are at now, and truly feeling what they feel. You can only be fully in charge of your life if you can acknowledge the reality of your body, in all its visceral dimensions, as well as your mind and soul, in all its complexity. The first systematic system to diagnose psychiatric problems is the American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The foreword to the landmark 1980 DSM-III was appropriately modest and acknowledged that this diagnostic system was imprecise – so imprecise that is never should be used for forensic or insurance purposes. That modesty was tragically short-lived. The diagnoses in the DSM-V, published in 2013, describe surface phenomena that completely ignores the underlying causes. The DSM largely lacks what in the world of science is known as “reliability” – the ability to produce consistent, replicable results. In other words, it lacks scientific validity. Diagnostic reliability isn’t an abstract issue: if doctors can’t agree on what ails their patients, there is no way they can provide proper treatment. When there’s no relationship between diagnosis and cure, a mislabeled patient is bound to be a mistreated patient. The sources of psychological suffering in the DSM-V were identified “as located within individuals” and overlooked the “undeniable social causation of many such problems”. It is simply a “symptom-based diagnosis” system that was readily opposed by many doctors who were motivated to find the root cause of disease and disorders. Humans are social animals, and mental problems involve not being able to get along with other people, not fitting in, not belonging, and in general not being able to get on the same wavelength. Everything about us – our brains, our minds, our bodies – is geared toward collaboration in social systems. This is our most powerful survival strategy, the key to our success as a species, and it is precisely this that breaks down in most forms of mental suffering. It is important not to ignore the foundations of our humanity: relationships and interactions that shape our minds, brains, and bodies and that give substance and meaning to our entire lives. To properly diagnose and treat mental illness, we must understand the process of development, the social determinants of health, and how all of these factors work together in an ongoing way over time. The consequences of caretaker abuse and neglect are very common and complex, and underlie most psychiatric disorders, yet the decisions makers who determine the shape of our diagnostic system have so far decided not to recognize this evidence. To this day, after twenty years and four subsequent revisions, the DSM and the entire system based on it fail victims of child abuse and neglect – just as they ignored the plight of veterans before the PTSD diagnosis was introduced in 1980. The DSM definition of PTSD is quite straightforward: a person is exposed to a horrendous event that involved actual or threatened death or serious injury, or a threat to the physical integrity of self or others, causing intense fear, helplessness, or horror, which results in a variety of manifestations: intrusive reexperiencing of the event (flashbacks, nightmares, feeling as if the event were still occurring), persistent and crippling avoidance (of people, places, thoughts, or feelings associated with the trauma, sometimes with amnesia of part of it), and increased arousal (insomnia, hypervigilance, aggression, or irritability). This description suggests a clear story line: a person is suddenly and unexpectedly devastated by an atrocious event and is never the same again. The trauma is over, but it keeps being replayed in continually recycling memories and in a reorganized nervous system. Even though this is not commonly screened for by most doctors, when a PTSD diagnosis is achieved, it can be treated quite effectively. In the case of troubled children with histories of abuse and neglect who show up in clinics, schools, hospitals, and police stations, the traumatic roots of their behaviours are less obvious, particularly because they rarely talk about having been hit, abandoned, or molested, even when asked. These kids obtain numerous psychiatric diagnoses over time, all ignoring the root of the problem. Before they reach their twenties, many patients have been given four, five, six, or more of these meaningless diagnostic labels. If they receive any treatment at all, they get whatever is being promoted as the latest method of management: medications, behavioural modification, and/or exposure therapy. These rarely work and often cause more damage. It became obvious to Dr. van der Kolk and his colleagues that they need a diagnosis that actually captures the reality of the person’s experience. They discovered a consistent profile in their pediatric trauma patients: (1) a pervasive pattern of dysregulation; (2) problems with attention and concentration; and (3) difficulties getting along with themselves and others. These children’s moods and feelings rapidly shifted from one extreme to another – from temper tantrums and panic to detachment, flatness, and dissociation. When they got upset (which was often), they could neither calm themselves down nor describe what they were feeling. Having a biological system that keeps pumping out stress hormones to deal with real or imagined threats leads to physical problems: sleep disturbances, headaches, unexplained pain, oversensitivity to touch or sound. Being so agitated or shut down keeps them from being able to focus their attention and concentration. To relieve their tension, they engage in chronic masturbation, rocking, drugs, violence, or self-harming activities (biting, cutting, burning, and hitting themselves, pulling their hair out, picking at their skin until it bleeds). It also leads to difficulties with language processing and fine-motor coordination. Spending all their energy on trying to stay in control, they usually have trouble paying attention to things, like schoolwork, that are not directly related to survival, and their hyperarousal makes them easily distracted. Having been frequently ignored or abandoned leaves them clinging and needy, even with the people who have abused them. Having been beaten, molested, and otherwise mistreated, even if it was only a single time, they cannot help but define themselves as defective and worthless. They come by their self-loathing, sense of defectiveness, and worthlessness honestly. They cannot trust anyone. Finally, the combination of feeling fundamentally despicable and overreacting to slight frustrations makes it difficult for them to make friends. Dr. van der Kolk and his colleagues developed a diagnosis for this – Developmental Trauma Disorder – to capture the full range of what was experienced by these children, and offer a single diagnosis that would firmly locate the origin of their problems in a combination of trauma and compromised attachment. For abused children, the whole world is filled with triggers. We are profoundly social creatures; our lives consist of finding our place within the community of human beings. As we grow up, we gradually learn to take care of ourselves, both physically and emotionally, but we get our first lessons in self-care from the way we are cared for. Mastering the skill of self-regulation depends to a large degree on how harmonious our early interactions with our caregivers are. Children whose caregivers are reliable sources of comfort and strength have a lifetime advantage. Children are programmed to choose one particular adult (or at most, a few) with whom their natural communication system develops. This creates a primary attachment bond. The more responsive the adult is to the child, the deeper the attachment and the more likely the child will develop healthy ways of responding to the people around them. Having a safe haven promotes self-reliance in the child, and instills a sense of sympathy and helpfulness to others in distress. From the intimate give-and-take of the attachment bond children learn that other people have feelings and thoughts that are both similar to and different from their own. In other words, they get “in sync” with their environment and with the people around them, and develop the self-awareness, empathy, impulse control, and self-motivation that make it possible to become contributing members of the larger social culture. These qualities are missing in traumatized children. Children become attached to whoever functions as their primary caregiver. But the nature of that attachment – whether it is secure or insecure – makes a huge difference over the course of a child’s life. Secure attachment develops when caregiving includes emotional attunement. Attunement starts at the most subtle physical levels of interaction between babies and their caretakers, and it gives babies the feeling of being cared for and understood. Mirror neurons in the frontal lobes start functioning as soon as babies are born. Imitation is our most fundamental social skill. It assures that we automatically pick up and reflect the behaviour of our parents, teachers, and peers. Babies can’t regulate their own emotional states. Securely attached children learn from their parents what makes them feel good; they discover what makes them (and others) feel bad, and they acquire a sense of agency: that their actions can change how they feel and how others respond. Securely attached children learn the difference between situations they can control and situations where they need help. Securely attached children, when they grow up, their history of reliable responsive caregiving will help to keep fear and anxiety at bay. Barring exposure to some overwhelming life event – trauma – that breaks down the self-regulatory system, they will maintain a fundamental state of emotional security throughout their lives. Secure attachment also forms a template for children’s relationships. They pick up what others are feeling and early on learn to tell a game from reality, and they develop a good sense for phony situations and dangerous people. Securely attached children usually become pleasant playmates and have lots of self-affirming experiences with their peers. Having learned to be in tune with other people, they tend to notice subtle changes in voices and faces and to adjust their behaviour accordingly. They learn to live within a shared understanding of the world and are likely to become valued members of the community. This upward spiral can, however, be reversed by abuse or neglect, or other trauma. Traumatized kids are often very sensitive to changes in voices and faces, but they tend to respond to them as threats rather than as cues for staying in sync. This is one reason why traumatized children so easily become defensive or scared. Children who overreact to their peers’ aggression, who don’t pick up on other kids’ needs, who easily shut down or lose control of their impulses, are likely to be shunned and left out of sleepovers and play dates. Eventually they may learn to cover up their fear by putting up a tough front. Or they may spend more and more time alone, watching TV or playing video games, falling even further behind on interpersonal skills and emotional regulation. Children with histories of abuse and neglect learn that their terror, pleading, and crying do not register with their caregivers. Nothing they can do or say stops the beating or brings attention and help. In effect, they’re being conditioned to give up when they face challenges later in life. Children have a biological instinct to attach – they have no choice. Whether their parents or caregivers are loving and caring, or distant, insensitive, rejecting, or abusive, children will develop a coping style based on their attempt to get at least some of their needs met. Two coping mechanisms are “avoidant attachment” and “anxious attachment”. If a child is neglected, they may become avoidant to their feelings and withdraw. They are “dealing without feeling”. Other children who are neglected may make a scene to get attention. They are “feeling without dealing”. These are attempts to adapt to maintain the relationship in the face of neglect. Attachment patterns often persist into adulthood. Anxious children tend to grow into anxious adults and are more likely to be victims of bullying, while avoidant children are likely to become adults who are out of touch with their own feelings and those of others, and more likely to become bullies. However, development is not linear, and many life experiences can intervene to change these outcomes. There is another group of children who have no one to turn to because their caregiver(s) are a source of survival but also the source of fear and violence. They can neither approach the secure strategy or shift their attention to the avoidant or anxious strategies. This is the case with abused children. Not knowing who is safe or whom they belong to, they may be intensely affectionate with strangers or may trust nobody. This pattern is called “disorganized attachment” – fear without solution. Kids from lower socioeconomic groups are more likely to be disorganized attached with caregivers who are severely stressed by economic and family instability, and are therefore more prone to violence. Children who don’t feel safe have trouble regulating their moods and emotional responses as they grow older, and are therefore more likely to repeat the vicious cycle of abuse. By kindergarten, many disorganized children are either aggressive or spaced out and disengaged, and they go on to develop a range of psychiatric problems. They also show more physiological stress, as expressed in heart rate, heart rate variability, stress hormones responses, and lowered immune factors, and go on to develop a range of physical problems. Parents who are traumatized may be too emotionally unstable and inconsistent to offer much comfort and protection. Traumatized parents raised traumatized children. If you have no internal sense of security, it is difficult to distinguish between safety and danger. If you conclude that you must be a terrible person because your parents were violent with you, you start expecting other people to treat you horribly. You feel that you probably deserve it, and anyway, there is nothing you can do about it. When people carry self-perceptions like these, they are set up to be traumatized by subsequent experiences. While all parents need all the help they can get to raise secure children, traumatized caregivers need help to be attuned to their children’s needs at the most basic level. Traumatized caregivers often don’t realize that they are out of tune with their children and others. They often don’t realize that being violent with their children will traumatize them for life. How is it that parents come to be violent with their kids? After all, raising healthy offspring is at the very core of our human sense of purpose and meaning. What could drive parents to deliberately hurt or neglect their children? One reason is that the parent sees the child, not as a partner in an attuned relationship, but as a frustrating, enraging, disconnected stranger that needs to be controlled because of their own fear of losing control of the situation. Parents who are scared of losing control of their children use violence and fear as a means to control them. This is trauma. This is child abuse. This is our cultural norm. This is intergenerational trauma, passed down in a vicious cycle of abuse. This is perpetuated ignorance and defiance of the law and the literature. Kids who are beaten as children, even out of strict discipline, even a single time, grow up with an unstable sense of self, self-damaging impulsivity (including excessive spending, promiscuous sex, substance abuse, reckless driving, self-harm, and binge eating), inappropriate and intense anger, violence towards others, and recurrent suicidal behaviour. Parents remain oblivious and governments remain complacent, and the cycle of abuse continues. Highly conscious parents often become alarmed when they discover attachment research, worrying that their occasional impatience or their accidental lapses in attunement may permanently damage their kids. In real life, there are bound to be misunderstandings, inept responses, and failures of communication. Because mothers and fathers miss cues or are occasionally preoccupied with other matters, their kids are sometimes left to their own devices to discover how they can calm themselves down. Within limits, this is not a problem. Kids eventually need to learn to handle frustrations and disappointments. With “good enough” caregivers, children learn that broken connections can be repaired. The critical issue is whether they can incorporate a feeling of being viscerally safe with their caregivers. This is different than abuse. These are momentary disconnections by loving parents that do not use violence and fear to control their children. In this situation, children can learn and grow without trauma. Intimate physical interactions between parents and their babies lay the groundwork for a baby’s sense of self – and, with that, a lifelong sense of identity. The way a parent holds their child underlies the ability to feel the body as the place where the psyche lives. This visceral and kinesthetic sensation of how our bodies are met lays the foundation for what we experience as real. But things can go seriously wrong when parents are unable to tune in to their baby’s physical reality. Having to discount their inner physical sensations and needs, and trying to adjust to its caregiver’s needs, means the child perceives that “something is wrong” with the way they are. Children who lack physical attunement are vulnerable to shutting down the direct feedback from their bodies – the seat of pleasure, purpose, and direction. The need for attachment never lessens. Most human beings simply cannot tolerate being disengaged from others for any length of time. People who cannot connect through work, friendships, or family usually find other ways of bonding, such as through illnesses, lawsuits, or family feuds. Anything is preferable to that godforsaken sense of irrelevance and alienation. People will go to almost any length to feel seen and connected. The phenomenon of “dissociation” is manifested in feeling lost, overwhelmed, abandoned, and disconnected from the world, and in seeing oneself as unloved, empty, helpless, trapped, and weighed down. There is a strong correlation between parental disengagement and misattunement in the first two years of life and dissociative symptoms in early adulthood. Children who live in secure relationships learn to communicate not only their frustrations and distress but also their emerging selves – their interests, preferences, and goals. Receiving a compassionate response cushions children (and adults) against extreme levels of frightened arousal. But if your caregiver ignores your needs, or resent your very existence, you learn to anticipate rejection and withdrawal. You cope as well as you can by blocking out your caregiver’s hostility or neglect, and act as if it doesn’t matter, but your body is likely to remain in a state of high alert and stress, prepared to ward off violence, deprivation, or abandonment. Dissociation means simultaneously knowing and not knowing. What cannot be communicated to the caregiver, cannot be communicated to the self. If you cannot tolerate what you know or feel what you feel, the only option is denial and dissociation. A devastating long-term effect of this shutdown is not feeling real inside. When you don’t feel real, nothing matters, which makes it impossible to protect yourself from danger. Or you may resort to extremes in an effort to feel something – even cutting yourself, doing drugs, or getting into fights with others. Lack of safety within the early caregiving relationship leads to an impaired sense of inner reality, excessive clinging, and self-damaging behaviour. For this reason, treatment needs to address not only the imprints of specific traumatic events but also the consequences of not having been mirrored, attuned to, and given consistent care and affection – the dissociation and loss of self-regulation. Early attachment patterns create the inner maps that chart our relationships throughout life, not only in terms of what we expect from others, but also in terms of how much comfort and pleasure we can experience in their presence. Our relationship maps are implicit, etched into the emotional brain and not reversible simply by understanding how they were created. However, the realization of unhealthy attachment styles may help you to start exploring other ways to connect in relationships – both for your own sake and in order to not pass on an insecure attachment or abuse to your own children. You can choose to break the cycle. Being in sync with oneself and with others requires the integration of our body-based senses – vision, hearing, smell, touch, taste – and body-mind-soul balance. If this did not happen in infancy and early childhood, there is an increased chance of later sensory integration problems and disconnect with true Self. As children, we start off at the center of our own universe, where we interpret everything that happens from an egocentric vantage point. Children have no choice but to organize themselves to survive within the families they have. Unlike adults, they have no other authorities to turn to for help – their parents are the authorities. Their survival hinges on their caregivers. Children sense – even if they are not explicitly threatened – that if they talked about their beatings or molestation to teachers or other adults, they would be punished at home. Instead, they focus their energy on not thinking about what has happened, and not feeling the residues of terror and panic in their bodies. Because they cannot tolerate knowing what they have experienced, they also cannot understand that their anger, terror, or collapse has anything to do with that experience. They don’t talk; they act and deal with their feelings by being enraged, shut down, compliant, or defiant. Children are also programmed to be fundamentally loyal to their caregivers, even if they are abused by them. Terror increases the need for attachment, even if the source of comfort is also the source of terror. Of course, clinging to one’s abuser is not exclusive to childhood. Learning to trust is a major challenge. Erasing awareness and cultivating denial are often essential to survival, but the price is that you lose track of who you are, of what you are feeling, and of what and whom you can trust. Adults who were abused or neglected as children can still learn the beauty of intimacy and mutual trust, or have a deep spiritual experience that awakens them to a more expansive universe. In contrast, previously uncontaminated childhood maps can become so distorted by adult trauma that all roads are rerouted into terror and despair. These responses are not rational and therefore cannot be changed simply by reframing irrational beliefs. Our maps of the world are encoded in the emotional brain, and changing them means having to reorganize that part of the central nervous system. Nonetheless, learning to recognize irrational thoughts and behaviour can be a useful first step. Generally, the rational brain can override the emotional brain, as long as our fears don’t hijack us. But the moment we feel trapped, enraged, or rejected, we are vulnerable to activating old maps and to follow their directions. Only after learning to bear what is going on inside supported by safety, can we start to befriend, rather than obliterate, the emotions that keep our maps fixed and immutable. Our gut feelings signal what is safe, life-sustaining, or threatening, even if we cannot quite explain why we feel a particular way. Our sensory interiority continuously sends us subtle messages about the needs of our organism. Gut feelings also help us to evaluate what is going on outside of us. If you have a comfortable connection with your inner sensations – if you can trust them to give you accurate information – you will feel in charge of your body, your feelings, and yourself. However, traumatized people chronically feel unsafe inside their bodies. Their bodies are constantly bombarded by visceral warning signs, and, in an attempt to control these processes, they often become expert at ignoring their gut feelings and in numbing awareness of what is played out inside. They learn to hide from their selves. The more people try to push away and ignore internal warning signs, the more likely the warning signs are to take over and leave them bewildered, confused, and ashamed. People who cannot comfortably notice what is going on inside become vulnerable to respond to any sensory shift either by shutting down or by going into a panic – they develop a fear of fear itself. We now know that panic symptoms are maintained largely because the individual develops a fear of the bodily sensations associated with panic attacks. The attack may be triggered by something they know is irrational, but fear of the sensations keeps them escalating into a full-body emergency. The experience of fear derives from a primitive response to threat where escape is thwarted in some way. People’s lives will be held hostage to fear until that visceral experience changes. The price for ignoring or distorting the body’s messages is being unable to detect what is truly dangerous or harmful for you and, just as bad, what is safe or nourishing. Self-regulation depends on having a friendly relationship with your body. Without it you have to rely on external regulation – from medication, drugs, alcohol, constant reassurance, or compulsive compliance with the wishes of others. Stress commonly shows up in physical manifestations that try to demand our attention. Somatic symptoms for which no clear physical basis can be found are ubiquitous in traumatized children and adults. They can include chronic pain, fibromyalgia, migraines, digestive problems, irritable bowel syndrome, chronic fatigue, and some forms of asthma. Traumatized children have fifty times the rate of asthma as their non-traumatized peers. Studies have shown that many children and adults with fatal asthma attacks were not aware of having breathing problems before the attacks. Many traumatized children and adults simply cannot describe what they are feeling because they cannot identify what their physical sensations mean. Psychiatrists called this phenomenon “alexithymia” – not having words for feelings. Not being able to discern what is going on inside their bodies causes them to be out of touch with their needs, and they have trouble taking care of themselves, whether it involves eating the right food at the right time or getting the sleep they need. Alexithymics substitute the language of action for that of emotion. They tend to register emotions as physical problems rather than as emotional signals that deserves their attention. Instead of feeling angry or sad, they experience muscle pain, bowel issues, or other symptoms for which no cause can be found. About three quarters of patients with anorexia nervosa, and more than half of all patients with bulimia, are bewildered by their emotional feelings and have great difficulty describing them. Suppressing their feelings makes it possible to attend to business in the outside world, but at a price. They learn to shut down their once overwhelming emotions, and, as a result, they no longer recognize what they were feeling. The more people are out of touch with their feelings, the less activity they have in the self-sensing areas of the brain, the medial prefrontal cortex. Because traumatized people often have trouble sensing what is going on in their bodies, they lack a nuanced response to frustration. They either react to stress by becoming “spaced out” or with excessive anger. Whatever their response, they often can’t tell what is upsetting them. This failure to be in touch with their bodies contributes to their well-documented lack of self-protection and high rates of revictimization, and also to their remarkable difficulties feeling pleasure, sensuality, and having a sense of meaning. One step further down on the ladder to self-oblivion is depersonalization – losing your sense of yourself – which is common during traumatic experiences. People with alexithymia can get better only by learning to recognize the relationship between their physical sensations and their emotions. Trauma victims cannot recover until they become familiar with and befriend the sensations in their bodies. Being frightened means that you live in a body always on guard. Angry people live in angry bodies. The bodies of child-abuse victims are tense and defensive until they find a way to relax and feel safe. In order to change, these people need to become aware of their sensations and the way that their bodies interact with the world around them. Physical self-awareness in the present moment is the first step in releasing the trauma of the past. They need to first notice and describe the physical sensations in their bodies (not the emotions) – heat, muscular tension, tingling, caving in, feeling hallow, and so on. Then to work on identifying the sensations associated with relaxation and pleasure. They need to become aware of their breath, gestures, and movements. To pay attention to subtle shifts in their bodies, such as tightness in their chests and gnawing in their bellies, when they talk about negative events. Noticing sensations in the body for the first time can be quite distressing, and it may precipitate flashbacks in which people curl up or assume defensive postures. These are somatic reenactments of the unprocessed trauma and most likely represent the postures they assumed when the trauma occurred. Images and physical sensations may deluge patients at this point, and the therapist must be familiar with ways to stem torrents of sensation and emotion to prevent them from becoming retraumatized by accessing the past. Unfortunately, all too often, drugs are prescribed to suppress thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations instead of teaching people the skills to deal with such distressing reactions. Of course, medications only blunt sensations and do nothing to resolve them. The most natural way for human beings to calm themselves when they are upset is by clinging to another person. This means that patients who have been physically or sexually violated face a dilemma: they desperately crave touch while simultaneously are terrified of body contact. The mind needs to be re-educated to feel physical sensations, and the body needs to be helped to tolerate and enjoy the comforts of touch. Individuals who lack emotional awareness are able, with practice, to connect their physical sensations to psychological events. Then they can slowly reconnect with themselves. Many traumatized people are unable to make eye contact. They feel disgusting and they can’t stand having others see how despicable they are. This is shame. In brain scans of such patients, the prefrontal cortex with mirror neurons that connects us to each other does not light up. Instead, there is intense activation in their primitive emotional brains which generates startle, hypervigilance, cowering, and other self-protective behaviours. There is no activation in any part of the brain that is involved in social engagement. In response to being looked at, they simply go into survival mode. Some 80 percent of the fibres of the vagus nerve (which connects the brain with many internal organs) are afferent; that is, they run from the body into the brain. This means that we can directly train our arousal system by the way we breathe, chant, and move – a principle that has been utilized since time immemorial in places like China and India, and in all spiritual practices. Research shows that just ten weeks of yoga practice markedly reduced PTSD symptoms of patients who had failed to respond to any medication or other treatment. Neurofeedback can be particularly effective for children and adults who are so hyperaroused or shut down that they have trouble focusing and prioritizing. Learning how to breathe calmly and remaining in a state of relative physical relaxation, even while accessing painful and horrifying memories, is an essential tool for recovery. When you consciously take a few slow, deep breaths with long exhalations, you will notice the effects of the parasympathetic brake on your arousal. The more you focus on the breath and the benefits it brings to the body and mind, the more profound the relaxation effect. Since emotional regulation is the critical issue in managing the effects of trauma, it would make an enormous difference if those who worked with traumatized people in health care, schools, the workplace, and in families were thoroughly schooled in emotional regulation techniques. Mainstream Western psychiatric and psychological professionals have paid scant attention to self-management to the extreme detriment of their patients. In contrast to the effective Western reliance on drugs and verbal therapies, other traditions from around the world rely on mindfulness, movement, rhythms, and action. Yoga in India, tai chi and qigong in China, and rhythmical drumming throughout Africa are just a few examples. The cultures of Japan and Korea have martial arts, which focus on the cultivation of purposeful movement and being centered in the present – abilities that are damaged in traumatized individuals. Aikido, judo, tae kwon do, kendo, and jujitsu, as well as capoeira from Brazil, are examples. These techniques all involve physical movement, breathing, and meditation. Aside from yoga, few of these popular non-Western healing traditions have been systematically studied for the treatment of PTSD. Scientific studies have confirmed what yogis have known for millennia: changing the way one breathes can improve problems with anger, depression, and anxiety, and that yoga can positively affect a wide range of medical problems, such as high blood pressure, elevated stress hormones, asthma, chronic pain, and PTSD. A major challenge in recovering from trauma remains being able to achieve a state of total relaxation and safe surrender. Yoga can help with this. One of the clearest lessons from contemporary neuroscience is that our sense of ourselves is anchored in a vital connection with our bodies. We do not truly know ourselves until we can feel and interpret our physical sensations; we need to register and act on these sensations to navigate safely through life. While numbing or sensation-seeking may make life tolerable, the price you pay is that you lose awareness of what is going on inside your body and, with that, the sense of being fully, sensually alive. Yoga is a terrific way to regain a relationship with the interior world and with it a caring, loving, sensual relationship to the Self. If you are not aware of what the body needs, you can’t take care of it. This is why cultivating sensory awareness is such a critical aspect of trauma recovery. Most traditional therapies downplay or ignore the moment-to-moment shifts in our inner sensory world. But these shifts carry the essence of the organism’s responses: the emotional states that are imprinted in the body’s chemical profile, in the viscera, in the contraction of the striated muscles of the face, throat, trunk, and limbs. Traumatized people need to learn that they can tolerate their sensations, befriend their inner experiences, and cultivate new action patterns. In yoga, you focus your attention on your breathing and on your sensations, moment to moment. You begin to notice the connection between your emotions and your body. You begin to experiment with changing the way you feel. Simply noticing what you feel fosters emotional regulation, and it helps you to stop trying to ignore what is going on inside you. Once you start approaching your body with love and curiosity rather than with fear and resistance, everything shifts. Being aware that all experience is transitory changes your perspective of yourself and what is possible. People who feel safe in their bodies can begin to translate the memories that previously overwhelmed them into language. Discovering your Self in language is always an epiphany, even if finding the words to describe your inner reality is an agonizing process. Anyone who enters talk therapy, however, almost immediately confronts the limitations of language. Neuroscience research has shown that we possess two distinct forms of self-awareness: one that keeps track of the self across time and one that registers the self in the present moment. The first, our autobiographical self, creates connections among experiences and assembles them into a coherent story. This system is rooted in language. Our narratives change with the telling, as our perspective changes and as we incorporate new input. The second system, moment-to-moment self-awareness, is based primarily in physical sensations, but if we feel safe and are not rushed, we can find words to communicate that experience as well. These two ways of knowing are localized in different parts of the brain that are largely disconnected from each other. Only the system devoted to moment-to-moment self-awareness, which is based in the medial prefrontal cortex, can change the emotional brain. The first system creates a story for public consumption, and if we tell that story often enough, we are likely to start believing that it contains the whole truth. But the second system registers a different truth: how we experience the situation deep inside. It is this second system that needs to be accessed, befriended, and reconciled. Trauma stories lessen the isolation of trauma, and they provide an explanation for why people suffer the way they do. They allow doctors to make diagnoses, so that they can address problems like insomnia, rage, nightmares, or numbing. Stories can also provide people with a target to blame. Blaming is a universal human trait that helps people feel good while feeling bad. It is excruciatingly difficult to put the feeling of no longer being yourself into words. Language evolved primarily to share “things out there”, not to communicate our inner feelings, our interiority. We can get past the limitations of words by engaging the self-observing body-based self system, which speaks through sensations, tone of voice, and body tensions. Being able to perceive visceral sensations is the very foundation of emotional awareness. When you follow the interoceptive pathways to your innermost recesses – things begin to change. There are other way to access your inner world of feelings. One of the most effective is through writing. Most of us have poured our hearts out in angry, accusatory, or sad letters after people have betrayed or abandoned us. Doing so almost always makes us feel better, even if we never send them. When you write to yourself, you don’t have to worry about other people’s judgement – you just listen to your own thoughts and let their flow take over. Later, when you reread what you wrote, you often discover surprising truths. With writing you can connect those self-observing and narrative parts of your brain without worrying about the reception you’ll get in the moment. The object of writing is to write to yourself, to let yourself know what you have been trying to avoid. Neurofeedback training can improve creativity, athletic control, and inner awareness, even in people who already are highly accomplished, but it can also help with various mental illnesses. Sophisticated computerized electroencephalogram (EEG) analysis, known as quantitative EEG (qEEG), can trace brainwave activity millisecond by millisecond, and its software can convert that activity into a coloured map that shows which frequencies are highest or lowest in key areas of the brain. The qEEG can also show how well brain regions are working together. Patients find it helpful to visualize the patterns of localized electrical activity in their brains. They can see different brain areas that need to be trained to generate different frequencies and communication patterns. These explanations help them shift from self-blaming attempts to control their behaviour to learning to process information differently. It is very empowering to watch how you can change your brain activity by changing your mental and emotional states. Often patients have excessive activity in their amygdala in their right temporal lobe, the fear center of the brain, combined with low frontal lobe activity. This means that their hyperarousal emotional brains dominate their mental life. Research shows that calming the fear center decreases trauma-based problems and improves executive functioning. Alpha-theta training is a particularly fascinating neurofeedback procedure, because it can induce hypnogogic states – the essence of hypnotic trance. When theta brainwaves predominate in the brain, the mind’s focus is on the internal world, a world of free-floating imagery, like that induced during meditation. Alpha brainwaves may act as a bridge from the external world to the internal, and vice versa. In alpha-theta training these frequencies are alternately rewarded with therapeutic benefits. The challenge in PTSD is to open the mind to new possibilities, so that the present is no longer interpreted as a continuous reliving of the past. Trance states, during which theta activity dominates, can help to loosen the conditioned connections between particular stimuli and responses, and allow for new associations to be created. Some patients report unusual visual imagery and/or deep insights into their life; others simply become more relaxed and less rigid. Any state in which people can safely experience images, feelings, and emotions that are associated with dread and helplessness is likely to create fresh potential and a wider perspective. About half of traumatized people develop substance abuse problems. Neurofeedback has been shown to resolve addiction as well as improve PTSD symptoms. Research shows that 20 sessions of neurofeedback results in 40 percent decrease in PTSD symptoms in patients with chronic histories of trauma who had not responded to talk or drug therapy. Most intriguing is the marked effect of neurofeedback on executive functioning – the capacity to plan activities, to anticipate the consequences of one’s actions, to move easily between one task and another, and to feel in control over one’s emotions, which is shown to have about a 60 percent increase in trauma patients. No other treatment has shown such marked improvement in executive functioning, which predicts how well a person will function in relationships, in school, and at work. Neurofeedback is also good for numerous other issues, including relieving tension headaches, improving cognitive functioning following a traumatic brain injury, reducing anxiety and panic attacks, learning to deepen meditation states, treating autism, improving seizure control, self-regulation of mood disorders, and more. The literature on neurofeedback lacks any negative study, suggesting that neurofeedback plays a major therapeutic role in many different areas. If any medication had demonstrated such a wide spectrum of efficacy it would be universally accepted and widely used. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) loosens up something in the mind and brain that gives people rapid access to associated memories and images from their past. It involves recalling a traumatic memory while simultaneously engaging in bilateral brain stimulation, such as moving the eyes back and forth following a therapist’s finger. This helps them put the traumatic experience into a larger context or perspective. With EMDR, people may heal from trauma without even talking about it. EMDR enables them to observe their experiences in a new way, without verbal give-and-take with another person. EMDR can help even if the patient and the therapist do not have a trusting relationship. This is important because trauma rarely leaves people with an open, trusting heart. EMDR actually integrates the traumatic material rather than desensitizes them to it. Memories evolve and change. Immediately after a memory is laid down, it undergoes a lengthy process of integration and reinterpretation – a process that automatically happens in the mind and brain without any input from the conscious self. When the process is complete, the experience is integrated with other life events and stops having a life of its own. With PTSD patients, this process fails and the memory remains stuck – unprocessed and raw. Unfortunately, few psychologist and psychiatrists are taught during their training how the memory-processing system in the brain works. This omission can lead to misguided approaches to treatment, like drugging patients with medications for symptoms while ignoring the root causes. In contrast to phobias, posttraumatic stress is the result of a fundamental reorganization of the central nervous system based on having an experienced an actual threat of annihilation, which reorganizes self-experience as helpless and the interpretation of reality as the entire world being a dangerous place. A far as research knows, simply exposing someone to the old trauma does not integrate the memory into the overall context of their lives, and it rarely restores them to the level of joyful engagement with people and pursuits they had prior to the trauma. In contrast, EMDR, as well as internal family systems, yoga, neurofeedback, psychomotor therapy, and theatre, focuses not only on regulating the intense memories activated by trauma but also on restoring a sense of agency, engagement, and commitment through ownership of body and mind. The most remarkable feature of EMDR is its capacity to activate a series of unsought and seemingly unrelated sensations, emotions, images, and thoughts in conjunction with the original memory. This way of reassembling old information into new packages is the way we integrate ordinary, nontraumatic day-to-day experiences. EMDR is related to rapid eye movement (REM) sleep – the phase of sleep in which dreaming occurs. Research shows that sleep and dreaming play a major role in mood regulation. The eyes move rapidly back and forth in REM sleep, just as they do in EMDR. Increasing our time in REM sleep reduces depression and mental illness, in general. PTSD is notoriously associated with disturbed sleep, and self-medication with drugs and alcohol further disrupts REM sleep. Today we know that both deep sleep and REM sleep play important roles in how memories change over time. The sleeping brain reshapes memory by increasing the imprint of emotionally relevant information while helping irrelevant memories fade away. Dreams keep replaying, recombining, and reintegrating pieces of old memories for months and even years. Dreams help to forge new relationships between apparently unrelated memories, allowing novel connections – the cardinal feature of creativity and emotional healing. Dreams constantly update the unconscious realities that determine what our waking minds pay attention to. The inability to recombine experience is one of the striking features of PTSD. Perhaps most relevant to EMDR, in REM sleep we activate more distant associations than in either non-REM sleep or the normal waking state. Unlike conventional exposure treatment, EMDR spends very little time revisiting the original trauma. The trauma itself is certainly the starting point, but the focus in on stimulating and opening up the associative process. In contrast to patients who take psychiatric drugs – whose memories are merely blunted, not integrated, and still cause considerable anxiety – those who receive EMDR no longer experience the distinct imprints of the trauma: it simply becomes a story of a terrible event that happened long ago. Theatre offers the opportunity to confront painful realities of life and symbolic transformation through communal action. Love and hate, aggression and surrender, loyalty and betrayal are the stuff of theatre and the stuff of trauma. As a culture we are trained to cut ourselves off from the truth of what we are feeling. Traumatized people are terrified to feel deeply. They are afraid to experience their emotions, because emotions lead to loss of control. In contrast, theatre is about embodying emotions, giving voice to them, becoming rhythmically engaged, taking on and embodying different roles. Theatre involves a collective confrontation with the realities of the human condition. Theatre gives trauma survivors a chance to connect with one another by deeply experiencing their common humanity. Traumatized people are afraid of conflict. They fear losing control and ending up on the losing side once again. Conflict is central to theatre – inner conflicts, interpersonal conflicts, family conflicts, social conflicts, and their consequences. Trauma is about trying to forget, hiding how scared, enraged, or helpless you are. Theatre is about finding ways of telling the truth and conveying deep truths to your audience. This requires pushing through blockages to discover your own truth, exploring and examining your own internal experience so that it can emerge in your voice and body on stage. Art, music, and dance therapists do beautiful work with trauma patients who attest to the effectiveness of expressive therapies. However, at this point science knows very little about how they work or about the specific aspects of traumatic stress they address, and it would present an enormous logistical and financial challenge to do the research necessary to establish their value scientifically. The capacity of art, music, and dance to circumvent the speechlessness that comes with terror may be one reason they are used as trauma treatments in cultures around the world. In order to become self-confident and capable adults, it helps enormously to have grown up with steady and predictable parents; parents who delighted in you, in your discoveries and explorations; parents who helped you organize your comings and goings; and who served as role models for self-care and getting along with other people. Defects in any of these areas are likely to manifest themselves later in life. It traps people in a matrix of fear, isolation, and scarcity where it is impossible to welcome the very experiences that might change their basic worldview. Psychomotor therapy harnesses the extraordinary power of the imagination to transform the inner narratives that drive and confine our functioning in the world. With the proper support, the secrets that once were too dangerous to be revealed can be disclosed to the therapist and eventually to the people who actually hurt and betrayed us. It also gives the person a chance to change the narrative and create a different outcome. Trauma causes people to remain stuck in interpreting the present in light of an unchanging past. Psychomotor therapy involves recreating a scene from past trauma that may or may not be precisely what happened, but it represents the structure of your inner world. The structures in psychomotor therapy hold the possibility of forming virtual memories that live side by side with the painful realities of the past and provide sensory experiences of feeling seen, cradled, and supported that can serve as antidotes to memories of hurt and betrayal. In order to change, people need to become viscerally familiar with realities that directly contradict the static feelings of the frozen or panicked self of trauma, replacing them with sensations rooted in safety, mastery, delight, and connection. The healing tableaus of psychomotor therapy offer an experience that many participants have never believed was possible for them: to be welcomed into a world where people delight in them, protect them, meet their needs, and make them feel at home. With cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT), patients are gradually desensitized from their irrational fears by bringing to mind what they are most afraid of, using their narratives and images, or they are placed in actual (but safe) anxiety-provoking situations, or they are exposed to virtual-reality, computer-simulated scenes. The idea behind CBT is that when patients are repeatedly exposed to the stimulus without bad things happening, they gradually will become less upset; the bad memories will have become associated with “corrective” information of being safe. Exposure sometimes helps to deal with fear and anxiety, but it has not been proven to help with guilt or other complex emotions. Those who complete CBT usually have fewer PTSD symptoms, but they rarely recover completely: most continue to have substantial problems with their health, work, families, or mental well-being. A thorough analysis of all the scientific studies of CBT shows that it works about as well as being in a supportive therapeutic relationship. The poorest outcome in exposure treatments occur in patients who suffer from “mental defeat” – those who have given up. Being traumatized is not just an issue of being stuck in the past; it is just as much a problem of not being fully alive in the present. Patients can benefit from reliving their trauma only if they are not overwhelmed by it. Desensitization to our own or other people’s pain tends to lead to an overall blunting of emotional sensitivity. MDMA, also known as ecstasy or molly, is a synthetic drug with stimulant and mild psychedelic effects, and is known to increase concentrations of a number of important hormones, including oxytocin (the “love hormone”), vasopressin, cortisol, and prolactin. Most relevant for trauma treatment, it increases people’s awareness of themselves; they frequently report a heightened sense of compassionate energy, accompanied by curiosity, clarity, confidence, creativity, and connectedness. MDMA decreases fear, defensiveness, and numbing, as well as helps to access inner experiences. MDMA enables patients to stay within their window of tolerance so they can revisit their traumatic memories without suffering overwhelming physiological and emotional arousal. MDMA combined with psychotherapy has been shown to have profound effects on releasing trauma with lasting benefits. By being able to observe the trauma from a calm mindful state with MDMA, mind and brain are in a position to integrate the trauma into the overall fabric of life. This is very different from traditional desensitization techniques, like CBT, which are about blunting a person’s response to past horrors. MDMA is about association and integration – making a horrendous event that overwhelmed you in the past into a memory of something that happened long ago. People have always used drugs to deal with traumatic stress. Each culture and each generation has its preference – alcohol, cannabis, cocaine, heroin, opioids, tranquilizers. When people are desperate, they will do just about anything to feel calmer and more in control. Mainstream psychiatry follows this tradition with antidepressants, antipsychotics, sedative hypnotics, and antianxiety drugs. However, most drugs cannot “cure” trauma; they can only dampen the expression of a disturbed physiology. And they do not teach the lasting lessons of self-regulation. They can help to control thoughts, feelings and behaviours, but always at a price – because they work by blocking the chemical systems that regulate engagement, motivation, pain, and pleasure, and interfere with trauma processing. Psychiatric medications often have serious side effects, like disrupting sleep, causing weight gain and headaches, increasing the chance for diabetes, and making patients physically inert, which increases their sense of alienation. These medications are often prescribed in absence of any other form of therapy and are often harmful to the patient. Psychedelics, like MDMA and psilocybin, are shown by extensive research to help patients overcome trauma, and integrate their thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations, with lasting benefits. We all know what happens when we feel humiliated: we put all our energy into protecting ourselves, developing whatever survival strategies we can. We may repress our feelings; we may get furious and plot revenge; we may decide to become so powerful and successful that nobody can ever hurt us again. Many behaviours that are classified as psychiatric problems, including some obsessions, compulsions, and panic attacks, as well as most self-destructive behaviours, started out as strategies for self-protection. These adaptations to trauma can interfere with the capacity to function such that health care providers and patients themselves often believe that full recovery is beyond reach. Viewing these symptoms as permanent disabilities narrows the focus of treatment to finding the proper drug regimen, which can lead to lifelong dependence with harmful side effects. It is much more productive to see aggression or depression, arrogance or passivity as learned behaviours in response to trauma. Somewhere along the line, the patient came to believe that they could only survive if they were tough, invisible, or absent, or that it was safer to give up. Like traumatic memories that keep intruding until they are laid to rest, traumatic adaptations continue until the human organism feels safe and integrates all the parts of itself that are stuck in fighting or warding off the trauma. The act of survival comes at a price: the absence of a loving relationship with their own bodies, minds, and souls. Traumatized people must recruit their own strength, connect to their true Self, and love themselves enough to enable themselves to heal. It is one thing to process memories and patterns of trauma, but it is an entirely different matter to confront the inner void – the energetic holes in the soul that result from not having been wanted, not having been seen, not having been loved, and not having been allowed to speak the truth. If your parents’ faces never lit up when they looked at you, it’s hard to know what it feels like to be loved and cherished. If you come from an incomprehensible world filled with secrecy and fear, it’s almost impossible to find the words to express what you have endured. If you grew up unwanted and ignored, it is a major challenge to develop a visceral sense of agency and self-worth. These create energetic gaps in our essence – our true Self – our soul that need to be acknowledge and healed with intention, attention, and self-love. We are fundamentally social creatures – our brains our wired to foster working and playing together. Trauma devastates the social-engagement system and interferes with cooperation, nurturing, and the ability to function as a productive member of the tribe. In his book, Dr. van der Kolk shows us how many mental health problems, from drug addiction to self-injurious behaviour, start off as attempts to cope with emotions that became unbearable because of a lack of adequate human contact and support. Yet institutions that deal with traumatized children and adults all too often bypass the emotional-based social-engagement system that is the foundation of who we are and instead focus narrowly on correcting “faulty thinking” or “chemical imbalances”, and on suppressing unpleasant thoughts, emotions, and behaviours with medications that do more harm than good. People can learn to control and change their thoughts, emotions, and behaviours, but only if they feel safe enough to explore new solutions. The body keeps the score – so does the soul. If trauma is encoded in heartbreaking and gut-wrenching sensations, then our first priority is to help people move out of fight-or-flight states, reorganize their perception of danger, and manage relationships. Where traumatized children are concerned, the last things we should be cutting from school schedules are the activities that can do precisely that: chorus, physical education, recess, art, theatre, and anything else that involves movement, play, and other forms of joyful engagement. Dr. van der Kolk admits that his own profession of psychiatry compounds rather than alleviates the problems of mental illness and trauma. Many psychiatrists today work in assembly-line offices where they see patients they hardly know for fifteen minutes and then dole out pills to relieve pain, anxiety, depression, or other symptoms. Their message seems to be “Leave it to us to fix you; just be compliant and take these drugs and come back in three months – but be sure not to use alcohol or illegal drugs to relieve your problems”. Such negligence in treatment makes it impossible to develop self-care, self-love, and self-leadership. The increased use and abuse of psychiatric drugs to treat mental illnesses doesn’t address the real issues: What are these patients trying to cope with? What are their internal or external resources? How do they calm themselves down? Do they have caring relationships with their bodies, and what do they do to cultivate a physical sense of power, vitality, and relaxation? Do they have dynamic interactions with other people? Who really knows them, loves them, and cares about them? Do they love themselves? Do they have a relationship with their soul? Whom can they count on when they’re scared, when their babies are ill, or when they are sick themselves? Are they members of a community, and do they play vital roles in the lives of the people around them? What specific skills do they need to focus and make good choices? Do they have a sense of purpose? What are they good at? How can we help them feel in charge of their lives? Once psychiatrists start asking themselves these questions, they can start helping their patients actually heal. Once our society truly focuses on the needs of our children, all forms of social support for families – a policy that seems so controversial – will gradually come to seem not only desirable but also doable. What difference would it make if all children had access to high-quality day care where parents could safely leave their children as they went off to work or school? What would our school systems look like if all children could attend well-staffed schools that cultivated cooperation, self-regulation, perseverance, and concentration (as opposed to focusing on passing tests, which likely happen once children are allowed to follow their natural curiosity and desire to excel, and are not shut down by hopelessness, fear, or distracted by hyperarousal)? All children need a sense of confidence in themselves as well as a confidence that others will know, affirm, and cherish them. Without that we can’t develop a sense of agency that will enable us to assert: “This is who I am; this is what I believe in; this is what I stand for; this is what I will devote myself to.” As long as we feel safely held in the hearts and minds of the people who love us, we will climb mountains and cross deserts, and dedicate ourselves to finishing projects. Children and adults will do anything for people they trust and whose opinion they value. But if we feel abandoned, worthless, or invisible, nothing seems to matter. Fear destroys curiosity and playfulness. In order to have a healthy society we must raise children who can safely play and learn, connect with each other and safe adults, and foster a sense of Self. There can be no growth without curiosity and no adaptability without being able to explore, through trial and error, who you are, what you are here for, and what matters to you. People who feel safe and meaningfully connected with themselves and with others, have little reason to squander their lives doing drugs or staring numbly at television; they don’t feel compelled to stuff themselves with carbohydrates or assault their fellow human beings. As research shows, child abuse and neglect is the single most preventable cause of mental illness, the single most common cause of preventable drug and alcohol abuse, and a significant contributor to leading causes of death, such as diabetes, heart disease, cancer, stroke, and suicide – all due to traumatic stress. The greatest hope for traumatized children is to receive a good education in schools where they are seen and known, where they learn to regulate themselves, and where they can develop a sense of agency. At their best, schools can function as islands of safety in a chaotic world. They can teach children how their bodies and brains work, and how they can understand and deal with their emotions. Schools can play a significant role in instilling the resilience necessary to deal with the traumas of families and neighbourhoods. If parents are forced to work two jobs, or if they are violent, or too impaired, overwhelmed, or depressed to be attuned to the needs of their kids, schools, by default, have to be the places where children are taught self-leadership and an internal locus of control. It is standard practice in many schools to punish children for tantrums, spacing out, or aggressive outbursts – all of which are often symptoms of traumatic stress. When that happens, the school, instead of offering a safe haven, becomes yet another traumatic trigger. Angry confrontations and punishment can at best temporarily halt unacceptable behaviours, but since the underlying stress system is not laid to rest, they are certain to erupt again at the next provocation. In such situations, the first step is acknowledging that the child is upset; then the teacher should calm them down with emotional regulation techniques, then explore the cause and discuss possible solutions. Predictability and clarity of expectations are critical; consistency is essential. Children from chaotic backgrounds often have no idea how people can effectively work together, and inconsistency only promotes further confusion. Trauma-sensitive teachers soon realize that calling a parent about a misbehaving kid is likely to result in a beating at home and further traumatization. Dr. van der Kolk’s goal in all these efforts is to translate brain science into everyday practice, so that we, as a society, can raise healthy children in a safe world. The cycle of violence and trauma in our society continues generation after generation. We see it in our governments with their choice of investing in war rather than poverty relief. We see it in our policing and judicial systems that use force and incarceration, rather than rescue and rehabilitation. We see it in our schools that use punishment rather than guidance. We see it in our families who continue to use violent discipline over loving kindness without consequences. This is fear at work in our society. We need to move from fear to love in all layers of society. This is possible by raising our awareness, and committing to healing and prevention. This requires an understanding of the evidence around trauma, the various methods available to us to overcome our traumas, and the systems that need to be adjusted to prevent further trauma. This requires individual choice and collective action. We can choose to do this together. In my experience, the healing of trauma is one of the most important things we can do as adults. It is our responsibility to understand our traumas and to overcome them. Our fears come from our traumas. Our fears and traumas create patterns and behaviours in our lives that affect every aspect of our existence. Moving beyond fear and trauma allows us to connect with ourselves and each other more deeply. Most of my traumas were in childhood. My parents were loving much of the time, but chose to use old-fashioned methods of fear and violence to attempt to control me. I was a gentle, intelligent boy who did not need that kind of abuse. It took me decades of focused effort to overcome the beatings as a child. I recall playing soccer with my brothers where the ball accidently bounced over a bush and bumped into the window of the house. My father freaked out, chased me around enraged, and whipped me with his belt until he felt that I learned the lesson. I was absolutely terrified and confused. It was an accident and I was sorry. I felt helpless. I knew what was happening was wrong, so I called the police this time. The policeman who came did absolutely nothing, which added another layer of trauma. I felt abandoned. To this day, I still cannot imagine how an adult can justify beating a child, for any reason. Children are just trying to navigate this world and require gentle guidance, not violence, to facilitate this. Violence always leads to trauma. And trauma leads to further violence. It is time we understand this and choose to break the cycle. The intergenerational trauma in my family ends with me. As a highly conscious individual, I understand the vicious cycle of abuse, and will raise my children with nonviolence. This is possible, and research shows that this is how we can heal as a community. Several years ago, I showed my parents the movie Wisdom of Trauma by Dr. Gabor Maté to help them understand this. However, this had limited effect on them as they are still traumatized from their childhood and have not dealt with it. It shows their level of consciousness at this time. We can choose to raise our awareness around trauma, in ourselves, and in society. We can choose to heal. We can choose to break the cycle.

Brave Parent: Raising Healthy, Happy Kids Against All Odds in Today’s World

Dr. Susan Maples

Transforming our minds about raising kids in our modern world, dentist Dr. Maples provides us with practical advice on how to navigate our children’s health and guide them to a thriving future.

Dr. Maples shares collective wisdom from her decades as a total health dentist and the latest scientific research to guide us to raise happy, healthy kids in conscious families. She says: “Medicine has been on a quest to treat one problem at a time, prescribing drugs only to quell the symptoms, not the disease itself. The system is broken! Imagine instead, all health care professionals taking time to identify the underlying root causes of disease and learn to effectively facilitate behaviour change. Talk about a revolution. To do that we must learn to see the human body as a whole – and learn what to do to care for it. What do we eat? How do we nourish and nurture our brains? How do we improve our gut/mouth microbiome?” How do we breathe? What’s the quality and quantity of our sleep? How do we effectively move our bodies? How do we respond to stress, both acute and chronic?” I would also add: How do we overcome fear and trauma? It is estimated that 75% of America’s health care expenditure is for lifestyle diseases that are preventable. Also, their health care system doesn’t pay for prevention, only treatment. They need medical coverage for all aspects of teaching people how to live a healthy lifestyle and reform the processed food supply by replacing dangerous foods with healthy ones. Processed foods are the root cause of many diseases, disorders, and dysfunctions. The prevalence of overweight or obesity in the United States has increased to 55% of adults and 30% of children. The biggest culprit is the processed industrialized food supply. Our responsibility as parents is to provide our children with healthy and appetizing foods. Their job is to eat them when they’re hungry. We are preoccupied and super confused about what to eat, what not to eat, and when to eat in order to lose weight. This reflects a culture that has developed a highly unhealthy relationship with food. We need to help our children develop a positive healthy relationship with food. Our children’s relationship with food is influenced by witnessing our beliefs, behaviours, and patterns, and understanding that food is for nourishing the body and mind. We are born with an amazing innate ability to balance and regulate our food energy intake to serve our bodies well on any given day. That’s how our bodies are designed, but our intake of processed food has broken that feedback loop. Now many of us eat unhealthy, addictive food because it is available and heavily marketed, and stop eating when it’s all gone, with no ability to self-regulate. That’s when we get in trouble with metabolic disease and weight gain. Losing our innate ability to regulate our body’s ideal caloric intake happens gradually. How our hunger-feeding circuitry becomes increasingly muted is multifaceted and complicated – and the fix isn’t easy either because it has become our cultural norm. Dr. Maples offers 8 pillars for healthy eating in our families: Never force or restrict food. Children’s bodies function exquisitely to regulate their intake until we as adults wreak havoc with that. Starting from infancy, babies eat according to their own variable energy needs – as they should. As they grow older, we start to condition them to override their hunger signals, and eat what we ask of them and when we want them to. We train them into eating “regular meals” of our choosing, routinizing their food intake at specific times of day, no matter what their energy needs are. Two key hormones play a role in regulating hunger and satiety, primarily through their influence on the hypothalamus of the brain. Leptin, produced by adipose (fat) tissue, signals satiety and promotes weight loss by suppressing appetite and increasing metabolic rate. Ghrelin, secreted by the stomach, acts as an appetite stimulant, increasing hunger. Their opposing actions within the hypothalamus maintain energy balance. If you trust that the brain and responding hormones are much more astute at food regulation than you are, you’ll be less concerned by your child’s variable food consumption. Don’t use food as reward, punishment, or bribery. Keep in mind that it is up to you to convey the purpose of food – to nourish our bodies and our minds, not to earn extrinsic rewards or garnish penalties because this just confuses the child. Dr. Maples talks about how, in her dental office, she often hears parents bribing their kids to go through with a filling for a cavity caused by a high sugar diet using the promise that they’ll take them for an ice cream or Slurpee after. This is confusing and sends the wrong message. She suggests that if you do resort to bribery then try not to glorify unhealthy foods or drinks, but rather offer rewards other than food, such as storytelling time, a nature hike, a craft project, playing a favourite game, or a back rub. Encourage kids to try new healthy foods. Our brains have an amazing way of adopting preference around the foods we habitually eat. It’s the gift of neuroplasticity: the ability of the brain to reorganize and change activity in response to changing experiences. Offering kids new healthy foods can expand their palate and provide them with a broader nutritional range. It is important to be encouraging and not forceful, otherwise experimentation can be traumatizing. If they really don’t like it, gently see if they can swallow the bite anyways, but if not or if they are gagging, it’s okay to spit it out. Look at the ingredients list on packaged food and educate your child. If there are food additives, it’s best to look elsewhere. If there are ingredients you do not recognize, look them up on your phone and educate your child. It is important to explain why you can’t purchase a certain processed food with a colourful package and a cartoon figure – because the food additives are toxic to their body and mind. Eliminate all sugary beverages from your home. This includes fruit juice, soda pop, sports drinks, sweat tea, energy drinks, sweetened water, or any beverage with added sugar. Sugar is highly addictive and highly inflammatory. Research shows that this increases your child’s risk of dental caries (cavities), obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, cardiovascular disease, non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, cancer, cognitive decline, and mental illness dramatically. It’s the amount, the kind of sugar, and how fast it gets into the bloodstream that has the potential to drive disease. In excess, sugar is dangerous. High fructose corn syrup, common in sugar-sweetened beverages and candy, is by far the worst. All US medical and dental associations have issued warnings to eliminate liquid sugar from your children’s diets. So, clean out your fridge and cupboards to eliminate all sugary beverages and set a healthy example for your children. Eliminate all sugary cereals from your home. Starting your child’s day with an inflammatory bomb of sugar and wheat sets them up for a host of diseases and disorders for life. Consider eggs with meat and vegetables, or whole grain porridge or unsweetened wheat-free cereals with fruit for breakfast. If your children are already addicted to sugar, don’t worry. Their tastes buds and their physiology will adjust in a few weeks with healthy food choices. If your kids complain, explain. Don’t give in. Tell them how much you love them and how much their health and happiness mean to you. We can always count on the brain to rewire our preference around what we habitually eat through neuroplasticity – healthy eating will eventually become their new normal. Eat whole foods from nature. This means real food grown on farms – fruits, vegetables, legumes, nuts, seeds, and sustainable protein, like free-range eggs, chicken, beef, lamb, pork, and fish (salmon is the best). Ideally, produce would be organic to avoid all the chemicals on them. Ideally, the meat would be grass-fed from regenerative farms, and the fish wild-caught. Ensure these products are all unprocessed and raised humanely and without added drugs or chemicals. Meat from factory farms is dangerous to the consumer and the animals – they are injected with antibiotics and hormones, fed grains to fatten them up, and kept in confined stressful, infectious conditions. These are not healthy animals, yet they make up most of our mass consumed food supply. Uncured bacon is okay in moderation, but cured bacon, pepperoni, processed deli meats, and hot dogs are considered a carcinogen (ie –causes cancer) by the World Health Organization and should be avoided, especially in our children’s developing bodies. Eat mostly plants, especially plants with colour. The vast majority of health experts consider a plant-based diet the healthiest choice for combating systemic inflammation. The majority of people live on the opposite end of the spectrum, consuming mostly meats, cheese, and processed carbs. Fiber in plants significantly slows the absorption of sugar into our bloodstream, thereby controlling the insulin release and protecting us from insulin sensitivity and thus metabolic disease (eg – type 2 diabetes). A high fiber diet is important for weight control, gut health, and regular elimination. We need both soluble fiber and insoluble fiber, which we get from vegetables, fruits, legumes, and nuts. Plants also contain vitamins, minerals, phytonutrients, antioxidants, and anti-inflammatory chemicals that boost our metabolic health. Organic is important to avoid toxic herbicides and pesticides, but are more expensive. The “Clean Fifteen” is a list of plants that are safe to eat without being organically grown because they don’t absorb as many of the toxins, and the “Dirty Dozen” is a list of plants that aren’t safe to eat if not organic. Plants should make up 50% of your plate, with the rest sustainable protein, nuts, seeds, and legumes, with occasionally whole grains. Fruits and veggies can be cut up into finger foods for the kids, which also makes a great healthy snack. Note that potatoes are a vegetable, but mostly carbohydrates so should be kept to a minimum. The literature on the role of inflammation on health and illness has grown exponentially over the past few decades. Acute inflammation is a good thing. It helps keep us alive. In response to injury or infection, our immune system signals an immediate response, sending immune cells to clean up and repair the site. This brings redness, swelling, and heat as part of the inflammatory responses for healing. Acute means it is relatively short-lived, days to weeks, and then the inflammation goes away once healing is complete. Chronic inflammation causes the lining of all your blood vessels, the endothelium, to erode – the endothelium is only ten to sixteen cell layers thick and is in constant repair. Defects in eroding endothelium allow bacteria and small dense fatty droplets (low-density lipoprotein (LDL) cholesterol; aka “bad cholesterol”) to enter and aggregate inside the broken blood vessel walls. This is called “plaque”, which is the root cause of cardiovascular disease, including heart disease. Chronic systemic inflammation has many possible causes, like the smoldering infection of gum disease and non-infectious conditions, such as obesity, insulin resistance, arthritis, and inflammatory foods – especially processed foods. Food, like wheat, dairy, sugar, fried foods, vegetable and seed oils, as well as preservatives, flavour enhancers, sweeteners, thickeners, colouring agents, and other added toxins, are highly inflammatory. All of these food additives are unnatural, are a lot of work for the body to clean up, and increase blood inflammatory biomarkers (IL-1β, IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, TNF-α, and hs-CRP). Chronic systemic inflammation may cause cardiovascular disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis, gut dysbiosis (a bacterial imbalance in the gut), irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn’s disease, and many more. There is sanctity in eating nutritious delicious meals and enjoying them together. This is something to be valued as a family. Teaching our children to value the effort it takes to properly feed the body and mind takes as much training as learning to shop for and prepare nutritious foods. Talk to your kids about the foods you’ve selected and why they are important for health and happiness. Try creating a dinnertime ritual where the family eats together without interruption from cell phones, tablets, video games, computers, and television. Consider inviting the kids to help in the kitchen preparing fresh foods, herbs, and spices to their taste. At mealtime, ask them to try to taste the individual elements and comment on their preferences. Does the dish need more or less, or something else? If dinnertime without technology is boring, try using fun card decks that offer conversation starters to stimulate humorous, educational, brave, and vulnerable dialogue. Remind each other to eat slowly and mindfully until it becomes a habit. This not only regulates satiation-appetite balance, but it helps you savour the flavour and appreciate your time with loved ones. As a parent, it’s crucial to be aware of warning signs that stray from having a healthy relationship with nutritious food. Eating disorders describe illnesses that are characterized by irregular eating habits and severe distress or concern about body weight or shape. These may include inadequate or excessive food intake that can damage a child’s well-being. Eating pathologies, such as anorexia and bulimia, are both ways to control food. Anorexia affects girls more than boys, but boys represent one in every four children diagnosed with anorexia. These disorders can be overlayed with intense emotions, confusions, and stress. Unless you can adopt a healthy relationship to food, to grow better preferences as a lifestyle habit rather than a diet plan or disordered eating, dieting and food avoidance will not work long-term. The diet culture is fueling pathological eating. Many of us engage in stress eating – reaching for a favourite comfort food to help manage anxiety or depression. Comfort foods are rarely healthy foods. They are often highly inflammatory and contribute to mental illness. If you see this pattern in yourself or your child, try to identify what is causing the emotional trigger for stress eating or disordered eating and address that, perhaps with a trusted therapist. Food addictions are also a concern – sugar, fat, and/or salt; however, the addiction comes as an attempt to manage unresolved emotions or an unmet need. The root causes need to be addressed to resolve the addiction. Sugar is a bit different because it acts on the dopamine reward pathway in the brain just like addictive drugs do, so a physiological dependence is also a concern that needs to be broken by completely removing sugar for a while. Our cells are signaling our bodies and minds to provide them with the right nutrient building blocks for their metabolism, however, they can get confused when we routinely feed them the wrong stuff, so can our minds. This becomes habitual, but the cells can only take so much and then diseases become the next warning sign. Long before that, if we listen to our bodies, we can pick up on the subtle signs that tell us what the body really needs – real food from nature, nearly all of the time. Your child’s health depends on daily choices, day-to-day conversations around food and health, and grocery store decisions. As with so much of parenting, we each get a short window of opportunity to influence our children for a lifetime – patterns and habits instilled within us as children will be carried with us into adulthood and either fuel disease or support health. The World Health Organization (WHO) sugar consumptions guidelines are: no more than 5% of a person’s total energy intake. That means that the US would need to reduce their sugar consumption by about 75%, which is completely ignored by mainstream media. The soda industry profits enormously on the declining health of their consumers. Soda has been shown by extensive research to be toxic to a person’s health. How is it possible to use soda as a “treat” for a child when it is toxic to their body and their mind? Beyond all the chemical flavourings and colourings, caffeine, and acidity, soda is laden with high-fructose corn syrup, one of the most dangerous threats on the planet to our children’s health. With corn subsidized by the government, cheap corn is turned into cheap corn-sweetener – high-fructose corn syrup – and has taken over the soda industry. As people learned of its dangers, the industry designed several ways to obscure your ability to recognize this toxic ingredient: by relabeling it as glucose-fructose, maize syrup, high-fructose maize syrup, isoglucose, glucose isolate, and corn syrup. Portion size has increased dramatically from a 7 ounces serving in the 1950s to 20 or 32 ounces or larger that are available now. Teens and adults don’t wake up one day and decide to guzzle a gallon of soda. This is learned behaviour that has serious consequences. And it involves caffeine and sugar addictions, which are difficult to quit without having withdrawal symptoms. Shockingly, these toxic beverages are available in schools and in hospitals. Studies report that the acidity in soda even promotes osteoporosis and kidney stones. Skipping the soda and reaching for popular sports drinks or vitamin waters may seem like a healthy choice, but they’re not much better than soda when it comes to sugar. A 32 oz sports drink contains between 56 g and 76 g of sugar – about fourteen to nineteen teaspoons. That’s four to five times more sugar than your child should be consuming in the entire day. The problem with fruit juice is that the fiber and most of the micronutrients from the fruit are removed. Fiber is kids’ number one nutrient deficiency. What is left is basically flavoured sugar water. Juice has lots of the worst kind of sugar – fructose, which is processed in the liver. Without the fiber to slow absorption and mitigate the insulin release, we are setting kids up for weight gain and other serious metabolic challenges, such as insulin resistance, diabetes, and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. Science shows that liquid calories fail to trigger the same hunger satisfaction in the brain that solid foods do. This, combined with the addictive nature of sugar, leads to overconsumption of juice and ill health, while limiting their appetite for healthy foods. This leads to micronutrient malnutrition. A child may look underweight, but their inadequate intake of vitamins and minerals interrupts the body’s ability to produce enzymes, hormones, and other essential elements for proper growth and development. In 2021, the WHO stated that at least half of children under five in the world have micronutrient malnutrition. It should be noted that, for constipation, three juices can be helpful: prune, apple, and pear. It seems juice can be given safely to babies four-months-old for constipation but should be limited to two to three ounces of 100% fruit juice (no added sugar) per day, temporarily. For infants 8 to 12 months, only six ounces should be given for constipation. These juices should only be given to them for about a week to relieve constipation, not for on-going daily consumption. To help protect their precious baby teeth, juices should not be given to them before bed. “Sugar” is an umbrella term for caloric sweeteners: high-fructose corn syrup, cane sugar, honey, beet sugar, fruit juice concentrates, maple syrup, agave, and more. There are now fifty-six common names for sugar. Likewise, “sugar-free” is the umbrella term for noncaloric sweeteners. The scientific term is nonnutritive sweeteners, and these include sucralose (Splenda), aspartame (NutraSweet and Equal), acesulfame-K (Sweet One), neotame (Newtame), and saccharin (Sweet’N Low). There are now seventy-six names for nonnutritive sweeteners. Pumping our food and beverage supply with artificial chemical sweeteners doesn’t make sense at all. Several epidemiological studies show that the consumption of nonnutritive sweeteners, mostly in diet sodas and processed foods, increases the risk of developing type 2 diabetes, and metabolic syndrome (a large waist, increased blood pressure, high triglyceride level, risky blood cholesterol ratio, and elevated fasting blood sugar). These chemicals promote metabolic dysregulation through three mechanisms: (1) they interfere with our learned responses that contribute to our glucose-insulin control; (2) they interfere with our gut microbiome and stimulate glucose intolerance; and (3) they interact with the sweet taste receptors that are distributed throughout our digestive tract that play a role in glucose absorption and insulin secretion. Xylitol is a naturally found sweetener (a sugar alcohol) extracted from the bark of the birchwood tree. In the mouth, it has the opposite effect of sugar on the oral bacteria that cause cavities. While the bacteria that cause cavities consume sugar and release acid to cause tooth decay, the xylitol they consume prevents them from releasing acid. Finland was way ahead of the US in using xylitol to help control dental caries (tooth decay), and with huge success. Their dental health promotion efforts began in 1991 with the use of xylitol chewing gum, which was effective in dropping their cavity rates. Currently, more than half of all Finnish schoolchildren benefit from it. Xylitol is reported to not contribute to metabolic dysregulation and early studies show it may even be beneficial in reducing the progression of insulin resistance to type 2 diabetes. Xylitol can be helpful with preventing cavities and managing dry mouth; however, it should be noted that it is toxic to dogs. Even small amounts of xylitol can cause low blood sugar, seizures, liver failure, or even death in dogs, so it has to be stored out of reach of children and dogs. Xylitol studies are showing its benefits in reducing inflammation of mucous and sinus membranes, relieving constipation, improving bone mineral density, and fortifying the gut microbiome. Studies on erythritol, another sugar alcohol used as a low calorie sweetener, show that it might also work well in reducing dental caries without causing metabolic dysregulation. Cow’s milk has sugar (lactose), but is also a natural source of protein, calcium, potassium, and vitamin B12, and is often fortified with vitamin D (meaning it is added during processing). Vitamin D is one of the top nutrient deficiencies in the US. Cow’s milk is inflammatory and should be avoided, or at the very least only offered to children with caution and in small doses. Whole milk is a little better because it has more fat, which is essential for your child’s developing brain; however, it comes at an inflammatory cost. Ideally, if you are going to give your kids cow’s milk, it should be grass-fed, antibiotic-free, and hormone-free to avoid added health risks. There are several safe and somewhat helpful milks on the market today – almond milk and other nut milks, soy milk, and oat milk. Though none of these milks offer the protein content of cow’s milk, they are less inflammatory, have lower calories, and have plenty of nutritional value. Some of these milk alternatives are flavoured; meaning they have chemical additives and added sugar, which are not healthy for anyone. Natural nut milks can be easily made at home in a blender, which can be a good way to get kids involved in making healthy products from scratch. We are a caffeine-addicted culture, and our children are little addicts in training. Caffeine is an addictive, psychoactive, stimulant drug. We’re so good at training our kids to be addicted that by the time they advance to college age, 93% of them drink this drug daily. That’s because 73% of us buy and serve our five- to twelve-year-olds caffeine in our homes. The American Academy of Pediatrics say that children under twelve should avoid caffeine completely. Caffeine is a white alkaloid powder, derived from coffee beans and some tea leaves, and sprinkled into anything drinkable. Caffeine has its merits. It will increase your alertness, especially if you only use it once and while. Caffeine blocks the sleep hormone (adenosine) receptors in your brain to keep you from feeling sleepy. However, it is associated with some negative health consequences when you consume too much, including increased heart rate, palpitations, insomnia, anxiety, increased blood pressure, bladder instability, gastrointestinal distress (diarrhea), and pregnancy complications. Taking a break from a coffee addiction may result in headaches as part of the withdrawal process. Many over-the-counter headache remedies contain a bit of caffeine, which may help a bit during the first couple of days. Talk to your kids about how unnecessary caffeine is for a healthy person to consume and warn them about the possible dangers of addiction and consuming too much. About 42% of adolescents and young adults are consuming energy drinks. These are toxic beverages and kids are watching your habits. With brightly coloured packaging and youthful advertising, energy drink marketing efforts target children and teens. These toxic drinks can contain 2 to 3 times as much caffeine as a cup of coffee, and lead to caffeine addiction and intoxication. Caffeine intoxication is a caffeine overdose that can cause jitters, rapid heart rate, nausea, anxiety, heart arrhythmia, sweating, or vomiting, and may even lead to death via cardiac arrest. Energy drinks are linked to increased substance abuse and risk-taking behaviours. The WHO warns that “increased consumption of energy drinks may pose a serious danger to public health, especially among young people”. Keep energy drinks out of your body, out of your house, and completely out of the realm of possibilities for your children. For an energy boost, foster habits of good nutrition, lots of high-quality sleep, and plenty of water and exercise. Our body is about 60% water. Most people don’t drink nearly enough water and are chronically dehydrated. Water helps us regulate body temperature, lubricate and cushion our joints, protect our spinal cord and other sensitive tissues, get rid of wastes through urination, perspiration, and bowel movements, and feel better. Adequate hydration helps our body do what it needs to do every day. If you keep your fridge and cupboards clean, starting your kids on plain water and whole fruits (rather than fruit juices), they will grow up to prefer water to sweet drinks. A good rule, and an easy one to remember, is kids need one 8 ounce glass of water per day, for each year of life, up to 64 ounces around age 8, which continues into adulthood. Consider having your home tap water tested for contamination and pH, and, if needed, use a home filtration system, such as reverse osmosis to purify your water, and consider alkaline water for additional health benefits, such as with a Kangen machine. Many people now perceived bottled water as the cleanest form of potable water without knowing anything about its origins. Keep in mind, when you buy bottled water, the source of the water is most likely unclear. There are health concerns regarding bottled water. Acidifying consumable liquids is the easiest way to keep bacterial counts down and extend their shelf life, since the liquids sit still in warehouses and stores. Many bottled waters have a pH of around 4 – which is 1000 times more acidic than tap water and has health implications. Some of the most popular brands of bottled water are the most acidic, and not a healthy go-to beverage. The acid-base pH scale spans from 1 (like battery acid), which is very acidic, to 14 (bleach), which is very alkaline. The middle number, 7, is neutral; that’s where our body (blood and saliva) like to be. Tap water is typically neutral. The pH scale runs up and down from 7 with a geometric progression, meaning each number is a multiplier of 10. So, a pH of 6 is ten times more acidic than neutral. A pH of 5 is one hundred times more acidic than neutral. It’s shocking to learn that the most popular sodas have a pH of 3, which is ten thousand times more acidic than our neutral tap water or the body. To buffer the acid that we consume, we release calcium from our teeth causing acid erosion of our teeth. The same thing happens to our bones to buffer the blood, causing osteoporosis. It also increases the likelihood of developing calcium-based kidney stones. Drinking alkaline water, such as around pH 9, can help offset acidity in the body caused by an acidic and inflammatory diet. Single-use water bottles are made of plastic polymers that allow chemicals to leach out into the water contaminating our bodies. For example, bisphenol A (BPA), which has been linked to breast cancer, endocrine dysfunctions in fetuses and children, obesity, and organ damage. High temperature storage enhances the chemical release from the bottle into the water, like when you leave a bottle of water in your hot car and return to it later. Thinner plastic bottles release more chemicals into the water than thicker ones; however, thicker plastic bottles have a greater environmental impact as it takes an average of 450 years to degrade a single plastic bottle. Single-use plastic bottles have become a catastrophic contributor to ocean and land pollution. Bottled water is also ridiculously expensive. Where tap water costs about three dollars per 1000 liters, bottled water costs about three dollars a single liter. That covers the cost to advertise, produce, distribute, store, discard, and profit from each of these components. As it is, the entire life cycle of bottled water uses more than seventeen million barrels of oil a year to produce enough plastic water bottles to meet America’s demand. In addition, the US spends about $70 million a year in clean up and maintenance of water bottles in landfills. Boycott single-use plastics wherever you can, especially water bottles. Instead, have fun with your kids shopping for personalized refillable water bottles that they can take with them wherever they go. Make sure they are BPA-free, easy to clean, and appealing to use. Many companies are using safe, environmentally friendly materials such as stainless steel, recyclable bamboo, and food-grade silicone. Fun patterns or stickers can make it more attractive and personalized. A carabiner clip can be helpful to hook the water bottle onto a school backpack. There is no scientific evidence suggesting that carbonated water can damage teeth, your bones, or your body, unless it is acidic. Bubly has a pH of 4, which is 1000 times more acidic than tap water and the body, however, San Pellegrino (unflavoured) has a pH of around 7, mirroring the neutrality of tap water and the body. Consider getting inexpensive pH paper (aka litmus paper) to test your beverages with your kids at home and choose neutral, or alkaline pH products for better health. Consider getting a device, like SodaStream, that puts carbonation into your filtered tap water or alkaline water for a fun healthier option for your kids. In some studies, carbonated water improved satiety, or the feeling of fullness, which can help people who constantly feel hungry. For the same reason, sparkling water may not be the best way to increase your water consumption. As you’re making significant changes in your household drinking habits, turn water drinking into a fun challenge. Find creative ways to track intake and offer rewards. Include the adults too – that helps keep everyone accountable and sets a good example for the kids. Consider infusing your tap water, carbonated or not, with real fruits, herbs, and vegetables for a healthy option. Experiment with your kids to see what their favourite combinations are. Perhaps watermelon, blackberries and mint. Or cucumber, orange, and basil. Or strawberry, kiwi, and lime. Infused water like this provides vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, and functions as a healthy flavoured option to sugary beverages. If you drink alcohol, drink in moderation, and drink responsibly. Don’t drink and drive. Kids are watching your every move. Be careful not to get too excited about your favourite alcoholic beverages because it will entice your kids to try it before they are of age. Set a good example and educate your children on the dangerous aspects of alcohol at any age. If your alcohol consumption seems out of control at times or your parenting personality changes, or you become reliant on it for a daily numb-out, consider getting help. Alcohol is toxic to children’s brain and body development, and should be avoided completely. Don’t give your children alcohol until they are of legal age. This promotes unhealthy coping and partying behaviours, and sets them up for addiction. A number of gastrointestinal (GI) dysfunctions have increased in prevalence and become a huge focus in science and medicine these days. Acid reflux, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative colitis, leaky gut syndrome, and other digestive disorders are hotspots in gut microbiome research. The science shows that processed foods (especially fast foods, junk foods, fried foods, wheat, dairy, and sugar) are bad for gut health. There are other culprits as well: the overuse of antibiotics, increasing prevalence of C-section delivery, over-sanitizing our living environment, reduced time in nature, less agricultural diversity, and stress. It is astounding how many people suffer silently from chronic GI distress, such as reflux, burping, bloating, nausea, diarrhea, constipation, gut pain, and bloody stools. Think of your digestive tract as a super long inner tube, with a surface area of about 2,700 square feet – about the size of a tennis court. It extends from the mouth to the anus. Much of the surface area is a permeable barrier that keeps the gut microflora within the tube while absorbing water and nutrients along the way, and eliminating the rest. There is a mountain of evidence showing that microbial diversity within the gut microbiome is the key to digestive and overall health. In other words, the more helpful bacteria and the more different types of helpful bacteria, the better our digestion and mental health, and thus overall wellbeing. Unfortunately, our Western processed food diet is associated with low microbial diversity. The microbiome of children who eat a processed food diet, high is wheat, dairy, sugar, and fried foods, have lower microbial diversity than those eating real food from nature. Increasing the variety of plants kids consume is emerging as the most critical factor in restoring microbial diversity and providing more micronutrients, like vitamins and minerals. We sometimes forget the mouth is the upper part of the digestive tract. Chewing food and mixing it with saliva, containing all its electrolytes and enzymes, begins the digestive process. The microbiome of the mouth differs from the gut, the vagina, the nose, and the skin. All have a unique combination of bacterial species with specific purposes. In the mouth alone, we’ve currently identified between 750 and 1,500 strains of bacteria, depending on the diet, age, and geographic location. Incidentally, current genome sequencing research suggests there are thousands more still unidentified. Gut microbiome diversity is similar to forests, lakes, oceans, and other wildlife habits that flourish when there is a wide diversity of life-forms supporting each other. When there is a lack of diversity, the ecology suffers. There is a lot of good research suggesting that the big rise in allergies, asthma, autoimmune disorders, inflammatory bowel diseases, autism, diabetes, certain types of cancers, and obesity are associated with a gut microbiome diversity deficit. Genetics isn’t believed to play a significant role because our genetic makeup certainly hasn’t changed much in the last 50 years where we’ve seen the rise in chronic noncommunicable diseases. According to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention, there has been a 50% increase in food allergies between 1997 and 2011. Now, one in twenty kids has a food allergy. The most common food allergens for children are wheat, eggs, milk, peanuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish, strawberries, sesame, and soy. It’s hard for doctors to keep up with the changing recommendations for allergy prevention and treatment. They are often challenged to give advice on how to safely introduce these foods. In 2000, the American Academy of Pediatrics agreed that we should delay the introduction of cow’s milk until age one, eggs until age two, and shellfish, fish, peanuts, and tree nuts until age three. But in 2008, the pendulum began to swing the other way. It was determined that the current guidelines were ineffective, and maybe even contributing to the worsening pediatric allergy crisis. Hence, the newest recommendations by the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology, Canadian Pediatric Society, and Canadian Society of Allergy and Clinical Immunology all agree that allergenic foods should be introduced like other whole foods. Present them one at a time, gradually, in small quantities, starting at age four to six months (soon after vegetables and meats), and ideally before they are seven months old. Today, it’s a better known concept that the increase in food allergies also has to do with a lack of exposure to early-life microbes. Before birth, your baby has a relatively sterile gut. The newest research suggests they have some bacteria populating their digestive tract even while they are in the womb but nothing like the rich population of bacteria they collect if they’re fortunate enough to be born through their mom’s vaginal canal. Entering the world facedown, mouth-open, they get an inoculation of mom’s vaginal secretions and feces in their mouths and on their skin. Next, as they nuzzle up to suckle on mom’s breast, they’re exposed to mom’s skin. These three of mom’s microbiomes enrich a child’s early gut and skin, and ready the baby’s digestive tract to process breast milk properly. A baby who is delivered through a cesarean section bypasses mom’s natural vaginal microflora. As a result, many C-section babies are slower to acquire the microbiome diversity indicative of health as their mouth and gut microbiome becomes populated haphazardly overtime depending on what they are fed. Consequently, they are associated with a higher incidence of digestive dysfunction that can last well into adulthood. Other studies have linked cesarean babies with an increased risk of childhood asthma and eczema. There has been an increase in C-section deliveries in recent decades due to the declining health of our population. Our rates of obesity, heart disease, and additional comorbidities have significantly increased the risk of complications during pregnancy and delivery. If we became healthier as a population, it would have a positive impact on our modes of delivery, infant mortality rate, and child health outcomes. There is also a list of speculative reasons for the rise in C-sections including a desire for scheduling convenience, financial gain for the doctors and medical facilities, a culture of impatience, and risk of litigation from possible negative outcomes of a difficult delivery. In your personal effort to avoid C-section, unless truly medically necessary, you’ll want to have that discussion with your doctor ahead of time. When human babies are born their gut is immature and can handle only breast milk. Mom’s milk has the perfect combination of 10% proteins, 30% fat, and 60% carbohydrates. Along with micronutrients and some of mom’s microbiota, this is the perfect recipe for the first four to six months while the baby’s intestines are maturing enough to process some solid food. Meanwhile, the baby is developing trillions of microbial cells to colonize the entire surface of their gut lining, including the mouth. Breast milk is also the best source of nutrition for the baby’s developing gut microbiota. Numerous studies document better health outcomes for breast milk-fed babies, including reduced rates of infections, asthma, and obesity. The act of breastfeeding is also beneficial. Sucking directly from a breast (versus a bottle) builds strong tongue and facial muscles, which is crucial for developing proper oral cavity, jaw, and face structure. Breastfeeding is also important for mother-baby bonding. Breastfeeding correctly can be very natural for some mothers, but it can be challenging for others. Be patient for the first few weeks and consult a lactation consultant if needed. Make sure the consultant evaluates your baby’s tongue and lips for tethered oral tissues. Breastfeeding restrictions can be caused by an anterior or posterior tongue-tie or an upper lip-tie that might need to be released. If you are committed to breastfeeding, try to avoid giving bottles in the first few weeks to avoid nipple confusion. Because mom’s milk helps diversify the baby’s gut microbiota, the recommendation is for babies to enjoy at least four months of breastmilk, but if it’s possible, keep it going as you introduce whole foods. There is sound evidence that baby’s gut bacteria benefit from breastfeeding up to two years. If you decide to feed your baby formula instead of breastmilk, you might want to supplement good gut bacteria that the baby is missing. Complementing baby formula with pediatric probiotics is proving to be a good idea, but the supplement needs to be of high quality and adequate bacterial diversity. To find the best quality probiotics or probiotic-fortified formula, consult your pediatrician or nutritionist. At about four to six months, you will start to introduce solid foods. Look for signs of readiness, including interest and their ability to swallow while sitting up. It helps to have a highchair that allows your baby to sit up straight. That posture also gives them better control over their arms and hands if you should try baby-led weaning. With the introduction of solid foods, we see a big change in the baby’s gut microbiota. New strains of bacteria are continually introduced with different natural foods. Plant fiber (called prebiotics) feed the gut bacteria, and within a few months the baby’s gut bacteria starts to acquire more diversity and resemble the microbiota of an adult. Studies show that a one-year-old’s gut is supporting about 60% more bacterial species than at age 3 months. In adults, we have somewhere between 300 and 1000 identified bacterial strains with 99% coming from thirty to forty species. The more diverse the better. Eating a wide variety of foods will increase diversity, and it’s especially important in the first two to three years. Introduce one food at a time and in small amounts. You’re aiming for a wholesome, varied diet, rich in fiber and low in animal fat and sugar – real food from nature. Stay away from inflammatory grains, like wheat and corn. Introduce legumes, such as lentils, beans, and peas, which are high in fiber, vitamins, and minerals, and can easily be mashed with a fork. Include vegetables in all meals, including nontraditional root vegetables, like sweet potatoes and parsnips. A little bit of plain yogurt is okay, but avoid sweetened processed yogurt because of the excessive sugar. At age six months, iron levels start to decrease. To prevent iron deficiency anemia (associated with brain development problems), you’ll want to introduce foods that contain iron, such as meat or meat alternatives (eg – occasionally eggs, tofu, legumes, or iron-fortified foods). Throughout your child’s life, nothing will influence their healthy gut microbiota more than the foods they eat. Make diversity a central theme of your kitchen strategy, focusing on real food from nature, and avoiding processed and inflammatory foods as much as possible. Baby-led weaning is an alternative method of adding complementary whole foods to your baby’s diet of breast milk or formula. Instead of spoon-feeding a puree of food, you can introduce easy-to-grasp finger foods that are soft enough to be easily squished between your fingers. Your baby’s independent exploration will include seeing, smelling, licking, sucking, and feeling the texture of the food before continuing to eat it. Baby-led weaning helps the development of age-appropriate oral motor control while enhancing the eating experience to be more positive and interactive. It also supports the development of self-feeding because your baby gets to be in charge of what goes in their mouth, of what consistency, and when. The oral motor patterns necessary for eating solid foods are learned, not reflexive. These include tongue lateralization, tongue elevation, and chewing. Swallowing pureed foods is much like swallowing another liquid, however, baby-led weaning helps develop the oral motor patterns required for mature chewing and swallowing. If you are already eating a balanced diet of whole foods, you can easily modify your foods to share with your baby. The American Academy of Pediatrics suggests it’s time to start baby-led weaning while: they’ve doubled their birth weight; they can hold their head up well and are starting to sit up unsupported; they show signs of interest in food (watching you eat, reaching for food when you’re eating); and when you feed them, they can move the food around in their mouths, rather than spit it out. Antibiotics transformed the way we treat infectious diseases. However, we need to be cautious about the overuse of antibiotics, on a personal level and global health level. There are two major problems. First, is antibiotic resistance as bacteria are mutating and developing genetic resistance to the antibiotics we have and the new ones we are creating. The second is that antibiotics kills both the bad bacteria as well as the protective bacteria in the gut. This reduces gut microbial diversity and increases the possibly of developing a potentially deadly C. diff infection. There are other individual health risks from antibiotic use, especially in the first few years of life. For example, developing an allergy to antibiotics, increasing the risk of asthma, obesity, and type 2 diabetes, and reducing nutrient uptake. About 75% of kids develop ear infections (otitis media) and the recommendation is to wait 48 – 72 hours, especially if the child is older than six months, otherwise healthy, and has mild symptoms, before prescribing antibiotics. About two-thirds of mild ear infections resolve without antibiotics. For a sore throat, your doctor may ask you to wait for the results of a strep test before prescribing antibiotics. There are many viral infections that can cause a sore throat and antibiotics are ineffective against viruses. As parents, it’s important to keep your child’s health in mind and finding trusted doctors who are actually health-focused and not just driven to cover up symptoms with medications. Don’t push them to prescribe antibiotics against their better judgement. When your doctor does prescribe your child antibiotics, you can talk to the doctor about pediatric probiotics to replenish the good bacteria in the gut that are destroyed from taking oral antibiotics. These pediatric probiotics are usually in liquid form and should be taken one to two hours after taking the antibiotics. Pediatric probiotics should include a diversity of microbial species, including Saccharomyces boulardii (a yeast probiotic) and Lactobacillus rhamnosus GG to avoid diarrhea and risk of C. diff infection. It should be noted that 80% of the antibiotics prescribed in the US today are for animals in feed lots and dairy farms, which are consumed by us in contaminated meat and dairy products. Initially, antibiotics were given to these animals to prevent infections in concentrated conditions, however, the side effect was that it caused them to fatten up quickly, which is more profitable and thus became common practice despite the shocking health risks for the consumers. Pediatric obesity and premature breast development in girls and boys have now been linked with a steady consumption of antibiotics in milk and meat. A toothache deserves your immediate attention. Dental caries (cavities) is the most prevalent disease among children worldwide. The trauma from tooth decay (or a filling to treat the decay) can lead all the way to tooth death, excruciating pain, abscess, and facial swelling. In that case, it usually results in your child’s dentist removing the tooth right away in order to avoid the need for antibiotics. Unless there is significant facial swelling, a localized infection will resolve soon after the infected tooth is removed. It might be up to you as the parent to advocate for immediate removal rather than an antibiotic prescription to reduce the swelling before the extraction. This is because the dental profession is lagging in their response to the antibiotic crisis. Physician prescribing of antibiotics has decreased in response to the crisis, but dentist prescribing of antibiotics has increased. This needs to change. Most of the unnecessary antibiotic prescriptions are around medicating for toothaches and dental abscesses to buy time while delaying extraction or referring to a specialist. Prevailing over our obsession to sanitize, especially after the COVID pandemic, it’s important to explain to your children that their bodies are home to trillions of microorganisms that are helpful, protective, and healing for the body. Staying clean is important, however, we can be too clean. Sanitizing everything, especially our bodies, is not necessary and not healthy. Killing the majority of our microorganisms on our skin leads to skin disorders. They are there for a reason, and we need to let them be. Playing in nature and getting dirty, as well as interacting with animals is good for the mind, body, and soul. It’s good for our microbiome and immune system. Healthy touch with other children and safe adults is essential: handshakes, hugs, kisses, and handholding is important for human connection, love, and belonging. The sooner your baby interacts with animals, the better. There is good evidence that mom’s exposure to animals during pregnancy and baby’s exposure to animals in early life decreases allergies and eczema by 30% and asthma by 20%. After playing outside, if they are dirty, use water and mild soap (not antibacterial soap) to clean up. Avoid sanitizing products that are too harsh for the skin because of the alcohol and chemicals in it. If soap and water is not available, hand sanitizer is okay on rare occasions, if really needed. Beyond microbial diversity, being connected to nature and animals is good for social and emotional restoration. For most people, natural environments are spiritually grounding. Intermingling with other living communities reminds your children that they are part of a larger universe. It offers you as a parent the opportunity to educate your children on environmental responsibility – protecting our earth and natural habitats. Living with pets in your household helps kids learn responsibility for caring for another living being. Dogs bring the outside environment in, which diversifies our microbiome, whereas cats tend to live indoors and poop in a litter box. A cat’s feces often carry parasites, so remember to keep the litter box somewhere safe to avoid your child playing in it until they learn to avoid it. Both dogs and cats offer companionship and sometimes protection, but when your dog snuggles up with your child and gives a lick on the face, appreciate the moment. It actually helps with microbial diversity and immunity. Good breathing and good sleep are essential for optimal health, and the lack of either or both are much more common in children than we ever realized. The historic literature reports that only 5% of children have obstructive sleep apnea, but today’s experts in airway and sleep medicine know that number doesn’t tell the whole story. Sleep-disordered breathing in children is estimated to be 30-35% if you also count mouth breathing, flow limitations, such as snoring, upper airway resistance syndrome (UARS), obstructive sleep apnea (OSA), chronic congestion from allergies, chronic upper respiratory infections (including tonsilitis), and nasal disuse (congestion cause by habitual mouth breathing). Every person (child and adult) lives somewhere on a spectrum that spans from healthy breathing to severe OSA. Because the fragmented breathing progression is sneaky-slow, the changes in your child are often so subtle that they are not recognized until there are significant health ramifications. Our contemporary ancestors, only 300 – 500 years ago, had wider, noses, straight teeth, and broad, flat palates – in the shape of their flattened tongues. They had bigger mouths complete with plenty of room for their wisdom teeth to erupt and chew. Deviations from that are so common today that we have come to accept them as normal. In fact, the majority of children in industrialized nations have early childhood malocclusion, typified by abnormal jaw growth, misalignment of teeth, and bite. This develops long before puberty and has health consequences beyond what meets the eye. There have been many contributing factors to this shift, and they involve early childhood development. These factors are primarily environmental, not hereditary. They involve: lack of prolonged breastfeeding; diet of soft, processed, inflammatory foods rather than chewing real firmer food from nature; habitual mouth breathing; airway obstruction (enlargement of tonsils and adenoids; nasal congestion and obstruction); soft tissue restrictions (lip and tongue ties); improper oral resting posture; oral habits (pacifiers, fingers, thumbs); incorrect swallowing patterns; and uncoordinated, under-functioning, or over-functioning orofacial muscles (called oral myofunctional disorder). Our external face is intimately connected to the internal face by way of the breathing complex. Collectively, we now refer to the internal face as the craniofacial-respiratory complex (CFRC). The CFRC is responsible for breathing, verbal and vocal communication, smelling, chewing, and swallowing. While there is a hereditary component to CFRC development, the science points to the profound environmental face-shaping influences that have an even greater role in modeling the CFRC and ensuring the face is developed to its full genetic potential. These are the early childhood habits of nasal breathing, sucking, swallowing, chewing, and resting tongue posture. The habitual muscle functions of the tongue and face actually form the shape of the adult CFRC starting at five weeks in utero and extending to about six years old. Muscles create competing forces. The cheek muscles push inward, and if left unopposed by the tongue pushing outward, the cheek muscles will create a narrow upper jaw (maxilla) and a narrow lower jaw (mandible) follows. The tongue, if resting properly on the palate and pressed against the palate when swallowing, will cause outward and forward forces on the upper jaw allowing proper jaw development and the lower jaw will follow. With proper jaw development, the arches are broad and U-shaped (instead of narrow and V-shaped), allowing adequate space for the tongue, as well as all the 32 teeth. With a broad properly developed upper jaw, the base of the nose is also properly developed allowing healthy nasal breathing. With adequate tongue space, the tongue can rest comfortably on the palate allowing proper oropharyngeal airway space at the back of the throat. The mouth is for eating and the nose is for breathing. Newborns are “obligate nasal breathers”. That means that in order to survive without medical intervention, the baby must be able to exclusively breathe through their nose while simultaneously using their mouth to suck and swallow. If the baby develops a sucking problem, it can last for life if not intervened with orofacial myofunctional therapy. Improper swallowing during facial development can create collapsed narrow arches and therefore a narrow CFRC. In today’s world, most parents leave the hospital with their newborn without a breathe-suck-swallow evaluation and without any kind of feeding follow-up. This can be a frustrating, scary, and depressing time, for moms especially. It is important to get help from a board-certified lactation consultant if you suspect any concerns with feeding. Bodywork can also be very helpful for a newborn, such as from a pediatric osteopathic manipulation physician or pediatric chiropractor, because coming through the birth canal can be traumatic for the craniofacial complex causing distortions that can last a lifetime. Often minor corrections are necessary to set the baby up for life in terms of proper craniofacial development. Between feedings the baby’s resting mouth should have the lips together, tongue resting on the palate, and the nose doing all the breathing. At rest, your mouth should be the same: lips closed, tongue on palate, teeth slightly apart, and jaw relaxed. Gradually, the nasal breathing obligation subsides, as your baby discovers that the mouth can also be used for breathing. By then, hopefully nasal breathing will be habitual. Sometimes mouth breathing becomes habitual, such as from an inability to passively close the mouth, tongue-tie, chronic allergy, viral nasal congestion, or inflammatory processed foods. The nose will warm and humidify the air, filter it from particulate matter, and release nitric oxide gas to purify it and improve breathing. Nitric oxide production is clearly linked to reduction of inflammation, improved sleep, improved memory, and boosting your child’s immune system. Breathing through the mouth lacks these abilities of the nose. Mouth breathing requires the lymph tissue in the tonsils and adenoids to filter and purify the air. That leads to enlargement of your child’s tonsils and/or adenoids, which can crowd the pharynx and cause further breathing issues. Breastfeeding has positive psychological benefits of mother-baby bonding and immune-protective benefits of breast milk. Nutrient-rich breast milk is better than every factory-made formula. The complex act of breastfeeding exercises a baby’s orofacial muscles. Through breastfeeding, the tongue muscles must work up to sixty times harder to extract milk than it would from a bottle. This means that the tongue gets stronger, rests properly on the palate if not tongue-tied, and has more influence over shaping the CFRC. Breastfeeding continues to be developmentally beneficial until the baby is weaned onto whole foods. Conversely, a bottle-fed baby is more likely to develop a weak lazy tongue that rests low in the mouth and does not stimulate proper jaw development. A low tongue posture means that the cheek muscles provide inward pressure on the jaws creating a narrow upper jaw and thus narrow base of the nose, resulting in lifelong breathing issues. If you choose bottle-feeding, select a slow flow nipple, and don’t automatically increase the aperture as the child grows. Just as breastfed babies never get to move up a nipple size, bottle-fed babies should build healthy oral musculature as they work harder for more milk. If your baby is destroying the nipple or you’re getting frustrated with the time it takes to empty a bottle (more than fifteen or twenty minutes), you can try increasing to a medium flow. You can also go straight to cup-feeding, which helps develop oral motor function without the introduction of a fake nipple. Advanced feeding specialists consider cup-feeding the next best thing to breastfeeding. Pacifiers are problematic for orofacial development because for extended periods of time, with every suck, the tongue pushes up on an artificial rubber bulb, influencing a high arch palate and small nasal space, and the lip guard puts pressure on the front of the dental arches pushing them back. Pacifier use has been associated with reduced risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) before age one; however, increased risk of SIDS has more to do with being born premature, mothers who smoke during pregnancy, second-hand smoke, overheating, tummy sleeping, and sleeping on too-soft surfaces with fluffy blankets or toys. If you still prefer a pacifier, note that SIDS risk peaks at two to four months and drops significantly after six months. If you are choosing to use a pacifier, it is important to discontinue pacifier use by age one. Pacifiers are more about pacifying the parents, than the babies. If your baby has a tongue or upper lip with fascia that is too tightly bound to their mouth, it is called a tethered oral tissue. Either of these can restrict mobility enough to wreak havoc with baby’s ability to latch and suck. A tongue tied down to the floor of the mouth also prevents proper resting tongue posture on the palate and can create issues with speech and swallowing, as well as craniofacial development deficiencies, cervical neck and whole body posture and pain issues, temporomandibular joint (TMJ) problems, chronic headaches, sleep disorders, and associated complications. It is estimated that neonatal ankyloglossia (tongue-tie) commonly affects 20% of babies, so, in many cases, even when mom or baby are having difficulty latching, it’s frequently down-played as “normal” by pediatric health professionals to the detriment of the entire family. Long before modern medical practices existed, midwives kept one long fingernail to detach a baby’s tethered oral tissues at birth. Without this, the newborn may not survive. This unsophisticated practice dates back to the Middle Ages, but by the eighteen century there are several sources referencing the need to liberate the tongue to facilitate breastfeeding. Today it’s more customary for the delivering physician or lactation consultant to identify these at birth, but they seem to only address the super obvious ones. Sometimes the doctor may snip a tethered anterior frenum (front tongue-tie) in the hospital with scissors. Unfortunately, a customary scissor-snip of an anterior tie often results in an incomplete release, while a posterior (back of tongue) tie requires a deeper release of the genioglossus muscle, beyond the skin and fascia, that are ignored. Usual symptoms of lip- or tongue-tie in a breastfeeding infant include: weak latch; falling asleep while nursing; reflux; spitting up; gassy/bloating/gut pain; clicking/smacking while feeding; and long and frequent nursing needs. Mom’s usual experiences with this include: painful nursing; cracked, blistered, bleeding nipples; thrush/mastitis; inability to empty breasts; and compromised milk supply. To physically evaluate whether your baby has tethered oral tissues, use your index finger to sweep side to side under the tongue. If there is a web-like structure, you’ll want further evaluation. Do the same to the upper lip. Next, lift the upper lip to the nose and see if it causes blanching (whitening) on the attached gum tissue from tension – if it does, the fascia is too tight. The good news is that releasing these tethered tissues is a relatively non-invasive procedure with an extremely low risk of infection. Today, soft tissue lasers make these procedures precise, complete, fast, relatively painless, and quick healing – and they require no sedation or even local anesthesia. For babies, each release takes about 10 to 15 seconds with a laser. Parents are required to continue daily stretching of the lip and/or tongue for several weeks to prevent reattachment and tight scar tissue formation. The best way to release tethered oral tissues is the modern approach called functional frenuloplasty – it is important to seek a trained dentist who offers this for your child or yourself. Tongue- and lip-ties can be released at any age, however, after age 6 much of the developmental damage has already been done. If considering a tongue-tie release for your child after age two, it is essential to integrate orofacial myofunctional therapy for optimal results. Snoring is dysfunctional breathing. Even audible breathing in your baby or child is a concern. This suggests resistance in the upper airway that needs to be investigated. If your child is mouth breathing or snoring, especially in the absence of respiratory infections or allergies, you’ll want to consult an airway dentist or airway-educated pediatrician about the possibility of sleep-disordered breathing. At birth, a baby’s brain is about one-third of adult size. By age two, it’s around 80% of adult size. Neurons (brain cells) at any stage in life, are especially vulnerable to oxygen deprivation, so maintaining optimal airway health in infancy is essential for healthy brain development. Familiar symptoms of airway dysfunction and sleep-deprivation in children include: bedwetting, restless sleep, night terrors, anxiety, depression, learning disabilities, aggressive/defiant behaviour, slowed growth rate or delayed milestones, failing memory, poor decision-making, and lack of focus (including ADD or ADHD symptoms). At this time, most medical professionals don’t recognize the signs of disordered breathing, and if they do, they often misdiagnose them and prescribe medications to cover up symptoms. This is very dangerous for your child. They may say your child will “outgrow” their airway obstructions, such as enlarged tonsils and adenoids causing disordered breathing. Pay attention to physical complications of breathing issues, such as: mouth breathing, teeth grinding, strange lower jaw movements, forward head posture, messy chewing, or strange swallowing patterns. Form follows function. That means, when the functions of chewing, swallowing, breathing, and resting tongue posture are compromised, the CFRC will have developmental distortions. Physical signs you can look for include: crooked teeth, high-arched palate, narrow nose, deviated nasal septum, underdeveloped upper and lower jaws, collapse of the midface (upper lip, nose, cheekbones), dark circles under the eyes, overweight or obesity, and chronic nasal congestion. Most people associate dark circles under the eyes with a tired look. That is part of it. It’s related to inflammation from lack of sleep. However, it’s also related to deficient upper jaw development. A poorly developed upper jaw (maxilla) leads to a shrinking of the spaces behind the upper jaw that contain the pterygoid plexus of veins, which receive blood from the inferior orbital vein. When the fossa space is reduced, this plexus of veins shrinks, pushing the darker venous blood back through the inferior orbital vein, which pools under the skin below the eyes causing dark circles. Furthermore, eczema is now present in about 20% of US children. These kids commonly have airway and sleep issues as well. This is an inflammatory problem that is not well understood and may be linked to nasal inflammation (allergic and nonallergic). Overweight and obese child commonly suffer from sleep breathing disorders from their excessive weight, however, they often have related root causes that include inflammatory foods that congest the nasal airway and hormone dysregulation, including the sleep-wake hormones and hunger-satiety hormones. Sleep-disordered breathing fragments sleep causing sleep deprivation, which in turn causes overeating and a preference toward high carbohydrate and sugary foods that leads to obesity and diabetes. Chronic nasal congestion is linked to an inflammatory processed food diet, allergens, and pathogens and toxins in the environment, including bacteria, viruses, and molds. Nasal congestion can involve increased mucus production, inflamed nasal tissue, and a plugged nose, resulting in chronic mouth breathing. The nose works on a “use it or lose it” principle. The less the nose is used, the more inflamed it gets and less it is usable. This may result in inflamed turbinates – the bony shelves within the nose. With chronic inflammation, the turbinates can also become overgrown, which significantly reduces nasal airway space and worsens problems like snoring, upper airway resistance syndrome, and obstructive sleep apnea. Asthma is another children’s airway disease that has skyrocketed in the last forty years. In childhood asthma, the lungs and upper airways become acutely inflamed and constricted when exposed to certain triggers. Allergic asthma is triggered by allergens, such as dust mites, pollen, animal dander, and mold. Nonallergic asthma has a range of other triggers, such as weather conditions, smoke, exercise, viruses, processed food, and stress. For asthmatic children, the ongoing day-to-day quality of life issues revolve around difficulty breathing, being tired from lack of sleep, missing school, inability to play outside (to avoid allergens) and inability to play sports (to avoid exercise-induced asthma attacks). These kids have a delayed recovery from common respiratory viral infections, like the common cold. For some, asthma can cause potentially dangerous attacks that requiring visiting an emergency department and possible hospitalization. There are some best practices to prevent or reduce asthma attacks. Help your child identify and avoid personal triggers. Don’t smoke around your child, which is a strong risk factor for childhood asthma and a common trigger. Help your child stay active to develop their lungs safely within their tolerance. Work with a trusted physician who is up-to-date on the asthma evidence and truly cares for your family. Talk to your doctor if your child’s asthma symptoms are not under control and discuss inhaler use. Help your child eat real food from nature that is not inflammatory, and strictly avoid processed and fried foods, especially wheat, dairy, and sugar, that are highly inflammatory and worsen asthma. Overweight and obesity can worsen asthma symptoms. Address acid reflux, which can worsen asthma symptoms, but is typically related to an inflammatory diet, so ensure a clean diet. Avoid common acid reflux medications, called proton-pump inhibitors, that have health complications; namely preventing proper absorption of nutrients (calcium, magnesium, iron, and vitamin B12) from food. It is important to address the root cause of acid reflux, which is typically from inflammatory foods, but can also be from obstructive sleep apnea or obesity. The roof of the mouth is the floor of the nose. If the root of the mouth is high, it takes space from the nose, causing the cartilaginous septum to be squished into an S-shape – called a deviated septum, which often further restricts nasal breathing in an already compromised nose. The nose is often narrow and may develop a hump on the bridge of the nose. No matter what is causing your child’s chronic nasal congestion, it’s impossible to restore nasal breathing without addressing the root causes and making an effort to clear the nasal passages. For a deviated septum, this may involve nasal surgery when the child is the right age because development is a concern. For congestion, regular nasal clearing with saline rinses before bed can be very helpful. Sterile saline (salt water), when rinsed through your child’s nasal passages, washes away mucus, allergens, and other debris. It also helps moisten the mucus membranes. This is best done standing in the shower to avoid a mess. A rinse or spray with xylitol is also very effective at opening the nasal passages due to inflammation – for example, the brand Xlear. A xylitol saline spray before bed and in the morning may be all they need to keep their nasal passages clear for the day and night. It is better to try the safe natural approach, like Xlear, before resorting to corticosteroid sprays, like Flonase. Corticosteroid sprays can be effective short-term but have consequences long-term, such as rebound congestion (ie – making the problem worse with overuse). If the child is mouth breathing at night, consider mouth taping with a sensitive skin medical tape. It is important to ensure the child can breathe through their nose before taping their mouth closed at night. Xlear nasal spray to open the nasal airway and mouth tape to keep their mouth shut can be very effective at training them to breathe through their nose habitually at night and ensure proper use of the nose to keep it open. If you notice your child mouth breathing during the day, a simple reminder system is important. Try creating a mutually understood sign language reminder; for example, tapping below your chin with your index finger while making eye contact with them. In children, in additional to nasal issues, the most common physical blockages associated with mouth breathing, sleep breathing disorders, including obstructive sleep apnea, and infections are enlarged tonsils and/or adenoids. These are lymph tissues that are part of the immune system and are the first line of defense when breathing through the mouth instead of the nose. They enlarge because they are overworked trying to filter toxins and pathogens in the unfiltered air coming through the mouth. They can also be enlarged from systemic or localized infections. Enlarged tonsils and adenoids obstruct the airway. They are located at the back of the nose, throat, and tongue, so when enlarged make the breathing tube smaller. Removing enlarged or infected tonsils and/or adenoids is critical to helping a child restore healthy breathing, however, is often overlooked by the medical profession. Delaying a needed tonsillectomy and/or adenoidectomy can have developmental consequences for the child. Their body is growing quickly and they need all the help they can get to restore healthy function to create a healthy form. Surgery may remove the enlarged tissue, but should be combined with orofacial myofunctional therapy to help train the child for proper nasal breathing. It is essential to understand the root causes of the enlarged tonsils and/or adenoids and to address those to prevent recurrent problems. While tonsillectomy and/or adenoidectomy can be very helpful in preventing further breathing and craniofacial development issues, they are often ignored by the medical profession in the absence of a recurring infection or OSA diagnosis. Before opting for surgery, it is essential to address the root causes and, in the absence of an infection, try a combination of a saline nasal rinse with a steroid spray to try to shrink the inflamed tissue. If this doesn’t work, advocating for surgery is recommended. Pediatric airway leaders in the dental profession have a lot of work to do in helping the medical professions understand how a wait-and-watch approach can have terrible downstream consequences in breathing and craniofacial development. By the time a child gets to OSA, they are in the severe end of the sleep breathing disorder spectrum and the system has done them an injustice by not helping them sooner. Over-functioning or under-functioning of the facial muscles cause abnormalities in breathing, chewing, swallowing, speech, TMJ function, posture, and development in children. Orofacial myofunctional therapy (OMT) was invented to help people repattern these muscles and their functions to reverse orofacial dysfunctions and their sequelae using specific exercises. Ingraining proper habits helps drive optimal results, but does require daily practice; so, for your young child, this will involve your participation. From an orofacial development perspective, the earlier the intervention, the better the results. Sometimes this may involve orthotic trainers from an airway dentist that are worn in the mouth to help with finger or thumb sucking habits, and to promote healthy jaw development. These exercises require a clear nasal passage, so should be combined with strategies to promote that. OMT always aims for improvement in lip seal and lip tone; reliance on nasal breathing 24/7; a more favourable up and forward resting tongue posture on the palate; improved tongue strength and tone; correcting any habitual tongue movement, jaw movement, swallowing or speech issues; alleviate pain and dysfunction by identifying compensations of the jaw and neck during chewing, talking and swallowing; and preparing anyone who is getting jaw expansion, tongue- or lip-tie release, orthodontic treatment, and/or jaw surgery. OMT is best done in person when possible, however, it is often offered through video chat platforms, which is also effective. The published work of leading orthodontists and pediatric dentists, Dr. William Hang, Dr. Marianna Evans, Dr. Barry Raphael, and Dr. Kevin Boyd, recommend early intervention orthodontics and orofacial myofunctional therapy to avoid the consequences of waiting to improve a child’s jaws and airway until after the damage has been done. When teeth are crooked and crowded, it is because the jaw bones are too small and the craniofacial and airway deficiencies are well under way. With primary (baby) teeth, there is supposed to be spacing between the front teeth to ensure adequate space for the adult teeth to come in; however, if all the baby teeth are aligned tight together, there is inadequate space for the permanent teeth to erupt because the jaw bones are too small. Early intervention is essential to avoid lifelong complications and/or expensive treatments later on. Early interventions may involve rapid palatal expansion with an orthodontic appliance that is effective in widening the upper jaw and allowing the lower jaw space to grow, as well as orofacial myofunctional therapy, and addressing root causes. Traditional orthodontics has teeth extracted from a crowded mouth to create space for braces to pull the remaining teeth back into that space – this is called retractive orthodontics. This made orthodontist’s job easier and aligned the teeth nicely. The problem is that this practice ignores the root causes and makes a small mouth even smaller. The teeth are crowded because the jaw bones are too small. Retractive orthodontics makes the problem much worse – creating worsening breathing issues, craniofacial development problems, aesthetic issues, and TMJ complications. If these orthodontists chose expansion treatment instead of retractive treatment they would have set the children up for health for life rather than for disease and dysfunction. Finding an airway orthodontist or airway dentist can be challenging, but it is worth investigating if your child has crowded teeth, or if you suspect your child has an airway or jaw development issue. Mounds of research show that a chronic lack of sleep or poor quality sleep, which is our cultural norm, increases the risk of cardiovascular disease, cancer, diabetes, obesity, anxiety, depression, autoimmune disorders, and motor vehicle accidents. The quality of our sleep is worsening. We all function somewhere on a spectrum from healthy sleep on one end, with snoring, upper airway resistance, then to mild, moderate, and severe obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) on the other end. About 75% of people who are obese have OSA. Obesity and OSA have a bidirectional relationship, as each makes the other worse. Diagnosing OSA requires polysomnography (PSG) in a hospital or sleep center, or a home sleep test (HST). In the 1970s, OSA wasn’t even talked about. In the 1980s, continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) was introduced to treat OSA. Half of US children are not getting enough sleep. They learn to devalue sleep from the adults in their lives, who are also sleep deprived. They have sleep breathing disorders, like OSA, often like their parents. It’s important to understand what is happening to your child during the night when they are supposed to be sleeping. Are they sleeping through the night or are they interrupted with sleep issues, breathing issues, anxiety, stress, or distractions, such as screens or books? Children need more sleep than adults. Newborns (0 – 3 months): 14 – 17 hours. Infants (4 – 11 months): 12 – 15 hours. Toddlers (1 – 2 years): 11 – 14 hours. Preschoolers ( 3 – 5 years): 10 – 13 hours. School-age children (6 – 13 years): 9 – 11 hours. Teenagers (14 – 17 years): 8 – 10 hours. Rapid eye movement (REM) sleep is when we dream. Our bodies are paralyzed so we don’t act out our dreams. Non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep is divided into 3 (previously 4) stages. Stage 1 and 2 is the lighter sleep transitioning into stage 3 deep sleep where repair and restoration of the body and mind occur. Benefits of stage 3 deep NREM sleep includes regrowing tissues (including neurons in the brain), building bone and muscles, and strengthening the immune system. Stage 3 NREM sleep is where the body naturally produces human growth hormone, which helps kids grow and develop properly. Not getting enough deep sleep impacts physical and cognitive abilities. During REM sleep, when we are dreaming, our brain activity is increased, so is our breathing rate, heart rate, and blood pressure. REM sleep contributes to brain development (especially in infants and children), but is also essential for learning, memory, and mood regulation. Chronic REM sleep deprivation has negative impacts on memory, mood, and emotional heath throughout our lives. REM sleep is the most compromised with obstructive sleep apnea because this is when the body is paralyzed and the muscles in the face and throat, including the tongue, relax, causing further airway collapse. A collapsing airway results in decreased oxygen (hypoxia) and increased carbon dioxide (hypercapnia), which signals to the brain to wake up briefly from sleep and take a deep breath. This fragments the sleep cycle and creates stress in the body. On a sleep test, at home or in the hospital, the stopping of breathing is recorded. If the breath stops for ten seconds or more, it is called an apnea. If the breath becomes shallow with decreased oxygen due to airway resistance, it is caused a hypopnea. The apneas and hypopneas together make up the apnea-hypopnea index (AHI), which is a measure of breathing distress. The AHI score determines whether or not a person has OSA. CPAP is a reliable treatment for OSA, so is an oral sleep appliance that postures the lower jaw forward to support the airway. The biggest problem with CPAP is compliance. Studies show that 30 – 80 percent of CPAP wearers keep it on less than four hours per night. Machines are getting quieter and the masks are getting better, but we have a long way to go for a widely acceptable solution to our growing problem. CPAP can be effective for managing symptoms in children with OSA, however, the masks can compress the midface preventing proper jaw development, which can worsen OSA as they develop. Most jaw-advancing oral sleep appliances are not appropriate for children either because their jaws are growing and the sleep appliance would hold it in a static position not allowing proper growth. Solutions for children with OSA require addressing root causes, such as weight loss, ensuring an anti-inflammatory diet, ensuring proper nasal breathing, removing enlarged tonsils and/or adenoids, tongue-tie release, and orofacial myofunctional therapy. Upper airway resistance syndrome (UARS) is similar to obstructive sleep apnea in terms of symptoms and health consequences, but the major difference is that breathing doesn’t stop completely or long enough to get an OSA diagnosis. This problem often goes undetected on home sleep tests and even by some sleep physicians on PSGs in hospitals. The issue is that resistance in the airway leads to multiple short awakenings (microarousals) that fragment sleep and cause excessive daytime sleepiness, as well as the other consequences of sleep deprivation. Treating UARS requires identifying the root causes of the airway resistance and addressing those. From birth to age five, a child’s brain develops more than any other period in life. Studies are conclusive that early neurocognitive development has a lifelong impact on both a person’s intelligence quotient (IQ) and emotional quotient (EQ). The brain consists of only 20% neurons. The rest are helper cells, like glial cells and astrocytes – all part of the glymphatic system that functions to clear toxins from the brain when we sleep, as well as support, protect, and develop neurons and their connections. Without deep sleep, the glymphatic system does not function properly, which leads to cognitive impairment. The BEARS Pediatric Sleep Screening Tool looks at five critical areas: bedtime problems, excessive daytime sleepiness, awakenings at night, regularity and duration of sleep, and sleep-related breathing disorders. This includes the following questions: Does your child have problems going to sleep or staying asleep? Does your child have excessive daytime sleepiness, or a diagnosis or symptoms of ADD/ADHD? Does your child experience awakenings during the night (including bedwetting or night terrors)? Does your child get adequate sleep? Does your child demonstrate mouth breathing, snoring, stopping breathing, or difficulty breathing (such as distorted head or body posture) while sleeping? We need to eliminate all airflow limitations in our children, including airway collapse, intermittent oxygen starvation, and loss of sleep because of that. If you are concerned about your child’s breathing during sleep, take a video of them while sleeping to show your airway dentist or airway-focused pediatric physician. Sleep-deprived kids suffer from behavioural problems, cognitive problems, academic problems, increased risk-taking behaviours, increased substance use, anxiety, depression, and poorer decision-making abilities – all due to chronic stress. As for physical and metabolic decline, they may be at a greater risk of developing obesity, hypertension, diabetes, heart attack, and stroke. Sleep restriction affects our energy balance by decreasing our energy output during exercise and our resting metabolic rate, which contributes to obesity and metabolic problems. Studies show that 73% of US kids consume caffeine daily. High school kids are drinking more coffee and energy drinks, while school-age children consume caffeine primarily through sugar-sweetened soda. Caffeine consumption can lead to insomnia, nervousness and restlessness, stomach irritation, nausea, and increased heart rate and respiration. Larger doses might cause headaches, anxiety, agitation, and chest pain. Children today are habitually consuming an addictive, pharmacological stimulant drug that increases stress hormones and brain activity throughout the day. While drug stimulants like caffeine can provide some energy and temporary alertness, it cannot override your body’s profound need for sleep – the reason why the drug is consumed in the first place. Caffeine makes it harder to fall asleep, causing further sleep deprivation, and thus further caffeine use the next day – the viscous cycle of sleep deprivation and addiction. This is not safe for anyone, never mind our children. Adderall (amphetamine) and Ritalin (methylphenidate) are stimulant drugs that can improve alertness and focus for people with ADD and ADHD by increasing dopamine levels in the brain. Dopamine is a neurotransmitter associated with pleasure, attention, motivation, and movement. However, very few direct cognitive improvements have been shown in the research. These are drugs prescribed to manage symptoms without addressing root causes. These drugs are powerful stimulants that affect sleep, and are often provided to kids who have sleep deprivation issues that are undiagnosed –about 50% of children diagnosed with ADHD have an undiagnosed sleep breathing disorder that, when addressed, resolves the misdiagnosed symptoms of ADHD. All children with ADHD symptoms should have a sleep disordered breathing disorder screening before considering medications. Evidence-based habits and behaviours that have shown to promote healthy sleep, called sleep hygiene, include: sticking to an established bedroom time (time to wind down for bed to promote sleep time); designing pre-bedroom time routines (activities to relax the body and mind as a family – puzzles, reading together, gentle back rubs, daily gratitude); ensuring bedtime is early enough to allow the child to wake up naturally without an alarm (alarms trigger a stress responses that is an unhealthy way to start the day); establishing a screentime curfew (screens before bed keep the brain awake); starting the dimming of lights at home as bedtime approaches (to allow the brain to prepare for sleep); making sure your child is getting enough exercise during the day (helps them to fall asleep and sleep deeper and longer); avoiding scary or violent content before bedtime (these movies, games, and stories can keep a child awake); avoiding caffeine completely; lowering the temperature at home (especially their bedroom to reduce core body temperature to allow sleep initiation); keeping their bedrooms dark and quiet at night; avoiding bed-sharing with a parent, which can be risky for a baby (consider room-sharing, not bed-sharing, if needed); attending to bedroom time worry (helping your child manage worry and anxiety to allow them to safely fall asleep); and integrating mindfulness practices, like meditation and breath work before bed to relax the body and mind. Helping children learn how best to manage stress, even the stress parents and teachers cause them, is one of parents’ biggest challenges in life. When it comes to emotional health of their children, many parents in our culture seek common goals: to grow emotionally healthy children, each with the confidence to chart their own unique course; to establish and maintain positive relationships; to develop the ability to consistently make responsible decisions; and, to dodge the bullets of addiction and mental illness. Grown-up children who have become their best most authentic selves are kind to themselves and others, refrain from the constant comparison to others (which is an insidious cultural norm), can navigate their conflicts peacefully, and have the courage to ask for help when they need it. Kids thrive when they’re given limits and allowed to push those limits safely. They need daily structure and support with loving guidance and clear expectations. Consistently living within the reasonable boundaries that you set for them teaches your children how to be better citizens and how not to lie, cheat, or steal from one another. You can really help them build integrity and moral character if you are a parent who lives in integrity and moral responsibility to others. By overstepping, we take away kids’ opportunity to learn social responsibility. They need to have the space and confidence in themselves to learn how to do things on their own. As a parent, it is important to foster self-love so that you can truly love your children and teach them about what it is like to love and be loved. We learn about social and emotional health by modelling our adult caregivers as we grow up. This involves recognizing our emotions and finding language to describe them, then communicating this to others. Integrity for children can simply mean: “Say what you mean. Mean what you say. Do what you say you are going to do. Don’t do what you say you will not do”. Developing good self-esteem revolves around living in integrity – being accountable and honouring commitment. One way to do this is to create “promise cards” that define what will and will not be done, and can help with commitment and accountability. We live in a world where material belongings have been equated with the measure of our worth. So, most of us have succumbed to societal pressures to buy our kids a lot of cool stuff. In this way, we use gifts as expressions of love. The busier we are as parents trying to balance life, the less time we have to spend with our kids one-on-one, which is often substituted with material gifts. Material gifts are not a healthy substitute for kindness, communication, family, and fun. Consider investing in experiences with your children rather than just material gifts. Electronic devices, like tablets, video games, cell phones, and computers, have overwhelmed our children with connectivity. This has created interpersonal disconnection. Social media comes at a cost – the cost of our children’s attention. Consider balancing screentime at home with playtime, ideally outdoors when possible and with other children, as well as creative activities. When you’re children are young, it is important not to allow their screentime to be private. There are countless traps that can derail them, including inappropriate advertising, dangerous stranger chats, intense social pressures to be “liked”, and bully without intervention. Take an inventory of your kids’ apps and social media use. Talk to them about potential risks and keep an open conversation about this. Allow them the opportunity to come to you when something doesn’t feel right. Our children’s worst decisions are often accompanied by guilt, shame, and silence. Talking it through allows your child to see their act as shameful, but not themselves as shameful. They will come to know the value of transparency, particularly if they are bullied, abused, drawn into a dangerous collusion, or inappropriately touched by someone. You will want them to tell you about it, rather than having them harbour a dangerous secret because someone swore them to secrecy. The literature is clear. Increased social media use results in an increased risk of depression in children. It is not surprising that children’s views of themselves and the world are heavily influenced by their internal responses to their daily social media experiences. It’s nearly impossible for them not to compare themselves to what they see others posting. Cyberbullying is a rising concern. Social media posting makes it easier to launch wounding remarks because we don’t see the fear on someone’s face or the pain in their eyes before we push “send”. Labeling, judging, and blaming people in hit-and-run confrontations online invites defensiveness, denial, and emotional pain. Pay attention to changes in your child’s mood, sleep patterns, appetite, and social withdrawal, and encourage your child to open up about what’s happening. Listen calmly, and without judgement or interruption, and encourage them to uncover the whole story. It's impossible to avoid your child’s exposure to social media, so it’s best to teach them about social responsibility. It’s important to focus on the values of integrity, respect for all people, kindness, and the practice of a healing apology. Emphasize doing the right thing for the sake of doing the right thing, every time. Every one of us encounters difficulties in life, and some of them are a direct result of our mistakes. But it is exponentially easier to forgive yourself if, looking back, you feel you did the right thing in the moment. Help your child make a habit of doing the right thing. Keeping lines of communication open – so they report their triumphs and their misjudgments – is difficult in families where the imposed penalties for mistakes are brutal. Living in an abusive culture teaches children to lie to avoid punishment. It is better to find ways to let children suffer the natural consequences of their actions, and you serve as their compassionate ally, helping them strategize how they will get through it. Help your children to recognize that each of us grows up in different surroundings, using distinctive communication language and styles, expressing varying degrees of conflict, practicing different belief systems with different spiritual influences, maintaining diverse types of traditional celebrations, and with family members who may have dissimilar sexual orientations and strong political affiliations. We can all do our part to judge others a little bit less every day of our lives. In that vibe, continuing to model respectful social responsibility for your children is even more effective than just talking about it. Kindness can be instilled at a young age. We want our children to learn how to be kind to themselves first, their family members next, and all other living beings as well. It’s not too old-fashioned to teach your child the golden rule: Do unto others as you would have them do unto you. Look for real examples to dialogue about, asking them to reflect on how it might feel if that was done/said/posted about them. To help soften your and your child’s hearts, it helps to adopt an ongoing practice of loving-kindness meditation. Through visualization and meditation, loving-kindness practices teach us how to love all things with wisdom that has no conditions. It doesn’t depend on whether one “deserves” it or not. It begins with loving ourselves – for unless we have a measure of this unconditional love and acceptance for ourselves, it is difficult to extend it to others. Then it expands to others who are special to us – parents, siblings, other family members, pets, and friends – and ultimately, to all living things and the universe. Our current society leans away from apologizing and accepting responsibility, toward blaming others and denial of responsibility. It’s truly missing from politics and the mainstream media, and also scant among social media posts and in business. Authentic apologies heal. They obviously go a long way to mend broken relationships because when we own our part of the damage or disconnect, the other person feels understood. That alone is an act of loving-kindness. More importantly, authentic apologies between people often bring with it true forgiveness. Releasing the hurt, anger, and betrayal you felt toward someone else is really a gift we give ourselves. Teach your child the power of a sincere apology – one that comes from the whole heart. We’ve all received half-hearted apologies that don’t feel apologetic at all, and we can feel the difference. Healing apologies are thoughtful, genuine, and without defensiveness. Remember that the best way to teach this is to exemplify it. Consider becoming accountability partners with your child (or entire family) where you champion each other for extending an authentic apology and also grant permission to gently remind each other when an apology might be due. The amygdala, a part of our reptilian brain, drives our most basic needs, but is also the center of our emotions, fight-or-flight responses, and fear-based programming. The amygdala is regulated by our prefrontal cortex – our rational brain. Sometimes your child may be operating from the amygdala, which can be frightening. Their behaviour and emotions may be out of control because their rational brain is not regulating the amygdala responses. It is important to understand this and act accordingly. The child needs to be calmed down and loved for who they are. They are not their actions. As they get older, they can learn to control their emotions. Neuroplasticity is the rewiring of connections in the brain through repetition. Neurons that fire together, wire together. This means that the more we do something – thoughts, emotions, and behaviours – the more this becomes engrained in our brains. With repetition, and loving guidance, your child can learn to control their emotions and override their fear-based programming using their rational brain. Punishing kids for their inappropriate thoughts, emotions, and behaviours from the amygdala, especially through violence, only traumatizes and confuses them and creates further engrained fear-based responses. It's important to recognize stress reactions in your kids and teach them coping skills along the way. If this becomes difficult, it’s important to have a thorough medical examination to rule out the threat of serious underlying illnesses before attributing unusual symptoms to stress, especially when working with infants and nonverbal children. The most commonly identified sources of stress in children are overscheduling, intrusion of technology into family time, two-working-parent families, single-parent families, the impact of divorce, abuse, acute or chronic pain, stranger or separation anxiety, school, loss of control, loss of privacy, and loss of playtime. These focus on stress from negative sources, but be aware of stress from positive sources as well: like a new teacher, striving for peak performance, efforts to maintain good grades, or being liked by a social group they desire. Stress, whether positive or negative, induces ongoing physiological effects of increased heart rate, blood pressure, and stress hormones. There are three levels of stress to consider. Positive stress is within normal range and of limited duration. Tolerable stress is characterized by high level of distress of limited duration. Toxic stress is the highest level, marked by a prolonged duration, lack of supportive relationships, and sustained exposure to stress hormones. Science shows that toxic stress is clearly associated with lifelong problems in behaviour, learning, and mental and physical health. Sometimes you will be aware of the source of your child’s stress and sometimes not. They keep secrets out of fear of consequences, shame, embarrassment, fear of exposing others, or any number of reasons. Even if a child perceives to be surrounded by empathetic and nurturing family members, the very act of hiding the stressor(s) keeps these supportive people just outside of reach. Your child’s stress can be hidden, even when you think you have open communication. It is often said that kids easily adapt to different rules in different homes, such as in co-parenting. But when it comes to health training, it’s best to get on the same page. That takes both co-parents having good communication and committed to raising a happy, healthy child. Never give up on the idea of harmony. This involves putting together a mutually agreed upon plan centered around your child’s health and happiness, and when the child is of the right age, including them in this plan. Mind-body techniques that have been proven to reduce stress include: breath work, progressive muscle relaxation, music therapy, guided imagery, loving-kindness meditation, yoga, neurofeedback, and many others. These should be priority to antidepressant and antianxiety medications that attempt to cover up symptoms and do not address the root cause of stress and trauma. These evidence-based practices can help teach problem solving skills, reinforce health suggestions, and help kids choose to respond to stress and anxiety in manageable ways. If your child has a chronic health condition, practicing daily stress reduction is extremely helpful in managing pain and stress. Evidence indicates that all children have the potential to benefit from conscious breathing techniques. Diaphragmatic deep breathing stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system for relaxation. That means it immediately reduces heart rate and blood pressure, helps the digestive system, and quells the release of stress hormones. Breathing has direct connections to our emotional states and moods. Observe someone who is anxious or angry and they are breathing quickly, shallowly, noisily, and irregular. Conversely, someone who is calm is breathing slow, deep, quiet, and regular. While we can’t always emotionally regulate ourselves by an act of will, we can decide to make our breathing slow, deep, quiet, and regular, and the rest will follow with our intention and attention. Behaviour changes or regressive behaviour in children of any age may be a presenting sign of serious issues such as child abuse or posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). If you suspect a history of abuse or that your child has witnessed a traumatic event, it’s important to schedule a consultation with a trusted mental health specialist right away. Your child deserves your advocacy for them, procuring their safety, and getting them help with the recovery process. Addiction begins as a seductive pleasure and often ends in tragedy. The feeling of pleasure is stimulated by dopamine, a neurotransmitter in the part of the brain called the nucleus acumens – the brain’s pleasure center. Pleasure is different than happiness. Happiness is regulated by a different neurotransmitter, serotonin. Our culture thrives on pleasure over happiness all day long. We crave the dopamine bursts and we go for it, hit by hit, through our behaviours, natural rewards such as food (sugar, salt, fat) sex, or psychoactive substances we consume. Dopamine regulates our emotional and motivation behaviour. Psychoactive drugs and natural rewards all can cause the reward-satisfaction system to go haywire. The pleasure associated with an addictive drug or behaviour dwindles, and yet the memory of the desired effect and craving to recreate it remains. Drug addiction results in compulsive drug-seeking and drug-taking behaviours that continues despite even the most terribly destructive consequences. Mind-altering substances can release two to ten times more dopamine than natural rewards do, and they do it more quickly and reliably. The brain responds by producing less dopamine and eliminating some dopamine receptors. This is called downregulation, and it means you have to provide more of the stimulus to obtain the same dopamine high. It also creates an effect known as tolerance. Every one of us wants to desperately avoid drug addiction in our children. It’s helpful to educate your children to recognize signs of dependency in themselves and others, talk about it openly, and continually address any of your own addictions with humility and grace. The top drugs causing addiction are caffeine, nicotine, alcohol, cannabis, opioid pain killers, cocaine, MDMA, and heroin. Parents are commonly feeding their kids melatonin or Benadryl to wind them down at night, after hyping them up on sugar, caffeine, and/or prescription stimulants during the day. Teaching kids to rely on chemical substances for waking and sleeping is setting them up for addiction. For pain, encourage your dentists and physicians not to prescribe opioid pain medications unless absolutely necessary because they are highly addictive. Tylenol and Advil combined provide a powerful cocktail for managing pain – usually just one of these is enough. When your child is “high” on oral surgeon’s IV sedation, consider not posting “funny” videos of them in this state. This sends the wrong message to people about being intoxicated on chemicals. Vaping nicotine or other substances that are highly addictive is very popular among adolescents now. Education around the risks of addiction is absolutely essential in curbing these dangerous behaviours. Chronic anxiety often contributes to depression, stress, and various pain syndromes. Anxiety helps us avoid potentially threatening or dangerous situations, but it’s one of the most contagious emotions we experience. Anxious children often get cues from anxious parents. If you suffer from anxiety, keep finding ways to improve your own anxiety. It will be a gift to your family. Anxiety disorders are the most common mental illness in the US, and has been rising steadily for decades. Anxiety disorders develop from a complex set of risk factors: life events, personality, brain chemistry, and genetics. As with any chronic illness, it is much better to catch them early. When normal anxiety begins to keep children from experiencing the everyday joys in their lives, it is considered a disorder. As a parent, it is often difficult to recognize anxiety disorders before they become catastrophic. Some of the more common symptoms include: concentration problems, sleep disturbance, waking with bad dreams, changes in appetite, frequent fidgeting, becoming tense or irritable, expressing constant worry, or having uncontrolled outbursts. You might also see unexplainable physical symptoms, such as stomach aches, headaches, shortness of breath, chest pain, gagging, or vomiting. If you notice these, ask your child’s physician or nurse practitioner to steer you in the right direction. If you’re catching it early, medication to cover up symptoms should not be the first-line treatment. Cannabis can be effective for managing anxiety for some people, however, it is also anxiety-inducing for many. Cannabis should not be given to children for anxiety because of the adverse effects on their developing brains. If you are using cannabis or alcohol to quell your own anxiety, just know that your child is learning how to rely on a drug instead of less invasive, more effective coping strategies. Identifying the root causes of anxiety and implementing mindfulness-based practices is safer and more effective than medicating symptoms. Medicating children for anxiety without addressing their issues from a functional, behavioural, and psychological perspective can be a slippery slope to depression, dependency, and life-threatening addiction. Irritability, anger, and depression are the most common symptoms of chronic stress in children. Sadness and grief are normal human emotions. We each have those feelings from time to time, especially in response to disappointment, but normally they fade away in a few days, and we find ourselves experiencing emotions of happiness, pleasure, and joy once again. Major depressive disorder is something more serious. It’s a diagnosable mood disorder that can bring about ongoing symptoms, such as overwhelming sadness, low energy, loss of appetite, and a lack of interest in things that used to bring pleasure. If left undiagnosed and untreated, depression can lead to serious health consequences, including suicide. Depression in children has been on the rise in recent decades, in part due to unhealthy social media use. Feelings of hopelessness, bouts of unusual irritability, and mood changes are early signs of depression in children. These should be met with compassion and understanding, not judgement and criticism in an attempt to control their behaviour and mood, as children are more likely to mask their symptoms and not be open with you about it. Instead, stay curious about their feelings, offer loving guidance, and maintain open communication with them. Pay particular attention to any expressed desire for self-harm. There are several effective treatments for depression, including discovering and addressing the root causes, mind-body therapies, diet alteration, regular physical activity, social engagement, psychotherapy, and if absolutely needed, antidepressant medications. Don’t give up trying to find a trusted health care professional team who can guide you through this. What can you do to engage your child in learning so they grow up to be self-directed and inspired? Cognitive science is an interdisciplinary study of the mind and intelligence, blending such factions as neuroscience, linguistics, psychology, anthropology, and philosophy. We now recognize that the very elements that shape our cognitive abilities lie within our own control. The most long-lasting learning is difficult, not easy. As a parent, you will want to help stimulate desirable challenges – meaning inherent difficulties that help engage your child’s brain. Encourage your child to ponder a problem before formulating possible solutions. That way you’re priming their mind for learning. Keep the dialogue fun and entertain their most creative ideas. If you don’t know the solution, allow that to be an opportunity to do research together. Do your best to model the behaviour of a curious life-long learner, not being the resident expert on everything. Repetitive retrieval of learned information helps cement the brain’s circuit for memory. Periodic repetition interferes with the act of forgetting. Retention of information is better if you study for shorter periods and repeat the lessons periodically over time. That’s called spaced repetition. To help your kids learn everyday life lessons, make spaced repetition part of your routine, and space out the retrieval practice. Try starting with daily repetition for a couple days, then again in a week, then on to every few weeks, and eventually monthly. If your kids feel they know it well, then challenge them to teach it to someone else. Another habit that helps kids cement their learning is called interleaved practice – when the brain is taxed to learn two (or more) related concepts or skills at the same time. The idea is to alternate between two or three related concepts, learning them in smaller chunks rather than studying them comprehensively, one at a time, in sequential order. With your kids, resist the urge to keep them solely focused on one effort to completion. Encourage them to practice multiple concepts each day by incorporating a mix of similar topics and by switching back and forth between them. Consider tackling a variety of lifestyle changes to promote your child’s health and happiness all at once. You can teach them why you are implementing specific changes, while you overhaul your lifestyle. One important topic you can teach your children is about oral health. There are six common oral issues that can compromise oral health: dental caries (tooth decay), periodontal disease (infections in the gums and bone support), occlusal disease (chipped, cracked, and worn-down teeth from clenching and grinding), oropharyngeal cancer (primarily caused by HPV from oral sex), malocclusion (misaligned teeth and bite), and fungal infections (often candida). There are others, but they are less common. The prevalence of common oral issues is escalating just like other preventable lifestyle diseases. Oral disease negatively impacts our other organs. There are now fifty-seven systemic ailments associated with periodontal disease alone, including preterm babies, low birth weight babies, heart disease, dementia, depression, and pneumonia. And the other way around, our bodies’ systemic illnesses exhibit recognizable signs and symptoms in the mouth. For example, the very first signs of diabetes show up as bleeding gums, dry mouth, oral fungal infections (thrush), and even changes in taste. We get two sets of teeth. Twenty primary teeth spanning from around age 6 months to twelve years old. Thirty-two permanent teeth spanning from age 6 years to end of life. The structure of teeth is important. The outer layer is enamel, which is the hardest layer. The next inner layer is dentin, which is seven times softer than enamel. The innermost layer is pulp, which is soft tissue compromised of nerves and blood vessels that nourish the tooth and provide sensation. Children’s teeth may erupt with developmental defects, such as yellow and white spots or lines, or discolouration, which are commonly from significant illness, fever, or antibiotic use during tooth development. Today, almost 20% of two-year-olds and one-third of three-year-olds have tooth decay. Half of all kids have at least one cavity by mid-childhood and 80% by late adolescence. Tooth decay is entirely preventable. The most common cause of hospital surgeries for children is teeth extractions and fillings under general anesthesia for preventable tooth decay. Dental caries (tooth decay) is the number one most prevalent of all 291 diseases included in the Global Burden of Disease Study and early childhood caries (cavities under age 6) is the number one most prevalent disease amongst young children worldwide. Babies should be examined in their new “dental home” (their new dental office) when their first tooth comes in (around age 6 months) or by their first birthday. Things to discuss with your dentist, who is ideally airway-focused, at this visit include: the importance of nasal breathing 24/7; quality and quantity of sleep; nutrition; establishing healthy food relationships; orofacial growth and development; swallowing; nonnutritive sucking habits (fingers, thumbs, pacifiers); appropriate oral hygiene practices; and dental safety at home and play (what to do in a dental emergency). The dentist should do a “knee-to-knee” exam with the parent and the baby to examine their face, mouth, tongue, airway, tonsils, nostrils, and teeth. Preventative visits like this should be scheduled every 6 months. Good food is nature’s remedy for almost every ailment. A wide variety of nutrients from real food from nature offer the building blocks for cellular health and dental health. Keep in mind that all disease begins at the cellular level, and your child’s ability to fend off illness depends on their daily intake of phytonutrients (plant-based elements that are integral to proper cell function). Even during infancy, when babies are getting their primary nutrients from breastmilk, it’s critically important to turn your child’s diet in the opposite direct from most American children (processed foods). The increased prevalence of tooth decay in our children cannot be controlled until we get a handle on the sugary beverages and processed foods we feed them and understand the bacterial transmission that infects their mouths. Drilling and filling a decayed tooth to manage the dental disease does not address the root cause of the problem. Adults’ mouths are home to hundreds of identified bacterial strains, which can inadvertently be transferred to a baby’s mouth through a single drop of saliva – from a kiss, a spoon, cup, pacifier, or licked finger to clean the baby’s mouth. In this way, mom or dad can inoculate their baby’s mouth with a sizable dose of the most significant acid-producing strains of bacteria – Streptococcus mutans and Lactobacillus acidophilus. These bacterial strains cause cavities in the presence of sugar and carbohydrates by metabolizing these nutrients and secreting acid onto the tooth, decaying the enamel and eventually the dentin, and then infecting the pulp. There is a higher risk of dental caries severity in children if the parent has a lot of cavities. To prevent tooth decay, the objective is to not transfer that bacteria to your child and then avoid feeding them sugar and carbohydrates. The frequency of exposure to sugar and carbohydrates is the most important factor. Sipping on a sweetened beverage all day, or nibbling on candy or junk food throughout the day, constantly provides food for the bacteria to turn into acid. The saliva will neutralize the acid in about half an hour, but that gives half an hour of acid on the tooth to cause decay. If this happens all day long, the teeth are bathed in acid and start to decay. As decay starts demineralizing the teeth, the saliva at the same time attempts to remineralize the teeth – essentially reversing the starting decay. This is called remineralization. If there is not enough healthy saliva to do this (for example, from mouth breathing causing dry mouth) or enough time for the saliva to do this (such as from repeated exposure to sugar and carbohydrates), then early decay starts creating white spots, and eventually tiny cavities where the bacteria colonize in higher numbers creating more and more decay. Once the acid from those bacterial strains dissolve enough of the outside of the tooth (the enamel) it will expose the softer dentin and the decay happens much faster. The deeper the hole, the harder to clean out the bacteria with a toothbrush and the less opportunity for saliva to remineralize the decay. Cavity-causing bacteria hang out in colonies in plaque. This allows them to attach to teeth and create decay in that area. So, cleaning off the plaque on a regular basis is essential for preventing cavities. Common areas for cavities are in the grooves of the molars, in between the teeth, and around the gum line. If your child has cavities, even if they need to be filled to prevent deeper decay, it is essential to talk to your dentist and hygienist about preventing further cavities. This involves preventive visits every 6 months with your dentist, as well as at home inspections and dental hygiene practices combined with avoid sugar and carbohydrates. Don’t wait until your child has tooth pain to take action. Often, by the time there is a toothache, the decay has reached the inside of the tooth (the pulp) and has caused an infection inside the tooth, which now requires an extraction. Once the infection has reached the pulp, the tooth starts dying, which can be painful, and may cause an abscess on the gums or even facial swelling that can lead to systemic complications. A permanent tooth with an infected pulp can often be treated with a root canal (cleaning out the infected soft tissue and filling it up from the inside); however, primary teeth with infected pulp tissue are usually extracted. Extracting a primary tooth is not ideal, but necessary. The extracted tooth leaves a space where a permanent tooth needs to erupt, however, the remaining erupted teeth can drift into that open space and prevent proper eruption of the permanent teeth and/or create problems with their bite. Sometimes a space maintainer is needed to hold that space open for the eruption of the permanent tooth. Other factors contributing to tooth decay include acid reflux (from inflammatory food and drinks, and sleep breathing disorders) that reduce the pH level in the mouth that allow the acid-producing bacteria to thrive, as well as the acid that comes up will erode the teeth, and dry mouth (mouth breathing, medications, alcohol, smoking), which creates an environment where there is not enough saliva to buffer the acid from the dangerous bacteria. Baby bottle tooth decay comes from allowing the baby to fall asleep with a bottle that baths the teeth all night long without an opportunity for cleaning, either with saliva or a toothbrush. It’s best to feed the baby before bed and then clean their mouth to prevent this. There are two ways that fluoride helps protect teeth from cavities. First, is systemic fluoride – consuming the fluoride in supplements or water while the teeth are developing within the bones, which creates stronger enamel and dentin all the way through. The other is topical fluoride that is provided to the outer surface of the teeth already erupted, such as in toothpaste, mouth rinses, or varnishes at the dentist, that strengthens just the outer surface of the enamel on a daily basis. Systemic fluoride can offer a 40-60% lifetime protection from decay. At low doses, systemic fluoride strengthens teeth without consequences. Too much fluoride can cause fluorosis, a conditions that create teeth that are stained brown. The fluoride in our water or supplements is really only needed for people who are at risk at getting cavities or acid erosion from processed foods and drinks – those who consume a lot of sugar and carbohydrates, and acidic products, and who are not properly cleaning their teeth after. Cavity-prone kids can benefit from daily topical exposure with higher concentrations of fluoride that allow for the teeth to be remineralized on the outer surface with a stronger form of enamel. Even little kids (ages 1 to 3) can benefit from a rice grain-sized smear of toothpaste with fluoride if they are consuming sugar. Topical fluoride densensitizes teeth, slows down the metabolism of bacteria that cause cavities, and reduces the number of cavity-causing bacteria. This protection is important in the absence of a proper sugar-free and carbohydrate-free diet. If your kids are having sugar and carbohydrates, they should be brushing their teeth right after to avoid cavities. As an additional note for dental hygiene appointments, polishing teeth is not necessary, unless it is to remove stubborn stains. Polishing teeth with abrasive pumice can damage the enamel, especially on primary teeth. For adults, the other wildly pervasive oral disease is periodontal disease, where the surrounding bone and gum structure around the tooth become inflamed and/or infected causing bleeding, puffy gums, and eventually a loss of these structures. With loss of the supporting bone and gums, the teeth become loose, drift around if there is space, and eventually fall out. By age 30, half of us have periodontal disease, which threatens the life of the affected teeth and the rest of the body. The problem involves microorganisms in the mouth, oral hygiene practices, and the immune system of the person. We now have microbial testing available to diagnose the specific bacteria and fungi present that may cause periodontal disease. We also have specific antibiotics and anti-fungal medications that can help get that under control. Food sensitivities, nutritional deficiencies, dry mouth, smoking, and autoimmune issues all play a role in periodontal disease. Periodontal disease is generally an adult disease and is 100% preventable. We can prevent this by teaching our children to master oral hygiene self-care and establishing healthy nutritional and lifestyle habits that support the body and the mouth for life. Even before your baby’s teeth erupt (about age 6 months), it’s wise to begin to stimulate their mouth by wiping the gums with a clean, damp washcloth. As the first teeth erupt, introduce a soft toothbrush for daily cleaning with a smear of fluoridated toothpaste, ensuring that they spit it out and not swallow it. As children grow in their hand-eye coordination, they can assist in their own self-care. But until a child can demonstrate the ability to clean their entire mouth properly, a parent needs to finish the job. For special needs children, most or all of the responsibility relies on the caregiver. In order to avoid severe dental disease in kids who aren’t able to chew and swallow fibrous foods, maintaining good daily home care and avoiding sugar and carbohydrates becomes even more important. In choosing a dentist and dental hygienist for your kids, look for a partnership, someone willing to invest in a personal relationship with your child and your family that fosters your child’s progress toward self-care and optimal health. Electric toothbrushes are very effective, but still need to be used properly with the proper angle and pressure on the teeth. Traditional toothbrushes are also effective, but require adequate technique. There are many products to clean between the teeth, like floss and interdental picks. The best ones are the ones that get used regularly. It is important to have your dental hygienist demonstrate the right techniques for your child based on their age and skills. This can involve a disclosing solution that reveals the plaque, showing them in a mirror, and having them brush off the coloured plaque on their own or with help, then showing them how effective it was. This can also be done at home until the skills are mastered. Plaque disclosing tablets can be purchased and the skills learned at the dentist can be reinforced as often as necessary. It is important to be encouraging and celebrate their progress as they advance. Teeth grinding (bruxism) in children is fairly common, but not healthy. It is often related to breathing issues at night. The lower jaw moves around trying to open up the airway at the back of the throat. If this is happening, breathing issues must be screened for. Teeth grinding can also come from malocclusion (bad bite) where the jaw moves around to grind out interferences in the bite to try to get better tooth-to-tooth contact between the upper and lower teeth. Other reasons for teeth grinding include stress, anxiety, and chronic pain, which can benefit from mindfulness-based practices and addressing the root causes of these issues. Grinding down primary teeth is less of a concern since these teeth will fall out and be replaced by permanent teeth; however, it is essential to resolve the reasons for grinding before the permanent teeth erupt and lasting damage is done. Chronic teeth grinding can result in worn-down teeth, but also teeth sensitivity, painful chewing, sore jaw muscles, bite problems, aesthetic concerns, and TMJ issues. While bruxism is easily remedied in adults with nighttime orthotic or sleep appliances, these are not appropriate for children who are growing. It's reported that 70-80% of our population has dental crowding because their jaws are too small, often due to a breathing issues, a processed food diet, and a lack of breastfeeding. Without breathing through the nose, the low tongue in the mouth caused by mouth breathing doesn’t stimulate proper jaw development. Without sucking from a breast and chewing fibrous natural foods while developing, tongues and jaw muscles are not developing to their full potential and not functioning optimally to stimulate jaw development resulting in dental arches that are too small to have space for all of the teeth. This is why teeth are crowded and people require their wisdom teeth extracted. Most orthodontists ignore these root causes and just straighten teeth for aesthetics, often making a small mouth smaller and worsening the jaws and therefore airway issues, as well as other complications. Ideal orthodontics involves: balanced facial bones; a balanced and aligned bite; teeth surrounded by adequate supporting bone; an aesthetically appealing smile displaying desirable amount of teeth and gums; a broad palate that offers enough tongue space; a broad smile with no dark corridors near the corners of the mouth; jaw dimensions that easily allow the lips to close at rest; and straight alignment of teeth. To achieve all this, progressive orthodontists are diving deeper into their assessments that include an airway assessment, soft tissue support (including tongue function, tongue-ties, resting tongue posture, tonsils, adenoids, and facial soft tissue), and the entire complex of bones that support the face – not just the teeth. The majority of teeth and jaw misalignment is preventable in our children if we are paying attention to breathing, sleeping, chewing, and swallowing patterns as they grow up. To avoid braces, toddlers and school-age children can engage in eating real food from nature, orofacial myofunctional therapy, early expansion of the upper jaw, mouth taping, successful tongue-tie releases, and removal of enlarged tonsils and/or adenoids. If you child already has some teeth misalignment issues, it is essential to find a progressive orthodontist who considers all the factors. Without addressing the root causes of the teeth misalignment, the teeth are likely to relapse back into crowding once orthodontics is completed unless they wear a retainer for the rest of their life. Human papillomavirus (HPV) is our most common sexually transmitted infection (STI). As a result, the incidence of all HPV-related cancers (such as cervical, anal, penile, vaginal, and oropharyngeal) has escalated at an alarming rate in the last four decades. This is because more and more people are becoming immunocompromised from their processed food diet that has taken over in the last 40 years. Scientists have identified over 200 strains of HPV. Nearly all people will get at least one strain of HPV in their lifetime, however, that doesn’t mean that it is a strain that can cause cancer. HPV-16 and HPV-18 are the most common strains that can cause cancer. They flourish on the mucosa – the moist linings of our body cavities. A viral cluster can hang around for years and cause soft tissue lesions that resolve on their own or need to be removed, but they can also morph into cancer. Most dentists screen for cancer in the mouth and upper throat during recall visits, however, some dentists can now screen for the dangerous HPV strains with saliva testing. Our best defense against HPV cancers is education and vaccination. Consider talking to your children about sex when they start asking questions. It is best to inform them and not scare them. Understanding the risks and benefits of sex early on allows for children to develop a healthy relationship with sex and make educated decisions. We are amidst a cultural shift toward oral sex being consider safe and casual, even amongst middle schoolers of every demographic. Oral sex, especially in children, is not a safe practice when considering STIs like HPV. Children must be aware of such risks, and empowered to choose safely and with confidence. Gardasil 9 vaccine targets nine of the carcinogenic strains of HPV and can be effective in prevention in your children. With so many people overweight or obese and mentally ill, we have processed foods and sugar drinks to blame, but also the increasingly sedentary lifestyle we choose. We need aerobic activity and muscle-building activity in equal measures, at least one of these a day. As humans, we are wired for movement, not for sitting in a chair all day. The more we are sedentary, the more metabolic, emotional, cognitive, and overall health issues we have. We need to start thinking about daily exercise as fundamental to health as eating, sleeping, and breathing. This sets your kids up for health as children, but also defines habits and values that last a lifetime. Help your kids create exercise activities that are fun and challenging. Kids need both cardio (endurance) and strength training, like everyone else. Cardio means getting the heart rate and breathing rate up for a little while and can include activities like running, swimming, cycling, energized walking, hiking, martial arts, dancing, skating, skiing, snowboarding, snowshoeing, canoeing, kayaking, paddleboarding, sports, or jumping rope. Cardio is aerobic exercise. It fortifies the cardiovascular system by expanding the lungs, consuming circulating blood sugar, and strengthening the heart muscle. It also bolsters mood, sleep, joints, and bone health. Aerobic activities burn calories and lowers blood sugar in the moment without necessarily building muscle. Starting your day with a challenging cardio workout boosts oxygen circulation and allows you to burn calories at a higher rate throughout the day. Strength training, such as with weights, grow skeletal muscles, which pull on the bones and thus strengthens the bones too. Strength training for kids burns fat, bolsters coordination, motor control, mental health, bone health, balance, reduces risk of injuries, and enhanced self-esteem. Weight training for kids is controversial, but when they are young, they can engage in bodyweight exercises, such as sit-ups, push-ups, squats, burpees, wall sits, stair walking, and triceps dips. Introducing exercise bands can be fun and improve strength safely. Kids can also engage in yoga, which is proven to improve focus, memory, self-esteem, academic performance, classroom behaviour, and even reduce stress and anxiety in children. In addition to exercise, sports can offer character-building opportunities, such as responsibility to others, being a team player, learning how to follow rules, learning how to respectfully receive coaching, learning how to follow plays, and learning how to lose gracefully and win humbly. It also builds self-esteem from continual hard work and a sense of personal contribution to a competitive team. There is also a dark side to competitive sports. Children often grow up idolizing athletes in unhealthy ways, have ideas about team rivalries that may be distorted, and have expectations placed on them by their parents and others that may not be realistic or even desired. Managing this with your children is important for them to grow up with realistic expectations and priorities. Just as organized sports can boost self-esteem for some kids, it can destroy it for others. Don’t let your child become the subject of teasing for developmental challenges that are clearly not in their control. This can lead to emotional scars that may impede them from exploring physical activities that are healthy for them. There are other ways to express their passion, perseverance, performance, and creativity, such as through the arts. There is a balance in sports, arts, and education that has lasting benefits for health and healing. Helping children find their passion and develop a sense of purpose can sometimes come from exercise, especially if they can connect with nature at the same time. If motivation for physical activity is an issue for you or your child, having an accountability partner can help – a coach, a personal trainer, a group fitness class, a family member, or a friend – any encouraging individual who is counting on you to show up. Both daily exercise and a spirit of adventure will help keep your kids healthy, and it’s your responsibility as the parent to cultivate these. It is important to build a multifaceted health plan for your child (or with your child if they are old enough), using love and a sincere desire for their health and happiness as your guide. It is helpful to share this plan with any other primary caregivers including other parent(s), grandparents, daycare providers, health care providers, teachers, etcetera. As parents, we walk a fine line between allowing independent decision-making in our children and over-steering their journey. We want our kids to be grounded in good character and healthy practices with the confidence to travel an unchartered path that is unique to them. Remember, it takes a village to raise a healthy, happy child. Don’t give up on your own health, happiness, playfulness, and personal growth during your brief-ish stint as a parent. As your kids begin to make more autonomous decisions, they don’t need 100% of your attention. Without oversteering, you’ll get more opportunities to commend their success and help navigate some of their pitfalls, while taking care of your own needs and wants. Meanwhile, your kids will always need you to model self-care and self-love. This means continually growing your self-awareness, self-forgiveness, and self-acceptance. Commit to better health habits right along with your kids and act as their role model and guide. Keep learning and growing together. Celebrate the triumphs and grapple with the challenges, out loud together. Cultivate your support system with the other dedicated adults who love your children and are committed to their health and happiness. In my opinion, all children would benefit from high conscious parenting. This is what Dr. Maples started introducing in her book. Highly conscious parenting is an approach that emphasizes self-awareness, mindfulness, and emotional regulation in the parent-child relationship. It involves understanding how the parents’ own past experiences, especially traumas and fears, and resulting emotional baggage can influence their parenting styles and aiming to break negative intergenerational patterns, such as harsh discipline, particularly violence to control children, emotional unavailability, and/or an unhealthy lifestyle. This approach prioritizes loving guidance, connection, compassion, respect, authenticity, and reciprocity over control of children. Conscious parenting encourages parents to examine their own emotional landscape, identify triggers, and understand how their past experiences might be impacting their interactions with their children. This involves parents being fully present in the moment with their children, listening mindfully to their own minds and bodies as well as their children’s, and responding thoughtfully rather than reacting impulsively, while teaching their children to do the same. This involves embracing children’s true selves, accepting their thoughts, emotions and behaviours, trying to understand the root causes of inappropriate thoughts, emotions, and behaviours, and fostering open communication rather than trying to mold them into what the parents desire. By giving children choices, fostering their sense of agency, inspiring their creativity, and encouraging them to develop their own sense of self-worth and decision-making skills, conscious parents empower their children to grow and develop to their full potential. By fostering open communication, respect, and empathy, and establishing clear and consistent boundaries, conscious parenting can lead to stronger, healthier relationships with children. Self-reflection and mindfulness can help parents manage their own stress and anxiety, which can positively impact the family dynamic. Parents who practice conscious parenting can develop greater emotional awareness and regulation, which they can then model for their children. Conscious parents encourage open and honest communication, leading to better understanding, fewer conflicts and quicker healing within the family. Conscious parents are engaged in understanding health and happiness for the whole family, including educating themselves on root causes of physical and mental illnesses, and addressing these as early as possible, while implementing means of prevention as a priority. By aligning their parenting with their values and focusing on building meaningful connections, conscious parents can experience a greater sense of fulfillment in their role and raise highly conscious children. This is a continuous process of self-discovery and growth for the entire family that can be passed on to future generations.
bottom of page